Daniel 11:25-45 And his strength shall be awakened, and his heart against the king of the south with a great force; and the king of the south shall join together in war, and in a great power, even in strength exceedingly. And he shall not stand, for they shall devise devices against him.

ABP_Strongs⁽ⁱ⁾

25 G2532 And G1825 [²shall be awakened G3588 G2479 ¹his strength], G1473 G2532 and G3588 G2588 his heart G1473 G1909 against G935 the king G3588 of the G3558 south G1722 with G1411 [²force G3173 ¹a great]; G2532 and G3588 the G935 king G3588 of the G3558 south G4882.1 shall join together in G4171 war, G2532 and G1722 in G1411 [²power G3173 ¹a great], G2532 even G2478 in strength G4970 exceedingly. G2532 And G3756 he shall not G2476 stand, G3754 for G3049 they shall devise G1909 [²against G1473 ³him G3053 ¹devices].

26 G2532 And G2068 they shall eat G3588 the things G1163 necessary G1473 of his, G2532 and G4937 they shall break G1473 him, G2532 and G1411 forces G2647 shall break up, G2532 and G4098 [³shall fall G5134.1 ²slain G4183 ¹many].

27 G2532 And G297 both G3588 the G935 kings -- G3588 G2588 their hearts G1473 G1519 are for G4189 wickedness, G2532 and G1909 at G5132 [²table G1520 ¹one G5571 ⁴lies G2980 ³they shall speak], G2532 and G3756 it shall not G2720 straighten out, G3754 for G4009 the end G1519 is for G2540 a time.

28 G2532 And G1994 he shall return G1519 unto G3588 G1093 his land G1473 G1722 with G5223 [²substance G4183 ¹much], G2532 and G3588 G2588 his heart G1473 G1909 against G1242 [²covenant G39 ¹holy]. G2532 And G4160 he shall act, G2532 and G1994 he shall return G1519 unto G3588 G1093 his land. G1473

29 G1519 In G3588 the G2540 time G1994 he shall return, G2532 and G2240 he shall come G1722 in G3588 the G3558 south, G2532 and G3756 it will not be G1510.8.3 G5613 as G3588 the G4413 first G2532 and G3588 the G2078 last.

30 G2532 And G1525 they shall enter G1722 in G1473 it, G2532 even G3588 the ones G1607 coming forth, G* the Chittim. G2532 And G5013 he shall be humbled, G2532 and G1994 he shall return, G2532 and G2373 he shall be enraged G1909 against G1242 [²covenant G39 ¹holy]; G2532 and G4160 he shall act, G2532 and G1994 he shall return, G2532 and G4920 he shall perceive G1909 with G3588 the ones G2641 forsaking G1242 [²covenant G39 ¹holy].

31 G2532 And G1023 [³arms G1537 ¹from G1473 ²him] G450 shall rise up, G2532 and G953 shall profane G3588 the G37.1 sanctuary G3588 of the G1412.1 might. G2532 And G3179 they shall change over G3588 the G1734.1 perpetual sacrifice, G2532 and G1325 shall offer G946 [²abomination G853 ¹an obliterating].

32 G2532 And G3588 the ones G457.1 acting lawlessly G1242 [²a covenant G1863 ¹shall bring upon] G1722 by G3643.2 a slip. G2532 And G2992 a people G1097 knowing G2316 his God G1473 G2729 shall grow strong, G2532 and G4160 shall act.

33 G2532 And G3588 the G4908 discerning G3588 of the G2992 people G4920 shall perceive G1519 in G4183 many things, G2532 and G770 they shall be weak G1722 by G4501 the broadsword, G2532 and G1722 by G5395 flame, G2532 and G1722 by G161 captivity, G2532 and G1722 by G1282.2 ravaging G2250 of days.

34 G2532 And G1722 in G3588 the G770 weakening G1473 of them G997 they shall be helped G996 [²help G3397 ¹ with a little], G2532 and G4369 [²shall be added G1909 ³unto G1473 ⁴them G4183 ¹many] G1722 by G3643.2 a slip.

35 G2532 And G575 of G3588 the ones G4920 perceiving G770 shall weaken, G3588 G4448 to purify them by fire, G1473 G2532 and G3588 G1586 to choose, G2532 and G3588 G601 to be uncovered G2193 until G2540 the time G4009 of the end. G3754 For G2089 it is still G1519 for G2540 a time.

36 G2532 And G4160 he shall do G2596 according to G3588 G2307 his will; G1473 G2532 and G3588 the G935 king G5312 shall be exalted, G2532 and G3170 magnified G1909 over G3956 every G2316 god, G2532 and G1909 over G3588 the G2316 God G3588 G2316 of gods. G2532 And G2980 he shall speak G5246 pompous words, G2532 and G2720 shall prosper G3360 until G3739 of which time G4931 [³should be completed G3588 ¹the G3709 ²wrath]. G1519 For unto G1063 G4930 completion G1096 it is coming to pass.

37 G2532 And G1909 unto G3956 all G2316 gods G3588 G3962 of his fathers G1473 G3756 he will not take notice, G4920 G2532 nor G1939 the desire G1135 of women; G2532 and G1909 concerning G3956 every G2316 god G3756 he will not G4920 take notice; G3754 for G1909 above G3956 all G3170 he will be magnified.

38 G2532 And G2316 [²a god G3164.1 ³of fortress G1909 ⁴at G3588 G5117 ⁵his place G1473 G1392 ¹he will glorify]. G2532 And G2316 a god G3739 whom G3756 [²knew not G1097 G3588 G3962 ¹his fathers] G1473 G1392 he shall glorify G1722 with G5553 gold, G2532 and G694 silver, G2532 and G3037 [²stone G5093 ¹precious], G2532 and G1722 with G1937.1 desirable things .

39 G2532 And G4160 he shall act G3588 in the G3794 fortresses G3588 G2707.1 of refuge G3326 with G2316 a strange god, G245 G3739 of which G1437 ever G1921 he should recognize. G2532 And G4129 he shall multiply G1391 glory, G2532 and G5293 shall submit G1473 to them G4183 many; G2532 and G1093 the land G1244 he shall divide G1722 by G1435 gifts.

40 G2532 And G1722 in G2540 [²time G4009 ¹end] G4786.1 he will mix horns G3326 with G3588 the G935 king G3588 of the G3558 south; G2532 and G4863 [⁴shall be gathered together G1909 ⁵unto G1473 ⁶him G935 ¹ the king G3588 ²of the G1005 ³north] G1722 with G716 chariots, G2532 and G1722 with G2460 horsemen, G2532 and G1722 with G3491 [²ships G4183 ¹many]. G2532 And G1525 he shall enter G1519 into G3588 the G1093 land, G2532 and G4937 he shall break G2532 and G3928 go by.

41 G2532 And G1525 he shall enter G1519 into G3588 the G1093 land G3588 G4521.1 of glory, G2532 and G4183 many G770 shall be weakened. G2532 And G3778 these G1295 shall be delivered G1537 from out of G5495 his hand -- G1473 G* Edom G2532 and G* Moab, G2532 and G746 the sovereignty G5207 of the sons G* of Ammon.

42 G2532 And G1614 he shall stretch out G3588 G5495 his hand G1473 G1909 upon G3588 the G1093 land; G2532 and G1093 the land G* of Egypt G3756 will not be G1510.8.3 G1519 for G4991 deliverance.

43 G2532 And G2961 he shall dominate G1722 by G3588 the G614 concealed things G3588 G5553 of gold G2532 and G3588 G694 of silver, G2532 and G1722 in G3956 all G1938.1 the desirable things G* of Egypt, G2532 and G* of the Libyans, G2532 and G* Ethiopians, G1722 in G3588 G3794 their fortresses. G1473

44 G2532 And G189 hearings G5015 shall disturb G1473 him G1537 from out of G395 the east, G2532 and G1005 the north. G2532 And G2240 he shall come G1722 in G2372 rage G4183 with many G3588 G853 to obliterate, G2532 and G3588 G332 to devote [²to consumption G4183 ¹many].

45 G2532 And G4078 he shall pitch G3588 G4633 his tent G1473 G2176.1 of a royal pavilion G303.1 between G3588 the G2281 seas, G1519 in G3735 [²mountain G4521.1 ³of glory G39 ¹ the holy]. G2532 And G2240 he shall come G2193 unto G3313 his parts, G1473 G2532 and G3756 there shall be G1510.8.3 G3588 the one G4506 rescuing G1473 him.

ABP_GRK⁽ⁱ⁾

25 G2532 και G1825 εξεγερθήσεται G3588 η G2479 ισχύς αυτού G1473 G2532 και G3588 η G2588 καρδία αυτού G1473 G1909 επί G935 βασιλέα G3588 του G3558 νότου G1722 εν G1411 δυνάμει G3173 μεγάλη G2532 και G3588 ο G935 βασιλεύς G3588 του G3558 νότου G4882.1 συνάψει G4171 πόλεμον G2532 και G1722 εν G1411 δυνάμει G3173 μεγάλη G2532 και G2478 ισχυρά G4970 σφόδρα G2532 και G3756 ου G2476 στήσονται G3754 ότι G3049 λογιούνται G1909 επ΄ G1473 αυτόν G3053 λογισμούς

26 G2532 και G2068 φάγονται G3588 τα G1163 δέοντα G1473 αυτού G2532 και G4937 συντρίψουσιν G1473 αυτόν G2532 και G1411 δυνάμεις G2647 καταλύσει G2532 και G4098 πεσούνται G5134.1 τραυματίαι G4183 πολλοί

27 G2532 και G297 αμφότεροί G3588 οι G935 βασιλείς G3588 αι G2588 καρδίαι αυτών G1473 G1519 εις G4189 πονηρίαν G2532 και G1909 επί G5132 τραπέζη G1520 μία G5571 ψευδή G2980 λαλήσουσι G2532 και G3756 ου G2720 κατευθυνεί G3754 ότι G4009 πέρας G1519 εις G2540 καιρόν

28 G2532 και G1994 επιστρέψει G1519 εις G3588 την G1093 γην αυτού G1473 G1722 εν G5223 υπάρξει G4183 πολλή G2532 και G3588 η G2588 καρδία αυτού G1473 G1909 επί G1242 διαθήκην G39 αγίαν G2532 και G4160 ποιήσει G2532 και G1994 επιστρέψει G1519 εις G3588 την G1093 γην αυτού G1473

29 G1519 εις G3588 τον G2540 καιρόν G1994 επιστρέψει G2532 και G2240 ήξει G1722 εν G3588 τω G3558 νότω G2532 και G3756 ουκ έσται G1510.8.3 G5613 ως G3588 η G4413 πρώτη G2532 και G3588 η G2078 εσχάτη

30 G2532 και G1525 εισελεύσονται G1722 εν G1473 αυτώ G2532 και G3588 οι G1607 εκπορευόμενοι G* Κίτιοι G2532 και G5013 ταπεινωθήσεται G2532 και G1994 επιστρέψει G2532 και G2373 θυμωθήσεται G1909 επί G1242 διαθήκην G39 αγίαν G2532 και G4160 ποιήσει G2532 και G1994 επιστρέψει G2532 και G4920 συνήσει G1909 επί G3588 τους G2641 καταλιπόντας G1242 διαθήκην G39 αγίαν

31 G2532 και G1023 βραχίονες G1537 εξ G1473 αυτού G450 αναστήσονται G2532 και G953 βεβηλώσουσι G3588 το G37.1 αγίασμα G3588 της G1412.1 δυναστείας G2532 και G3179 μεταστήσουσι G3588 τον G1734.1 ενδελεχισμόν G2532 και G1325 δώσουσι G946 βδέλυγμα G853 ηφανισμένον

32 G2532 και G3588 οι G457.1 ανομούντες G1242 διαθήκην G1863 επάξουσιν G1722 εν G3643.2 ολισθήμασι G2532 και G2992 λαός G1097 γινώσκοντες G2316 θεόν αυτού G1473 G2729 κατισχύσουσι G2532 και G4160 ποιήσουσι

33 G2532 και G3588 οι G4908 συνετοί G3588 του G2992 λαού G4920 συνήσουσιν G1519 εις G4183 πολλά G2532 και G770 ασθενήσουσιν G1722 εν G4501 ρομφαία G2532 και G1722 εν G5395 φλογί G2532 και G1722 εν G161 αιχμαλωσία G2532 και G1722 εν G1282.2 διαρπαγή G2250 ημερών

34 G2532 και G1722 εν G3588 τω G770 ασθενήσαι G1473 αυτούς G997 βοηθήσονται G996 βοήθειαν G3397 μικράν G2532 και G4369 προστεθήσονται G1909 επ΄ G1473 αυτούς G4183 πολλοί G1722 εν G3643.2 ολισθήμασι

35 G2532 και G575 από G3588 των G4920 συνιέντων G770 ασθενήσουσι G3588 του G4448 πυρώσαι αυτούς G1473 G2532 και G3588 του G1586 εκλέξασθαι G2532 και G3588 του G601 αποκαλυφθήναι G2193 έως G2540 καιρού G4009 πέρας G3754 ότι G2089 έτι G1519 εις G2540 καιρόν

36 G2532 και G4160 ποιήσει G2596 κατά G3588 το G2307 θέλημα αυτού G1473 G2532 και G3588 ο G935 βασιλεύς G5312 υψωθήσεται G2532 και G3170 μεγαλυνθήσεται G1909 επί G3956 πάντα G2316 θεόν G2532 και G1909 επί G3588 τον G2316 θεόν G3588 των G2316 θεών G2532 και G2980 λαλήσει G5246 υπέρογκα G2532 και G2720 κατευθυνεί G3360 μέχρις G3739 ου G4931 συντελεσθή G3588 η G3709 οργή G1519 εις γαρ G1063 G4930 συντέλειαν G1096 γίνεται

37 G2532 και G1909 επί G3956 πάντας G2316 θεούς G3588 των G3962 πατέρων αυτού G1473 G3756 ου συνήσει G4920 G2532 και G1939 επιθυμία G1135 γυναικών G2532 και G1909 επί G3956 πάντα G2316 θεόν G3756 ου G4920 συνήσει G3754 ότι G1909 επί G3956 πάντας G3170 μεγαλυνθήσεται

38 G2532 και G2316 θεόν G3164.1 μαωζείν G1909 επί G3588 του G5117 τόπου αυτού G1473 G1392 δοξάσει G2532 και G2316 θεόν G3739 ον G3756 ουκ έγνωσαν G1097 G3588 οι G3962 πατέρες αυτού G1473 G1392 δοξάσει G1722 εν G5553 χρυσίω G2532 και G694 αργυρίω G2532 και G3037 λίθω G5093 τιμίω G2532 και G1722 εν G1937.1 επιθυμήμασι

39 G2532 και G4160 ποιήσει G3588 τοις G3794 οχυρώμασι G3588 των G2707.1 καταφυγών G3326 μετά G2316 θεού αλλοτρίου G245 G3739 ου G1437 εάν G1921 επιγνώ G2532 και G4129 πληθυνεί G1391 δόξαν G2532 και G5293 υποτάξει G1473 αυτοίς G4183 πολλούς G2532 και G1093 γην G1244 διελεί G1722 εν G1435 δώροις

40 G2532 και G1722 εν G2540 καιρού G4009 πέρατι G4786.1 συγκερατισθήσεται G3326 μετά G3588 του G935 βασιλέως G3588 του G3558 νότου G2532 και G4863 συναχθήσεται G1909 επ΄ G1473 αυτόν G935 βασιλεύς G3588 του G1005 βορρά G1722 εν G716 άρμασι G2532 και G1722 εν G2460 ιππεύσι G2532 και G1722 εν G3491 ναυσί G4183 πολλαίς G2532 και G1525 εισελεύσεται G1519 εις G3588 την G1093 γην G2532 και G4937 συντρίψει G2532 και G3928 παρελεύσεται

41 G2532 και G1525 εισελεύσεται G1519 εις G3588 την G1093 γην G3588 του G4521.1 σαβεί G2532 και G4183 πολλοί G770 ασθενήσουσι G2532 και G3778 ούτοι G1295 διασωθήσονται G1537 εκ G5495 χειρός αυτού G1473 G* Εδών G2532 και G* Μωάβ G2532 και G746 αρχή G5207 υιών G* Αμμών

42 G2532 και G1614 εκτενεί G3588 την G5495 χείρα αυτού G1473 G1909 επί G3588 την G1093 γην G2532 και G1093 γη G* Αιγύπτου G3756 ουκ έσται G1510.8.3 G1519 εις G4991 σωτηρίαν

43 G2532 και G2961 κυριεύσει G1722 εν G3588 τοις G614 αποκρύφοις G3588 του G5553 χρυσίου G2532 και G3588 του G694 αργυρίου G2532 και G1722 εν G3956 πάσιν G1938.1 επιθυμητοίς G* Αιγύπτου G2532 και G* Λιβύων G2532 και G* Αιθιόπων G1722 εν G3588 τοις G3794 οχυρώμασιν αυτών G1473

44 G2532 και G189 ακοαί G5015 ταράξουσιν G1473 αυτόν G1537 εξ G395 ανατολών G2532 και G1005 βορρά G2532 και G2240 ήξει G1722 εν G2372 θυμώ G4183 πολλώ G3588 του G853 αφανίσαι G2532 και G3588 του G332 αναθεματίσαι G4183 πολλούς

45 G2532 και G4078 πήξει G3588 την G4633 σκηνήν αυτού G1473 G2176.1 εφαδανώ G303.1 αναμέσον G3588 των G2281 θαλασσών G1519 εις G3735 όρος G4521.1 σαβεί G39 άγιον G2532 και G2240 ήξει G2193 έως G3313 μέρους αυτού G1473 G2532 και G3756 ουκ έσται G1510.8.3 G3588 ο G4506 ρυόμενος G1473 αυτόν

LXX_WH⁽ⁱ⁾

25 G2532 CONJ και G1825 V-FPI-3S εξεγερθησεται G3588 T-NSF η G2479 N-NSF ισχυς G846 D-GSM αυτου G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-NSF η G2588 N-NSF καρδια G846 D-GSM αυτου G1909 PREP επι G935 N-ASM βασιλεα G3588 T-GSM του G3558 N-GSM νοτου G1722 PREP εν G1411 N-DSF δυναμει G3173 A-DSF μεγαλη G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-NSM ο G935 N-NSM βασιλευς G3588 T-GSM του G3558 N-GSM νοτου V-FAI-3S συναψει G4171 N-ASM πολεμον G1722 PREP εν G1411 N-DSF δυναμει G3173 A-DSF μεγαλη G2532 CONJ και G2478 A-DSF ισχυρα G4970 ADV σφοδρα G2532 CONJ και G3364 ADV ου G2476 V-FMI-3S στησεται G3754 CONJ οτι G3049 V-FMI-3P λογιουνται G1909 PREP επ G846 D-ASM αυτον G3053 N-APM λογισμους

26 G2532 CONJ και G2068 V-FMI-3P φαγονται G3588 T-APN τα G1210 V-PAPAP δεοντα G846 D-GSM αυτου G2532 CONJ και G4937 V-FAI-3P συντριψουσιν G846 D-ASM αυτον G2532 CONJ και G1411 N-APF δυναμεις G2626 V-FAI-3S κατακλυσει G2532 CONJ και G4098 V-FMI-3P πεσουνται N-NPM τραυματιαι G4183 A-NPM πολλοι

27 G2532 CONJ και A-NPM αμφοτεροι G3588 T-NPM οι G935 N-NPM βασιλεις G3588 T-NPF αι G2588 N-NPF καρδιαι G846 D-GPM αυτων G1519 PREP εις G4189 N-ASF πονηριαν G2532 CONJ και G1909 PREP επι G5132 N-DSF τραπεζη G1519 A-DSF μια G5571 A-APN ψευδη G2980 V-FAI-3P λαλησουσιν G2532 CONJ και G3364 ADV ου G2720 V-FAI-3S κατευθυνει G3754 CONJ οτι G2089 ADV ετι G4009 N-NSN περας G1519 PREP εις G2540 N-ASM καιρον

28 G2532 CONJ και G1994 V-FAI-3S επιστρεψει G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASF την G1065 N-ASF γην G846 D-GSM αυτου G1722 PREP εν G5223 N-DSF υπαρξει G4183 A-DSF πολλη G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-NSF η G2588 N-NSF καρδια G846 D-GSM αυτου G1909 PREP επι G1242 N-ASF διαθηκην G40 A-ASF αγιαν G2532 CONJ και G4160 V-FAI-3S ποιησει G2532 CONJ και G1994 V-FAI-3S επιστρεψει G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASF την G1065 N-ASF γην G846 D-GSM αυτου

29 G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASM τον G2540 N-ASM καιρον G1994 V-FAI-3S επιστρεψει G2532 CONJ και G1854 V-FAI-3S ηξει G1722 PREP εν G3588 T-DSM τω G3558 N-DSM νοτω G2532 CONJ και G3364 ADV ουκ G1510 V-FMI-3S εσται G3739 CONJ ως G3588 T-NSF η G4413 A-NSFS πρωτη G2532 CONJ και G3739 CONJ ως G3588 T-NSF η G2078 A-NSF εσχατη

30 G2532 CONJ και G1525 V-FMI-3P εισελευσονται G1722 PREP εν G846 D-DSM αυτω G3588 T-NPM οι G1607 V-PMPNP εκπορευομενοι N-NPM κιτιοι G2532 CONJ και G5013 V-FPI-3S ταπεινωθησεται G2532 CONJ και G1994 V-FAI-3S επιστρεψει G2532 CONJ και G2373 V-FPI-3S θυμωθησεται G1909 PREP επι G1242 N-ASF διαθηκην G40 A-ASF αγιαν G2532 CONJ και G4160 V-FAI-3S ποιησει G2532 CONJ και G1994 V-FAI-3S επιστρεψει G2532 CONJ και G4920 V-FAI-3S συνησει G1909 PREP επι G3588 T-APM τους G2641 V-AAPAP καταλιποντας G1242 N-ASF διαθηκην G40 A-ASF αγιαν

31 G2532 CONJ και G4690 N-NPN σπερματα G1537 PREP εξ G846 D-GSM αυτου G450 V-FMI-3P αναστησονται G2532 CONJ και G953 V-FAI-3P βεβηλωσουσιν G3588 T-ASN το N-ASN αγιασμα G3588 T-GSF της N-GSF δυναστειας G2532 CONJ και G3179 V-FAI-3P μεταστησουσιν G3588 T-ASM τον N-ASM ενδελεχισμον G2532 CONJ και G1325 V-FAI-3P δωσουσιν G946 N-ASN βδελυγμα V-RMPAS ηφανισμενον

32 G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-NPM οι V-PAPNP ανομουντες G1242 N-ASF διαθηκην V-FAI-3P επαξουσιν G1722 PREP εν N-DPN ολισθρημασιν G2532 CONJ και G2992 N-NSM λαος G1097 V-PAPNP γινωσκοντες G2316 N-ASM θεον G846 D-GSM αυτου G2729 V-FAI-3P κατισχυσουσιν G2532 CONJ και G4160 V-FAI-3P ποιησουσιν

33 G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-NPM οι G4908 A-NPM συνετοι G3588 T-GSM του G2992 N-GSM λαου G4920 V-FAI-3P συνησουσιν G1519 PREP εις G4183 A-APN πολλα G2532 CONJ και G770 V-FAI-3P ασθενησουσιν G1722 PREP εν N-DSF ρομφαια G2532 CONJ και G1722 PREP εν G5395 N-DSF φλογι G2532 CONJ και G1722 PREP εν G161 N-DSF αιχμαλωσια G2532 CONJ και G1722 PREP εν N-DSF διαρπαγη G2250 N-GPF ημερων

34 G2532 CONJ και G1722 PREP εν G3588 T-DSN τω G770 V-AAN ασθενησαι G846 D-APM αυτους G997 V-FPI-3P βοηθηθησονται G996 N-ASF βοηθειαν G3398 A-ASF μικραν G2532 CONJ και G4369 V-FPI-3P προστεθησονται G1909 PREP επ G846 D-APM αυτους G4183 A-NPM πολλοι G1722 PREP εν N-DPN ολισθρημασιν

35 G2532 CONJ και G575 PREP απο G3588 T-GPM των G4920 V-PAPGP συνιεντων G770 V-FAI-3P ασθενησουσιν G3588 T-GSN του G4448 V-AAN πυρωσαι G846 D-APM αυτους G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-GSN του V-AMN εκλεξασθαι G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-GSN του G601 V-APN αποκαλυφθηναι G2193 PREP εως G2540 N-GSM καιρου G4009 N-ASN περας G3754 CONJ οτι G2089 ADV ετι G1519 PREP εις G2540 N-ASM καιρον

36 G2532 CONJ και G4160 V-FAI-3S ποιησει G2596 PREP κατα G3588 T-ASN το G2307 N-ASN θελημα G846 D-GSM αυτου G2532 CONJ και G5312 V-FPI-3S υψωθησεται G3588 T-NSM ο G935 N-NSM βασιλευς G2532 CONJ και G3170 V-FPI-3S μεγαλυνθησεται G1909 PREP επι G3956 A-ASM παντα G2316 N-ASM θεον G2532 CONJ και G2980 V-FAI-3S λαλησει G5246 A-APN υπερογκα G2532 CONJ και G2720 V-FAI-3S κατευθυνει PREP μεχρις G3739 R-GSM ου G4931 V-APS-3S συντελεσθη G3588 T-NSF η G3709 N-NSF οργη G1519 PREP εις G1063 PRT γαρ G4930 N-ASF συντελειαν G1096 V-PMI-3S γινεται

37 G2532 CONJ και G1909 PREP επι G3956 A-APM παντας G2316 N-APM θεους G3588 T-GPM των G3962 N-GPM πατερων G846 D-GSM αυτου G3364 ADV ου G4920 V-FAI-3S συνησει G2532 CONJ και G1909 PREP επι G1939 N-ASF επιθυμιαν G1135 N-GPF γυναικων G2532 CONJ και G1909 PREP επι G3956 A-ASN παν G2316 N-ASM θεον G3364 ADV ου G4920 V-FAI-3S συνησει G3754 CONJ οτι G1909 PREP επι G3956 A-APM παντας G3170 V-FPI-3S μεγαλυνθησεται

38 G2532 CONJ και G2316 N-ASM θεον N-PRI μαωζιν G1909 PREP επι G5117 N-GSM τοπου G846 D-GSM αυτου G1392 V-FAI-3S δοξασει G2532 CONJ και G2316 N-ASM θεον G3739 R-ASM ον G3364 ADV ουκ G1097 V-AAI-3P εγνωσαν G3588 T-NPM οι G3962 N-NPM πατερες G846 D-GSM αυτου G1392 V-FAI-3S δοξασει G1722 PREP εν A-DSM χρυσω G2532 CONJ και G696 N-DSM αργυρω G2532 CONJ και G3037 N-DSM λιθω G5093 A-DSM τιμιω G2532 CONJ και G1722 PREP εν N-DPN επιθυμημασιν

39 G2532 CONJ και G4160 V-FAI-3S ποιησει G3588 T-DPN τοις G3794 N-DPN οχυρωμασιν G3588 T-GPF των N-GPF καταφυγων G3326 PREP μετα G2316 N-GSM θεου G245 A-GSM αλλοτριου G2532 CONJ και G4129 V-FAI-3S πληθυνει G1391 N-ASF δοξαν G2532 CONJ και G5293 V-FAI-3S υποταξει G846 D-DPM αυτοις G4183 A-APM πολλους G2532 CONJ και G1065 N-ASF γην G1244 V-FAI-3S διελει G1722 PREP εν G1435 N-DPN δωροις

40 G2532 CONJ και G1722 PREP εν G2540 N-GSM καιρου G4009 N-DSN περατι V-FPI-3S συγκερατισθησεται G3326 PREP μετα G3588 T-GSM του G935 N-GSM βασιλεως G3588 T-GSM του G3558 N-GSM νοτου G2532 CONJ και G4863 V-FPI-3S συναχθησεται G1909 PREP επ G846 D-ASM αυτον G935 N-NSM βασιλευς G3588 T-GSM του N-GSM βορρα G1722 PREP εν G716 N-DPN αρμασιν G2532 CONJ και G1722 PREP εν G2460 N-DPM ιππευσιν G2532 CONJ και G1722 PREP εν G3491 N-DPF ναυσιν G4183 A-DPF πολλαις G2532 CONJ και G1525 V-FMI-3S εισελευσεται G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASF την G1065 N-ASF γην G2532 CONJ και G4937 V-FAI-3S συντριψει G2532 CONJ και G3928 V-FMI-3S παρελευσεται

41 G2532 CONJ και G1525 V-FMI-3S εισελευσεται G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASF την G1065 N-ASF γην G3588 T-GS του N-PRI σαβι G2532 CONJ και G4183 A-NPM πολλοι G770 V-FAI-3P ασθενησουσιν G2532 CONJ και G3778 D-NPM ουτοι G1295 V-FPI-3P διασωθησονται G1537 PREP εκ G5495 N-GSF χειρος G846 D-GSM αυτου N-PRI εδωμ G2532 CONJ και N-PRI μωαβ G2532 CONJ και G746 N-NSF αρχη G5207 N-GPM υιων N-PRI αμμων

42 G2532 CONJ και G1614 V-FAI-3S εκτενει G3588 T-ASF την G5495 N-ASF χειρα G846 D-GSM αυτου G1909 PREP επι G3588 T-ASF την G1065 N-ASF γην G2532 CONJ και G1065 N-NSF γη G125 N-GSF αιγυπτου G3364 ADV ουκ G1510 V-FMI-3S εσται G1519 PREP εις G4991 N-ASF σωτηριαν

43 G2532 CONJ και G2961 V-FAI-3S κυριευσει G1722 PREP εν G3588 T-DPN τοις G614 A-DPN αποκρυφοις G3588 T-GSM του A-GSM χρυσου G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-GSM του G696 N-GSM αργυρου G2532 CONJ και G1722 PREP εν G3956 A-DPM πασιν A-DPM επιθυμητοις G125 N-GSF αιγυπτου G2532 CONJ και N-PRI λιβυων G2532 CONJ και G128 N-GPM αιθιοπων G1722 PREP εν G3588 T-DPN τοις G3794 N-DPN οχυρωμασιν G846 D-GPM αυτων

44 G2532 CONJ και G189 N-NPF ακοαι G2532 CONJ και G4710 N-NPF σπουδαι G5015 V-FAI-3P ταραξουσιν G846 D-ASM αυτον G1537 PREP εξ G395 N-GPF ανατολων G2532 CONJ και G575 PREP απο N-GSM βορρα G2532 CONJ και G1854 V-FAI-3S ηξει G1722 PREP εν G2372 N-DSM θυμω G4183 A-DSM πολλω G3588 T-GSN του V-AAN αφανισαι G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-GSN του G332 V-AAN αναθεματισαι G4183 A-APM πολλους

45 G2532 CONJ και G4078 V-FAI-3S πηξει G3588 T-ASF την G4633 N-ASF σκηνην G846 D-GSM αυτου N-PRI εφαδανω G303 PREP ανα G3319 A-ASM μεσον G3588 T-GPF των G2281 N-GPF θαλασσων G1519 PREP εις G3735 N-ASN ορος N-PRI σαβι G40 A-ASN αγιον G2532 CONJ και G1854 V-FAI-3S ηξει G2193 PREP εως G3313 N-GSN μερους G846 D-GSM αυτου G2532 CONJ και G3364 ADV ουκ G1510 V-PAI-3S εστιν G3588 T-NSM ο V-PMPNS ρυομενος G846 D-ASM αυτον

HOT⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ ויער כחו ולבבו על מלך הנגב בחיל גדול ומלך הנגב יתגרה למלחמה בחיל גדול ועצום עד מאד ולא יעמד כי יחשׁבו עליו מחשׁבות׃ ²⁶ ואכלי פת בגו ישׁברוהו וחילו ישׁטוף ונפלו חללים רבים׃ ²⁷ ושׁניהם המלכים לבבם למרע ועל שׁלחן אחד כזב ידברו ולא תצלח כי עוד קץ למועד׃ ²⁸ וישׁב ארצו ברכושׁ גדול ולבבו על ברית קדשׁ ועשׂה ושׁב לארצו׃ ²⁹ למועד ישׁוב ובא בנגב ולא תהיה כראשׁנה וכאחרנה׃ ³⁰ ובאו בו ציים כתים ונכאה ושׁב וזעם על ברית קודשׁ ועשׂה ושׁב ויבן על עזבי ברית קדשׁ׃ ³¹ וזרעים ממנו יעמדו וחללו המקדשׁ המעוז והסירו התמיד ונתנו השׁקוץ משׁומם׃ ³² ומרשׁיעי ברית יחניף בחלקות ועם ידעי אלהיו יחזקו ועשׂו׃ ³³ ומשׂכילי עם יבינו לרבים ונכשׁלו בחרב ובלהבה בשׁבי ובבזה ימים׃ ³⁴ ובהכשׁלם יעזרו עזר מעט ונלוו עליהם רבים בחלקלקות׃ ³⁵ ומן המשׂכילים יכשׁלו לצרוף בהם ולברר וללבן עד עת קץ כי עוד למועד׃ ³⁶ ועשׂה כרצונו המלך ויתרומם ויתגדל על כל אל ועל אל אלים ידבר נפלאות והצליח עד כלה זעם כי נחרצה נעשׂתה׃ ³⁷ ועל אלהי אבתיו לא יבין ועל חמדת נשׁים ועל כל אלוה לא יבין כי על כל יתגדל׃ ³⁸ ולאלה מעזים על כנו יכבד ולאלוה אשׁר לא ידעהו אבתיו יכבד בזהב ובכסף ובאבן יקרה ובחמדות׃ ³⁹ ועשׂה למבצרי מעזים עם אלוה נכר אשׁר הכיר ירבה כבוד והמשׁילם ברבים ואדמה יחלק במחיר׃ ⁴⁰ ובעת קץ יתנגח עמו מלך הנגב וישׂתער עליו מלך הצפון ברכב ובפרשׁים ובאניות רבות ובא בארצות ושׁטף ועבר׃ ⁴¹ ובא בארץ הצבי ורבות יכשׁלו ואלה ימלטו מידו אדום ומואב וראשׁית בני עמון׃ ⁴² וישׁלח ידו בארצות וארץ מצרים לא תהיה לפליטה׃ ⁴³ ומשׁל במכמני הזהב והכסף ובכל חמדות מצרים ולבים וכשׁים במצעדיו׃ ⁴⁴ ושׁמעות יבהלהו ממזרח ומצפון ויצא בחמא גדלה להשׁמיד ולהחרים רבים׃ ⁴⁵ ויטע אהלי אפדנו בין ימים להר צבי קדשׁ ובא עד קצו ואין עוזר׃

IHOT⁽ⁱ⁾ (In English order)

25 H5782 ויער And he shall stir up H3581 כחו his power H3824 ולבבו and his courage H5921 על against H4428 מלך the king H5045 הנגב of the south H2428 בחיל army; H1419 גדול with a great H4428 ומלך and the king H5045 הנגב of the south H1624 יתגרה shall be stirred up H4421 למלחמה to battle H2428 בחיל army; H1419 גדול great H6099 ועצום and mighty H5704 עד with a very H3966 מאד with a very H3808 ולא but he shall not H5975 יעמד stand: H3588 כי for H2803 יחשׁבו they shall forecast H5921 עליו against H4284 מחשׁבות׃ devices

26 H398 ואכלי Yea, they that feed H6598 פת בגו of the portion of his meat H7665 ישׁברוהו shall destroy H2428 וחילו him, and his army H7857 ישׁטוף shall overflow: H5307 ונפלו shall fall down H2491 חללים slain. H7227 רבים׃ and many

27 H8147 ושׁניהם And both H4428 המלכים these kings' H3824 לבבם hearts H4827 למרע to do mischief, H5921 ועל at H7979 שׁלחן table; H259 אחד one H3577 כזב lies H1696 ידברו and they shall speak H3808 ולא but it shall not H6743 תצלח prosper: H3588 כי for H5750 עוד yet H7093 קץ the end H4150 למועד׃ at the time appointed.

28 H7725 וישׁב Then shall he return H776 ארצו into his land H7399 ברכושׁ riches; H1419 גדול with great H3824 ולבבו and his heart H5921 על against H1285 ברית covenant; H6944 קדשׁ the holy H6213 ועשׂה and he shall do H7725 ושׁב and return H776 לארצו׃ to his own land.

29 H4150 למועד At the time appointed H7725 ישׁוב he shall return, H935 ובא and come H5045 בנגב toward the south; H3808 ולא but it shall not H1961 תהיה be H7223 כראשׁנה as the former, H314 וכאחרנה׃ or as the latter.

30 H935 ובאו shall come H6716 בו ציים For the ships H3794 כתים of Chittim H3512 ונכאה against him: therefore he shall be grieved, H7725 ושׁב and return, H2194 וזעם and have indignation H5921 על against H1285 ברית covenant: H6944 קודשׁ the holy H6213 ועשׂה so shall he do; H7725 ושׁב he shall even return, H995 ויבן and have intelligence H5921 על with H5800 עזבי them that forsake H1285 ברית covenant. H6944 קדשׁ׃ the holy

31 H2220 וזרעים And arms H4480 ממנו on his part, H5975 יעמדו shall stand H2490 וחללו and they shall pollute H4720 המקדשׁ the sanctuary H4581 המעוז of strength, H5493 והסירו and shall take away H8548 התמיד the daily H5414 ונתנו and they shall place H8251 השׁקוץ the abomination H8074 משׁומם׃ that maketh desolate.

32 H7561 ומרשׁיעי And such as do wickedly against H1285 ברית the covenant H2610 יחניף shall he corrupt H2514 בחלקות by flatteries: H5971 ועם but the people H3045 ידעי that do know H430 אלהיו their God H2388 יחזקו shall be strong, H6213 ועשׂו׃ and do

33 H7919 ומשׂכילי And they that understand H5971 עם among the people H995 יבינו shall instruct H7227 לרבים many: H3782 ונכשׁלו yet they shall fall H2719 בחרב by the sword, H3852 ובלהבה and by flame, H7628 בשׁבי by captivity, H961 ובבזה and by spoil, H3117 ימים׃ days.

34 H3782 ובהכשׁלם Now when they shall fall, H5826 יעזרו they shall be helped H5828 עזר help: H4592 מעט with a little H3867 ונלוו shall cleave H5921 עליהם to H7227 רבים but many H2519 בחלקלקות׃ them with flatteries.

35 H4480 ומן And of H7919 המשׂכילים them of understanding H3782 יכשׁלו shall fall, H6884 לצרוף to try H1305 בהם ולברר them, and to purge, H3835 וללבן and to make white, H5704 עד to H6256 עת the time H7093 קץ of the end: H3588 כי because H5750 עוד yet H4150 למועד׃ for a time appointed.

36 H6213 ועשׂה shall do H7522 כרצונו according to his will; H4428 המלך And the king H7311 ויתרומם and he shall exalt himself, H1431 ויתגדל and magnify himself H5921 על above H3605 כל every H410 אל god, H5921 ועל against H410 אל the God H410 אלים of gods, H1696 ידבר and shall speak H6381 נפלאות marvelous things H6743 והצליח and shall prosper H5704 עד till H3615 כלה be accomplished: H2195 זעם the indignation H3588 כי for H2782 נחרצה that that is determined H6213 נעשׂתה׃ shall be done.

37 H5921 ועל above H430 אלהי the God H1 אבתיו of his fathers, H3808 לא H995 יבין H5921 ועל H2532 חמדת nor the desire H802 נשׁים of women, H5921 ועל H3605 כל nor regard any H433 אלוה god: H3808 לא H995 יבין H3588 כי for H5921 על H3605 כל all. H1431 יתגדל׃ he shall magnify himself

38 H433 ולאלה the God H4581 מעזים of forces: H5921 על But in H3653 כנו his estate H3513 יכבד shall he honor H433 ולאלוה and a god H834 אשׁר whom H3808 לא not H3045 ידעהו knew H1 אבתיו his fathers H3513 יכבד shall he honor H2091 בזהב with gold, H3701 ובכסף and silver, H68 ובאבן stones, H3368 יקרה and with precious H2530 ובחמדות׃ and pleasant things.

39 H6213 ועשׂה Thus shall he do H4013 למבצרי in the most strong holds H4581 מעזים in the most strong holds H5973 עם with H433 אלוה god, H5236 נכר a strange H834 אשׁר whom H5234 הכיר he shall acknowledge H7235 ירבה increase H3519 כבוד with glory: H4910 והמשׁילם and he shall cause them to rule H7227 ברבים over many, H127 ואדמה the land H2505 יחלק and shall divide H4242 במחיר׃ for gain.

40 H6256 ובעת And at the time H7093 קץ of the end H5055 יתנגח push H5973 עמו at H4428 מלך shall the king H5045 הנגב of the south H8175 וישׂתער shall come against him like a whirlwind, H5921 עליו shall come against him like a whirlwind, H4428 מלך him: and the king H6828 הצפון of the north H7393 ברכב with chariots, H6571 ובפרשׁים and with horsemen, H591 ובאניות ships; H7227 רבות and with many H935 ובא and he shall enter H776 בארצות into the countries, H7857 ושׁטף and shall overflow H5674 ועבר׃ and pass over.

41 H935 ובא He shall enter H776 בארץ land, H6643 הצבי also into the glorious H7227 ורבות and many H3782 יכשׁלו shall be overthrown: H428 ואלה but these H4422 ימלטו shall escape H3027 מידו out of his hand, H123 אדום Edom, H4124 ומואב and Moab, H7225 וראשׁית and the chief H1121 בני of the children H5983 עמון׃ of Ammon.

42 H7971 וישׁלח He shall stretch forth H3027 ידו his hand H776 בארצות also upon the countries: H776 וארץ and the land H4714 מצרים of Egypt H3808 לא shall not H1961 תהיה escape. H6413 לפליטה׃ escape.

43 H4910 ומשׁל But he shall have power H4362 במכמני over the treasures H2091 הזהב of gold H3701 והכסף and of silver, H3605 ובכל and over all H2530 חמדות the precious things H4714 מצרים of Egypt: H3864 ולבים and the Libyans H3569 וכשׁים and the Ethiopians H4703 במצעדיו׃ at his steps.

44 H8052 ושׁמעות But tidings H926 יבהלהו shall trouble H4217 ממזרח out of the east H6828 ומצפון and out of the north H3318 ויצא him: therefore he shall go forth H2534 בחמא fury H1419 גדלה with great H8045 להשׁמיד to destroy, H2763 ולהחרים and utterly to make away H7227 רבים׃ many.

45 H5193 ויטע And he shall plant H168 אהלי the tabernacles H643 אפדנו of his palace H996 בין between H3220 ימים the seas H2022 להר mountain; H6643 צבי in the glorious H6944 קדשׁ holy H935 ובא yet he shall come H5704 עד to H7093 קצו his end, H369 ואין and none H5826 עוזר׃ shall help

new⁽ⁱ⁾

25 H5782 [H8686] And he shall stir up H3581 his power H3824 and his heart H4428 against the king H5045 of the south H1419 with a great H2428 army; H4428 and the king H5045 of the south H1624 [H8691] shall be stirred up H4421 to battle H3966 with a very H1419 great H6099 and mighty H2428 army; H5975 [H8799] but he shall not stand: H2803 H4284 [H8799] for they shall plot against him.

26 H398 [H8802] Yea, they that feed H6598 of the portion of his food H7665 [H8799] shall brake H2428 him, and his army H7857 [H8799] shall overflow: H7227 and many H5307 [H8804] shall fall H2491 down slain.

27 H8147 And both H4428 these kings' H3824 hearts H4827 H7451 [H8688] shall be to do evil, H1696 [H8762] and they shall speak H3577 lies H259 at one H7979 table; H6743 [H8799] but it shall not prosper: H7093 for yet the end H4150 shall be at the time appointed.

28 H7725 [H8804] Then shall he return H776 into his land H1419 with great H7399 riches; H3824 and his heart H6944 shall be against the holy H1285 testament; H6213 [H8804] and he shall do H7725 [H8799] exploits, and return H776 to his own land.

29 H4150 At the time appointed H7725 [H8799] he shall return, H935 [H8804] and come H5045 toward the south; H7223 but it shall not be as the former, H314 or as the latter.

30 H6716 For the ships H3794 of Chittim H935 [H8804] shall come H3512 [H8738] against him: therefore he shall be grieved, H7725 [H8804] and return, H2194 [H8804] and foam at the mouth H6944 against the holy H1285 testament: H6213 [H8804] so shall he do; H7725 [H8804] he shall even return, H995 [H8799] and have intelligence H5800 [H8802] with them that forsake H6944 the holy H1285 testament.

31 H2220 And forces H5975 [H8799] shall stand H2490 [H8765] on his part, and they shall pollute H4720 the sanctuary H4581 of strength, H5493 [H8689] and shall take away H8548 the daily H5414 [H8804] sacrifice, and they shall place H8251 the abomination H8074 [H8789] that maketh desolate.

32 H7561 [H8688] And such as do wickedly H1285 against the testament H2610 [H8686] shall he corrupt H2514 by flatteries: H5971 but the people H3045 [H8802] that know H430 their God H2388 [H8686] shall be strong, H6213 [H8804] and do exploits.

33 H7919 [H8688] And they that understand H5971 among the people H995 [H8799] shall instruct H7227 many: H3782 [H8738] yet they shall fall H2719 by the sword, H3852 and by flame, H7628 by captivity, H961 and by spoil, H3117 many days.

34 H3782 [H8736] Now when they shall fall, H5826 [H8735] they shall be helped H4592 with a little H5828 help: H7227 but many H3867 [H8738] shall join H2519 with them with flatteries.

35 H7919 [H8688] And some of them of understanding H3782 [H8735] shall fall, H6884 [H8800] to refine H1305 [H8763] them, and to purge, H3835 [H8687] and to make them white, H6256 even to the time H7093 of the end: H4150 because it is yet for a time appointed.

36 H4428 And the king H6213 [H8804] shall do H7522 according to his will; H7311 [H8709] and he shall exalt H1431 [H8691] himself, and magnify H410 himself above every god, H1696 [H8762] and shall speak H6381 [H8737] marvellous things H410 against the God H410 of gods, H6743 [H8689] and shall prosper H2195 till the frothing at the mouth H3615 [H8804] be accomplished: H2782 [H8737] for that which is determined H6213 [H8738] shall be done.

37 H995 [H8799] Neither shall he regard H430 the God H1 of his fathers, H2532 nor the desire H802 of women, H995 [H8799] nor regard H433 any god: H1431 [H8691] for he shall magnify himself above all.

38 H3653 But in his estate H3513 [H8762] shall he honour H433 the God H4581 of forces: H433 and a god H1 whom his fathers H3045 [H8804] knew H3513 [H8762] not shall he honour H2091 with gold, H3701 and silver, H3368 and with precious H68 stones, H2532 and pleasant things.

39 H6213 [H8804] Thus shall he do H4581 in the strongest H4013 fortresses H5236 with a foreign H433 god, H5234 H5234 [H8686] whom he shall acknowledge H7235 [H8686] and increase H3519 with glory: H4910 [H8689] and he shall cause them to rule H7227 over many, H2505 [H8762] and shall divide H127 the soil H4242 for gain.

40 H6256 And at the time H7093 of the end H4428 shall the king H5045 of the south H5055 [H8691] push H4428 at him: and the king H6828 of the north H8175 [H8691] shall come against him like a whirlwind, H7393 with chariots, H6571 and with horsemen, H7227 and with many H591 ships; H935 [H8804] and he shall enter H776 into the lands, H7857 [H8804] and shall overflow H5674 [H8804] and pass through.

41 H935 [H8804] He shall enter H6643 also into the splendrous H776 land, H7227 and many H3782 [H8735] countries shall be overthrown: H4422 [H8735] but these shall escape H3027 out of his hand, H123 even Edom, H4124 and Moab, H7225 and the chief H1121 of the sons H5983 of Ammon.

42 H7971 [H8799] He shall stretch forth H3027 his hand H776 also upon the lands: H776 and the land H4714 of Egypt H6413 shall not escape.

43 H4910 [H8804] But he shall have power H4362 over the treasures H2091 of gold H3701 and of silver, H2532 and over all the precious H4714 things of Egypt: H3864 and the Libyans H3569 and the Cushites H4703 shall be at his steps.

44 H8052 But tidings H4217 out of the east H6828 and out of the north H926 [H8762] shall trouble H3318 [H8804] him: therefore he shall go forth H1419 with great H2534 hot anger H8045 [H8687] to desolate, H2763 [H8687] and utterly to seclude H7227 many.

45 H5193 [H8799] And he shall plant H168 the tents H643 of his pavilion H3220 between the seas H6643 in the splendrous H6944 holy H2022 mountain; H935 [H8804] yet he shall come H7093 to his end, H5826 [H8802] and none shall help him.

Vulgate⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ et concitabitur fortitudo eius et cor eius adversum regem austri in exercitu magno et rex austri provocabitur ad bellum multis auxiliis et fortibus nimis et non stabunt quia inibunt adversum eum consilia ²⁶ et comedentes panem cum eo conterent illum exercitusque eius opprimetur et cadent interfecti plurimi ²⁷ duorum quoque regum cor erit ut malefaciant et ad mensam unam mendacium loquentur et non proficient quia adhuc finis in aliud tempus ²⁸ et revertetur in terram suam cum opibus multis et cor eius adversus testamentum sanctum et faciet et revertetur in terram suam ²⁹ statuto tempore revertetur et veniet ad austrum et non erit priori simile novissimum ³⁰ et venient super eum trieres et Romani et percutietur et revertetur et indignabitur contra testamentum sanctuarii et faciet reverteturque et cogitabit adversum eos qui dereliquerunt testamentum sanctuarii ³¹ et brachia ex eo stabunt et polluent sanctuarium fortitudinis et auferent iuge sacrificium et dabunt abominationem in desolationem ³² et impii in testamentum simulabunt fraudulenter populus autem sciens Deum suum obtinebit et faciet ³³ et docti in populo docebunt plurimos et ruent in gladio et in flamma in captivitate et rapina dierum ³⁴ cumque corruerint sublevabuntur auxilio parvulo et adplicabuntur eis plurimi fraudulenter ³⁵ et de eruditis ruent ut conflentur et eligantur et dealbentur usque ad tempus praefinitum quia adhuc aliud tempus erit ³⁶ et faciet iuxta voluntatem suam rex et elevabitur et magnificabitur adversum omnem deum et adversum Deum deorum loquetur magnifica et diriget donec conpleatur iracundia perpetrata est quippe definitio ³⁷ et Deum patrum suorum non reputabit et erit in concupiscentiis feminarum nec quemquam deorum curabit quia adversum universa consurget ³⁸ deum autem Maozim in loco suo venerabitur et deum quem ignoraverunt patres eius colet auro et argento et lapide pretioso rebusque pretiosis ³⁹ et faciet ut muniat Maozim cum deo alieno quem cognovit et multiplicabit gloriam et dabit eis potestatem in multis et terram dividet gratuito ⁴⁰ et in tempore praefinito proeliabitur adversum eum rex austri et quasi tempestas veniet contra illum rex aquilonis in curribus et in equitibus et in classe magna et ingredietur terras et conteret et pertransiet ⁴¹ et introibit in terram gloriosam et multae corruent hae autem solae salvabuntur de manu eius Edom et Moab et principium filiorum Ammon ⁴² et mittet manum suam in terras et terra Aegypti non effugiet ⁴³ et dominabitur thesaurorum auri et argenti et in omnibus pretiosis Aegypti per Lybias quoque et Aethiopias transibit ⁴⁴ et fama turbabit eum ab oriente et ab aquilone et veniet in multitudine magna ut conterat et interficiat plurimos ⁴⁵ et figet tabernaculum suum Apedno inter maria super montem inclitum et sanctum et veniet usque ad summitatem eius et nemo auxiliabitur ei

Clementine_Vulgate⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Et concitabitur fortitudo ejus, et cor ejus adversum regem austri in exercitu magno: et rex austri provocabitur ad bellum multis auxiliis, et fortibus nimis: et non stabunt, quia inibunt adversus eum consilia. ²⁶ Et comedentes panem cum eo, conterent illum, exercitusque ejus opprimetur: et cadent interfecti plurimi. ²⁷ Duorum quoque regum cor erit ut malefaciant, et ad mensam unam mendacium loquentur: et non proficient, quia adhuc finis in aliud tempus. ²⁸ Et revertetur in terram suam cum opibus multis: et cor ejus adversum testamentum sanctum, et faciet, et revertetur in terram suam. ²⁹ Statuto tempore revertetur, et veniet ad austrum: et non erit priori simile novissimum. ³⁰ Et venient super eum trieres, et Romani: et percutietur, et revertetur, et indignabitur contra testamentum sanctuarii, et faciet: reverteturque, et cogitabit adversum eos qui dereliquerunt testamentum sanctuarii. ³¹ Et brachia ex eo stabunt, et polluent sanctuarium fortitudinis, et auferent juge sacrificium: et dabunt abominationem in desolationem. ³² Et impii in testamentum simulabunt fraudulenter: populus autem sciens Deum suum, obtinebit, et faciet. ³³ Et docti in populo docebunt plurimos: et ruent in gladio, et in flamma, et in captivitate, et in rapina dierum. ³⁴ Cumque corruerint, sublevabuntur auxilio parvulo: et applicabuntur eis plurimi fraudulenter. ³⁵ Et de eruditis ruent, ut conflentur, et eligantur, et dealbentur usque ad tempus præfinitum: quia adhuc aliud tempus erit. ³⁶ Et faciet juxta voluntatem suam rex, et elevabitur, et magnificabitur adversus omnem deum: et adversus Deum deorum loquetur magnifica, et dirigetur, donec compleatur iracundia: perpetrata quippe est definitio. ³⁷ Et Deum patrum suorum non reputabit: et erit in concupiscentiis feminarum, nec quemquam deorum curabit, quia adversum universa consurget. ³⁸ Deum autem Maozim in loco suo venerabitur: et deum, quem ignoraverunt patres ejus, colet auro, et argento, et lapide pretioso, rebusque pretiosis. ³⁹ Et faciet ut muniat Maozim cum deo alieno, quem cognovit, et multiplicabit gloriam, et dabit eis potestatem in multis, et terram dividet gratuito. ⁴⁰ Et in tempore præfinito præliabitur adversus eum rex austri, et quasi tempestas veniet contra illum rex aquilonis in curribus, et in equitibus, et in classe magna, et ingredietur terras, et conteret, et pertransiet. ⁴¹ Et introibit in terram gloriosam, et multæ corruent: hæ autem solæ salvabuntur de manu ejus, Edom, et Moab, et principium filiorum Ammon. ⁴² Et mittet manum suam in terras: et terra Ægypti non effugiet. ⁴³ Et dominabitur thesaurorum auri, et argenti, et in omnibus pretiosis Ægypti: per Libyam quoque, et Æthiopiam transibit. ⁴⁴ Et fama turbabit eum ab oriente et ab aquilone: et veniet in multitudine magna ut conterat et interficiat plurimos. ⁴⁵ Et figet tabernaculum suum Apadno inter maria, super montem inclytum et sanctum: et veniet usque ad summitatem ejus, et nemo auxiliabitur ei.

Wycliffe⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ And the strengthe of hym, and the herte of hym schal be stirid ayens the kyng of the south with a greet oost. And the king of the south schal be stirid to batel with many helpis and ful stronge; and thei schulen not stonde, for thei schulen take counsels ayens hym. ²⁶ And thei that eeten breed with hym schulen al to-breke hym; and his oost schal be oppressid, and ful many men of hise schulen be slayn, and falle doun. ²⁷ And the herte of twei kyngis schal be, that thei do yuel, and at o boord thei schulen speke leesyng, and thei schulen not profite; for yit the ende schal be in to an other tyme. ²⁸ And he schal turne ayen in to his lond with many richessis, and his herte schal be ayens the hooli testament, and he schal do, and schal turne ayen in to his lond. ²⁹ In tyme ordeyned he schal turne ayen, and schal come to the south, and the laste schal not be lijk the formere. ³⁰ And schippis with three ordris of ooris, and Romayns, schulen come on hym, and he schal be smytun. And he schal turne ayen, and schal haue indignacioun ayens the testament of seyntuarie, and he schal do. And he schal turne ayen, and he schal thenke ayens hem that forsoken the testament of seyntuarie. ³¹ And armes of hym schulen stonde, and schulen defoule the seyntuarie, and schulen take awei the contynuel sacrifice, and schulen yyue abhomynacioun in to desolacioun. ³² And wickid men schulen feyne testament gilefuli; but the puple that knowith her God schal holde, and do. ³³ And tauyt men in the puple schulen teche ful many men, and schulen falle in swerd, and in flawme, and in to caitifte, and in to raueyn of daies. ³⁴ And whanne thei han feld doun, thei schulen be reisid bi a litil help; and ful many men schulen be applied to hym gilefuli. ³⁵ And of lerud men schulen falle, that thei be wellid togidere, and be chosun, and be maad whijt til to a tyme determyned; for yit another tyme schal be. ³⁶ And the kyng schal do bi his wille, and he schal be reisid, and magnefied ayens ech god, and ayens God of goddis he schal speke grete thingis; and he schal be dressid, til wrathfulnesse be fillid. For the determynynge is perfitli maad. ³⁷ And he schal not arette the God of hise fadris, and he schal be in the coueitisis of wymmen, and he schal not charge ony of goddis, for he schal rise ayens alle thingis. ³⁸ Forsothe he schal onoure god of Maosym in his place, and he schal worschipe god, whom hise fadris knewen not, with gold, and siluer, and preciouse stoon, and preciouse thingis. ³⁹ And he schal do that he make strong Moosym, with the alien god which he knew. And he schal multiplie glorie, and schal yyue power to hem in many thingis, and schal departe the lond at his wille. ⁴⁰ And in the tyme determyned the kyng of the south schal fiyte ayens hym, and the kyng of the north schal come as a tempest ayens hym, in charis, and with knyytis, and in greet nauei. ⁴¹ And he schal entre in to londis, and schal defoule hem; and he schal passe, and schal entre in to the gloriouse lond, and many schulen falle. Forsothe these londis aloone schulen be sauyd fro his hond, Edom, and Moab, and princes of the sones of Amon. ⁴² And he schal sende his hond in to londis, and the lond of Egipt schal not ascape. ⁴³ And he schal be lord of tresouris of gold, and of siluer, and in alle preciouse thingis of Egipt; also he schal passe bi Libie and Ethiopie. ⁴⁴ And fame fro the eest and fro the north schal disturble hym; and he schal come with a greet multitude, to al to-breke, and to sle ful many men. ⁴⁵ And he schal sette his tabernacle in Apheduo, bitwixe the sees, on the noble hil and hooli; and he schal come til to the heiythe therof, and no man schal helpe hym.

Coverdale⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ His power and herte shalbe sterred vp wt a greate armye agaynst the kinge of the south: where thorow the kinge of the south shalbe moued then vnto batell, with a greate & mightie hoost also. Neuerthelesse, he shal not be able to stonde, for they shall conspyre agaynst him. ²⁶ Yee they yt eate of his meate, shal hurte him: so that his hoost shal fall, & many be slayne downe. ²⁷ These two kinges shalbe mynded to do myschefe, & talke of disceate at one table: but they shal not prospere: for why, the ende shal not come yet, vnto the tyme apoynted. ²⁸ The shall he go home agayne in to his owne londe with greate good, & set his herte agaynst the holy couenaunt, he shalbe busy agaynst it, & then returne home. ²⁹ At the tyme appoynted he shal come agayne, & go towarde the south: So shall it happen otherwise then at the first, yet ones agayne. ³⁰ And why, the shippes of Cythim shal come vpon him, that he maye be smytten & turne agayne: yt he maye take indignacion agaynst the couenaunt of holynes, to medle agaynst it. Yee he shal turne him, & drawe soch vnto him, as leaue the holy couenaunt. ³¹ He shal set mightie men to vnhalowe the sanctuary of stregth, to put downe the daylie offeringe, & to set vp the abhominable desolacion. ³² And soch as breake the couenaunt, shal he flatre with fayre wordes. But ye people that wil knowe their God, shal haue the ouerhade and prospere. ³³ Those also that haue vnderstondinge amonge the people, shal enfourme the multitude: & for a longe season, they shalbe persecuted with swearde, with fyre, with captyuyte & with the takynge awaye of their goodes. ³⁴ Now whe they fall, they shalbe set vp with a litle helpe: but many shal cleue vnto them faynedly. ³⁵ Yee some of those which haue vnderstondynge shal be persecuted also: yt they maye be tryed, purified & clesed, till the tyme be out: for there is yet another tyme appoynted. ³⁶ The kinge shal do what him list, he shal exalte and magnifie himself agaynst all, that is God. Yee he shall speake maruelous thinges agaynst the God of all goddes, wherin he shal prospere, so longe till the wrath be fulfilled, for the conclusion is deuysed alredy. ³⁷ He shal not regarde the God of his fathers, but his lust shall be vpon wome: Yee he shal not care for eny God, for he shal magnifie himself aboue all. ³⁸ In his place shal he worshipe the mightie Idols: & the god whom his fathers knewe not, shal he honoure with golde and syluer, with precious stones and pleasaunt Iewels. ³⁹ This shal he do, sekinge helpe and sucoure at the mightie Idols and straunge goddes. Soch as wil receaue him, and take him for God, he shal geue them greate worshipe and power: yee and make them lordes of the multitude, and geue them the londe with rewardes. ⁴⁰ In the latter tyme, shal the kinge of the south stryue with him: and the kinge of the north in like maner shall come agaynst him with charettes, horsmen & with a greate nauy of shippes. He shal come in to the londes, destroye and go thorow: ⁴¹ he shal entre also in to the fayre pleasaunt londe. Many cities & countrees shal decaye, excepte Edom, Moab & the best of the children of Ammon, which shal escape from his honde. ⁴² He shall stretch forth his hodes vpon the countrees, & the londe of Egipte shal not escape him. ⁴³ For thorow his goinge in, he shal haue dominion ouer the treasures of syluer & golde, & ouer all the precious Iewels of Egipte, Lybia and Ethiopia. ⁴⁴ Neuerthelesse the tydinges out of the east and the north shall trouble him, for the which cause he shal go forth to destroye & curse a greate multitude. ⁴⁵ The tentes of his palace shall he pytch betwixte the two sees, vpon the hill of the noble sanctuary, for he shal come to the ende of it, and then shal no man helpe him.

MSTC⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ His power and heat shall be stirred up with a great army against the king of the south: wherethrough the king of the south shall be moved then unto battle, with a great mighty host also. Nevertheless, he shall not be able to stand, for they shall conspire against him. ²⁶ Yea, they that eat of his meat, shall hurt him: so that his host shall fall, and many be slain down. ²⁷ These two kings shall be minded to do mischief, and talk of deceit at one table: but they shall not prosper. For why? The end shall not come yet, unto the time appointed. ²⁸ Then shall he go home again into his own land with great good, and set his heart against the holy covenant. He shall be busy against it, and then return home. ²⁹ At the time appointed he shall come again, and go toward the south: So shall it happen otherwise then at the first, yet once again. ³⁰ And why? The ships of Chittim shall come upon him, that he may be smitten and turn again: that he may take indignation against the covenant of holiness, to meddle against it. Yea he shall turn him, and draw such unto him, as leave the holy covenant. ³¹ He shall set mighty men to unhallow the Sanctuary of strength, and to put down the daily offering, and to set up the abominable desolation. ³² And such as break the covenant shall he flatter with fair words. But the people that will know their God, shall have the overhand and prosper. ³³ Those also that have understanding among the people shall inform the multitude: and for a long season, they shall be persecuted with sword, with fire, with captivity and with the taking away of their goods. ³⁴ Now when they fall, they shall be set up with a little help: but many shall cleave unto them fainedly. ³⁵ Yea, some of those which have understanding shall be persecuted also: that they may be tried, purified, and cleansed, till the time be out. For there is yet another time appointed. ³⁶ The king shall do what him list, he shall exalt and magnify himself against all that is God. Yea, he shall speak marvelous things against the God of all gods, wherein he shall prosper, so long till the wrath be fulfilled, for the conclusion is devised already. ³⁷ He shall not regard the God of his fathers, nor the desires of women. Yea, he shall not care for any God, for he shall magnify himself above all. ³⁸ In his place shall he worship the mighty Idols: and the God whom his fathers knew not, shall he honour with gold and silver, with precious stones and pleasant jewels. ³⁹ This shall he do, seeking help and succor at the mighty Idols and strange gods. Such as receive him, and take him for God, he shall give them great worship and power: yea and make them lords of the multitude, and give them the land with rewards. ⁴⁰ In the latter time, shall the king of the south strive with him; and the king of the north in like manner shall come against him with chariots, horsemen and with a great navy of ships. He shall come into the lands, destroy and go through: ⁴¹ he shall enter also into the fair pleasant land. Many cities and countries shall decay, except Edom, Moab and the best of the children of Ammon, which shall escape from his hand. ⁴² He shall stretch forth his hands upon the countries, and the land of Egypt shall not escape him. ⁴³ For through his going in, he shall have dominion over the treasures of silver and gold, and over all the precious jewels of Egypt, Libya and Ethiopia. ⁴⁴ Nevertheless the tidings out of the East and the north shall trouble him, for the which cause he shall go forth to destroy and curse a great multitude. ⁴⁵ The tents of his palace shall he pitch betwixt the two seas, upon the hill of the noble Sanctuary, for he shall come to the end of it, and then shall no man help him.

Matthew⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ His power, and herte shalbe sterred vp with a great armye agaynst the kinge of the south: where thorow the king of the south shalbe moued then vnto battell with a great and mighty host also. Neuertheles he shal not be able to stand, for they shal conspire against hym. ²⁶ Yea, they that eat of hys meate, shal hurte him: so that his hoste shall fall, and many be slayne donne. ²⁷ These two kinges shalbe mynded to do myschefe, and talke of disceyte at one table, but they shall not prospere: for why, the ende shal not come yet, vnto the tyme appoynted. ²⁸ Then shal he go home agayne into his owne lande with great good, & set his herte against the holy couenaunt, he shalbe busye againste it, and then returne home. ²⁹ At the time appointed, he shall come agayne, and go toward the south. So shall it happen otherwyse then at the first, yet ones agayn. ³⁰ And why? the shippes of Lithim shall come vpon him, that he may be smytten and turne again: that he may take indignacyon agaynste the couenaunte of holynesse, to medle agaynste it. Yea he shall turne him, and drawe suche vnto hym, as leaue the holy couenaunte. ³¹ He shall set myghty men to vnhalowe the Sanctuary of strength, to put doune the daylye offerynge, and to set vp the abhomynable desolacyon. ³² And suche as breake the couenaunt shal he flattre wyth fayre wordes. But the people that wyll know their God, shal haue the ouerhand, and prospere. ³³ Those also that haue vnderstandyng among the people shall enfourme the multitude: and for a long season, they shalbe persecuted with swerde, with fyre, with captyuyte and with the takinge awaye of their goodes. ³⁴ Nowe when they fall they shalbe set vp with a litle helpe: but many shall clene vnto them faynedly. ³⁵ Yea, some of those whyth haue vnderstandinge shalbe persecuted also: that they maye be tryed, purifyed and clensed, tyll the tyme be oute: for there is yet another tyme appointed. ³⁶ The kinge shal do what him lyst, he shal exalte and magnifye him selfe agaynste all, that is God. Yea he shall speake maruelous thinges against the God of al goddes, wherin he shall prospere, so longe till the wrathe be fulfilled, for the conclusyon is deuysed alredy. ³⁷ He shal not regarde the God of hys fathers, but his lust shalbe vpon wemen: Yea, he shal not care for any God, for he shall magnifye him selfe aboue al. ³⁸ In his place shall he worshippe the mighty Idols: and the god whome his fathers knewe not, shall he honoure with goulde and syluer, with precious stones and pleasaunt Iewels. ³⁹ This shal he do, sekyng helpe and succour at the myghtye Idols and straunge goddes. Suche as wil receyue him, and take him for God, he shall geue them greate worshippe, & power: yea and make them lordes of the multitude, and geue them the lande with rewardes. ⁴⁰ In the latter tyme shall the kinge of the south stryue with him: & the king of the north in like maner shall come agaynste him wyth charettes, horsemen and wyth a greate nauy of shippes. He shall come into the landes, destroye and go thorowe, ⁴¹ he shall entre also into the fayre pleasaunt lande. Manye cytyes and countreyes shall decaye, excepte Edom, Moab & the best of the children of Ammon, whyche shall escape from hys hande. ⁴² He shal stretch forth his handes vpon the countreyes & the lande of Egipte shall not escape him. ⁴³ For thorowe his goynge in, he shal haue dominion ouer the treasures of siluer and gold & ouer al the precyous Iewels of Egypt, Lybia and Ethiopia. ⁴⁴ Neuerthelesse the tidinges oute of the easte and north shal trouble hym, for the whiche cause he shall go forthe to destroye & curse a greate multitude. ⁴⁵ The tentes of his palace shall be pytch betwyxte the two seas, vpon the hill of the noble Sanctuarye, for he shall come to the ende of it, & then shal no man helpe him.

Great⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Hys power and herte shalbe sterred vp wyth a greate armye agaynst the kinge of the south where thorowe the kynge of the south shalbe moued then vnto battell, with a greate & myghtye hoost also. Neuerthelesse, he shall not be able to stande, for they shall conspyre against him. ²⁶ Yee, they that eate of his meate shall hurte hym: so that his hoost shall fall, & many be slayne downe. ²⁷ These two kynges shalbe mynded to do myschefe, and talke of disceate at one table: but they shall not prospere, for why, the ende shall not come yet, vnto the tyme apoynted ²⁸ Then shall he go home agayne into hys awne lande with great good, and set his hert agaynst the holy couenaunt, he shalbe busye agaynst it, and then returne home. ²⁹ At the time apoynted he shall come agayne, and go towarde the south. So shall it happen otherwyse then at the fyrst, yet ones agayne. ³⁰ And why? the shyppes with Italyans shall come vpon him, that he may be smytten and turne agayne: that he may take indignacion against the couenaunt of holynesse, to medle agaynst it. Yee, he shall turne him, and drawe soch vnto him, as leaue the holy couenaunt. ³¹ He shall set myghtye men to vnhalowe the Sanctuary of strength, to put downe the daylye offeringe, and to set vp the abhominable desolacyon. ³² And soch as breake the couenaunt shall he flatter wyth fayre wordes. But the people that wyll knowe their God, shall haue the ouerhande and prospere. ³³ Those also that haue vnderstandinge among the people shall enfourme the multitude: and for a longe season, they shalbe persecuted wyth swearde, with fyre, wyth captiuite & wyth the takynge awaye of theyr goodes. ³⁴ Nowe when they fall, they shalbe sett vp wyth a lytle helpe: but many shall cleue vnto them faynedly. ³⁵ Yee some of those which haue vnderstandyng shall be persecuted also, that they may be tryed, purifyed and clensed, tyll the tyme be out: for there is yet another time appoynted. ³⁶ The kynge shall do what hym lyst he shall exalte and magnifye him selfe agaynst all that is God. Yee, he shall speake maruelous thinges agaynst the God of all goddes wherin he shall prospere, so longe tyll the wrath be fulfylled, for the conclusyon is deuised alredy. ³⁷ He shall not regarde the God of hys fathers, but his lust shall be vpon wemen. Yee, he shall not care for eny God, for he shall magnifye him selfe aboue all. ³⁸ In hys place shall he worshype the myghtie stoute God: and the God whom his fathers knewe not, shall be honoure with golde and syluer, with precious stones and pleasaunt Iewels. ³⁹ This shall he do, thorowe hys stronge fensed places, settinge vpe hys straunge God whom he confessith and encreasinge his glorye. Soche as will receaue hym, & take hym for God, he shall geue them greate worshyppe and power: yee, and make them Lordes of the multitude, and geue them the lande with rewardes. ⁴⁰ In the latter tyme shall the kynge of the south stryue wyth him: and the kynge of the north in lyke maner shall come against him with charettes, horsmen and wt a greate nauy of shyppes. He shall come into the landes, destroye and go thorowe: ⁴¹ he shall entre also into the fayre pleasaunt lande: Many cyties and countres shall decaye excepte Edom, Moab and the best of the chyldren of Ammon, whych shall escape from hys hande. ⁴² He shall stretch forth his handes vpon the countrees, & the lande of Egypte shall not escape hym. ⁴³ For thorowe his goynge in, he shall haue dominion ouer the treasures of syluer and golde, and ouer all the precious Iewels of Egypt, Libia and Ethiopia. ⁴⁴ Neuerthelesse, the tydynges out of the East and the north shall trouble him, for the whych cause he shall goo forth to destroye and rote owte a greate multitude. ⁴⁵ The tentes of hys palace shall be pytched betwyxte the two sees, vpon the hyll of the noble Sanctuary, for he shall come to his dethe, and then shall no man helpe hym.

Geneva⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Also he shall stirre vp his power and his courage against the King of the South with a great armie, and the King of the South shall be stirred vp to battell with a very great and mightie armie: but he shall not stand: for they shall forecast and practise against him. ²⁶ Yea, they that feede of the portion of his meate, shall destroy him: and his armie shall ouerflowe: and many shall fall, and be slaine. ²⁷ And both these Kings hearts shall be to do mischiefe, and they shall talke of deceite at one table: but it shall not auaile: for yet the ende shall be at the time appointed. ²⁸ Then shall he returne into his land with great substance: for his heart shall be against the holy couenant: so shall he doe and returne to his owne land. ²⁹ At the time appointed he shall returne, and come toward the South: but the last shall not be as the first. ³⁰ For the shippes of Chittim shall come against him: therefore he shalbe sorie and returne, and freat against the holy couenant: so shall he doe, he shall euen returne and haue intelligence with them that forsake the holy couenant. ³¹ And armes shall stand on his part, and they shall pollute the Sanctuarie of strength, and shall take away the dayly sacrifice, and they shall set vp the abominable desolation. ³² And such as wickedly breake ye couenant, shall he cause to sinne by flatterie: but the people that do know their God, shall preuaile and prosper. ³³ And they that vnderstand among the people, shall instruct many: yet they shall fall by sword, and by flame, by captiuitie and by spoile many dayes. ³⁴ Nowe when they shall fall, they shall be holpen with a litle helpe: but many shall cleaue vnto them fainedly. ³⁵ And some of the of vnderstanding shall fall to trie them, and to purge, and to make them white, till the time be out: for there is a time appointed. ³⁶ And the King shall doe what him list: he shall exalt himselfe, and magnifie himselfe against all, that is God, and shall speake marueilous things against ye God of gods, and shall prosper, till ye wrath be accomplished: for ye determination is made. ³⁷ Neither shall he regard the God of his fathers, nor the desires of women, nor care for any God: for he shall magnifie himselfe aboue all. ³⁸ But in his place shall he honour the god Mauzzim, and the god whom his fathers knewe not, shall he honour with golde and with siluer, and with precious stones, and pleasant things. ³⁹ Thus shall he do in the holdes of Mauzzim with a strange god whom he shall acknowledge: he shall increase his glory, and shall cause them to rule ouer many and shall deuide ye land for gaine. ⁴⁰ And at ye end of time shall the King of the South push at him, and the king of the North shall come against him like a whirlewind with charets, and with horsemen, and with many ships, and he shall enter into ye countreis, and shall ouerflow and passe through. ⁴¹ He shall enter also into the pleasant land, and many countreis shalbe ouerthrowen: but these shall escape out of his hand, euen Edom and Moab, and the chiefe of the children of Ammon. ⁴² He shall stretch foorth his hands also vpon the countreis, and ye land of Egypt shall not escape. ⁴³ But he shall haue power ouer the treasures of golde and of siluer, and ouer all the precious things of Egypt, and of the Lybians, and of the blacke Mores where he shall passe. ⁴⁴ But the tidings out of the East and the North shall trouble him: therefore he shall goe foorth with great wrath to destroy and roote out many. ⁴⁵ And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace betweene the seas in the glorious and holy mountaine, yet he shall come to his end, and none shall helpe him.

Bishops⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Also his power & heart shall he stirre vp with a great armie against the kyng of the south, the kyng of the south shalbe moued vnto battayle with a great and a mightie hoast also: neuerthelesse he shal not stande, for they shall forecast deuices against him ²⁶ Yea they that feede of the portion of his meate, shal destroy him, and his armie shall ouerflowe, and many shall fall and be slaine ²⁷ These two kinges hartes shalbe to do mischiefe, & they shall talke of deceipt at one table, but it shal not prosper, for yet the ende shalbe at ye time appointed ²⁸ Then shall he go home agayne into his lande with great substaunce, and set his heart against the holy couenaunt, so shall he do, and returne to his owne lande ²⁹ At the tyme appointed he shall come agayne, and go towarde the south: but the last shall not be as the first ³⁰ For the ships of Chithim shall come against him, therfore he shalbe sorie, and returne, and fret against the holy couenaunt: so shall he do, he shal [euen] returne and haue intelligence with them that forsake the holy couenaunt ³¹ And armes shall stande on his part, and they shall pollute the sanctuarie of strength, and shall take away the dayly [sacrifice] and they shall set vp the abhominable desolation ³² And such as wickedly breake the couenaunt, shall he cause to sinne by flatterie: but the people that knowe their God, shall preuayle and prosper ³³ Those also that haue vnderstanding among the people, shall enfourme the multitude, and for a long season thei shall fall with sworde, with fire, with captiuitie, and with the taking away of their goodes ³⁴ Nowe when they shall fall, they shalbe holpen with a litle helpe, but many shall cleaue vnto them faynedly ³⁵ Yea some of those that haue vnderstanding shall fall, that they may be tryed, purified, and made whyte, tyll the tyme be out: for there is a tyme appointed ³⁶ And a kyng shall do what hym list, he shall exalt and magnifie hym selfe against al that is God, yea he shal speake marueylous thinges against the God of Gods, and he shall prosper tyll the wrath be fulfilled: for the determination is made ³⁷ He shall not regarde the God of his fathers, nor the desires of women, yea he shall not care for any God: for he shall magnifie himselfe aboue all ³⁸ But in his place shall he honour the God Mauzzun, and the God whom his fathers knewe not, shall he honour with golde and siluer, with pretious stones and pleasaunt thinges ³⁹ Thus shall he do in the holdes of Mauzzim with a straunge God whom he shall acknowledge, he shall encrease his glory, & shal cause them to rule ouer many, & shall deuide the land for gayne ⁴⁰ And at the ende of tyme shall the king of the south pushe at hym, & the king of the north shall come against him lyke a whirlewind, with charets, horsemen, and with many shippes: he shall enter into the countreys, and shall ouerflowe and passe through ⁴¹ He shall enter also into the pleasaunt land, and many countreys shalbe ouerthrowen: but these shall escape out of his hande [euen] Edom and Moab, and the chiefe of the chyldren of Ammon ⁴² He shall stretche foorth his hande also vpon the countreys, and the lande of Egypt shall not escape ⁴³ But he shall haue power ouer the treasures of golde and of siluer, & ouer all the pretious thinges of Egypt, and of the Libyans and Ethiopians in his passing [by them. ⁴⁴ Neuerthelesse, the tidinges out of the east and the north shall trouble him, therfore he shall go foorth with great wrath, to destroy and roote out many ⁴⁵ And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace betweene the seas, in the glorious and holy mountaine: yet he shall come to his ende, & none shal helpe him

DouayRheims⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ And his strength, and his heart, shall be stirred up aginst the king of the south, with a great army: and the king of the south shall be stirred up to battle with many and very strong succours: and they shall not stand, for they shall form designs against him. ²⁶ And they that eat bread with him, shall destroy him, and his army shall be overthrown: and many shall fall down slain. ²⁷ And the heart of the two kings shall be to do evil, and they shall speak lies at one table, and they shall not prosper: because as yet the end is unto another time. ²⁸ And he shall return into his land with much riches: and his heart shall be aginst the holy covenant, and he shall succeed, and shall return into his own land. ²⁹ At the time appointed he shall return, and he shall come to the south, but the latter time shall not be like the former. ³⁰ And the galleys and the Romans shall come upon him, and he shall be struck, and shall return, and shall have indignation against thecovenant of the sanctuary, and he shall succeed: and he shall returnm, and shall devise against them that haave forsaken the covenant of the sanctuary. ³¹ And arms shall stand on his part, and they shall defile the sanctuary of strength, and shall take away the continual sacrifice: and they shall place there the abomination unto desolation. ³² And such as deal wickedly against the covenant shall deceitfully dissemble: but the people that know their God shall prevail and succeed. ³³ And they that are learned among the people shall teach many: and they shall fall by the sword, and by fire, and by captivity, and by spoil for many days. ³⁴ And when they shall have fallen, they shall be relieved with a small help: and many shall be joined to them deceitfully. ³⁵ And some of thelearned shall fall, that they may be tried, and may be chosen, and made white, even to the appointed time: because yet there shall be another time. ³⁶ And the king shall do according to his will, and he shall be lifted up, and shall magnify himself against every god: and he shall speak great things against the God of gods, and shall prosper, till the wrath be accomplished. For the determination is made. ³⁷ And he shall make no account of the God of his fathers: and he shall follow the lust of women, and he shall not regard any gods: for he shall rise up against all things. ³⁸ But he shall worship the god Maozim, in his place: and a god whom his fathers knew not, he shall worship with gold, and silver, and precious stones, and things of great price. ³⁹ And he shall do this to fortify Maozim with a strange god, whom he hath acknowledged, and he shall increase glory, and shall give them power over many, and shall divide the land gratis. ⁴⁰ And at the time prefixed the king of the south shall fight against him, and the king of the north shall come against him like a tempest, with chariots, andwith horsemen, and with a great navy, and he shall enter into the countries, and shall destroy, and pass through. ⁴¹ And he shal enter into the glorious land, ansd many shall fall: and these only shakll be saved out of his hand, Edom, and Moab, and the principality of the children of Ammon. ⁴² And he shall lay his hand upon the lands: and the land of Egypt shall not escape. ⁴³ And he shall have power over the treasures of gold, and of silver, and all the precious things of Egypt: and he shall pass through Lybia, and Ethiopia. ⁴⁴ And tidings out of the east, and out of the north, shall trouble him: and he shall come with a great multitude to destroy and slay many. ⁴⁵ And he shall fix his tabernacle, Apadno, between the seas, upon a glorious and holy mountain: and he shall come even to the top thereof, and none shall help him.

KJV⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ And he shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall be stirred up to battle with a very great and mighty army; but he shall not stand: for they shall forecast devices against him. ²⁶ Yea, they that feed of the portion of his meat shall destroy him, and his army shall overflow: and many shall fall down slain. ²⁷ And both of these kings' hearts shall be to do mischief, and they shall speak lies at one table; but it shall not prosper: for yet the end shall be at the time appointed. ²⁸ Then shall he return into his land with great riches; and his heart shall be against the holy covenant; and he shall do exploits, and return to his own land. ²⁹ At the time appointed he shall return, and come toward the south; but it shall not be as the former, or as the latter. ³⁰ For the ships of Chittim shall come against him: therefore he shall be grieved, and return, and have indignation against the holy covenant: so shall he do; he shall even return, and have intelligence with them that forsake the holy covenant. ³¹ And arms shall stand on his part, and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the abomination that maketh desolate. ³² And such as do wickedly against the covenant shall he corrupt by flatteries: but the people that do know their God shall be strong, and do exploits. ³³ And they that understand among the people shall instruct many: yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by spoil, many days. ³⁴ Now when they shall fall, they shall be holpen with a little help: but many shall cleave to them with flatteries. ³⁵ And some of them of understanding shall fall, to try them, and to purge, and to make them white, even to the time of the end: because it is yet for a time appointed. ³⁶ And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak marvellous things against the God of gods, and shall prosper till the indignation be accomplished: for that that is determined shall be done. ³⁷ Neither shall he regard the God of his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god: for he shall magnify himself above all. ³⁸ But in his estate shall he honour the God of forces: and a god whom his fathers knew not shall he honour with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and pleasant things. ³⁹ Thus shall he do in the most strong holds with a strange god, whom he shall acknowledge and increase with glory: and he shall cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for gain. ⁴⁰ And at the time of the end shall the king of the south push at him: and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass over. ⁴¹ He shall enter also into the glorious land, and many countries shall be overthrown: but these shall escape out of his hand, even Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. ⁴² He shall stretch forth his hand also upon the countries: and the land of Egypt shall not escape. ⁴³ But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt: and the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps. ⁴⁴ But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him: therefore he shall go forth with great fury to destroy, and utterly to make away many. ⁴⁵ And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas in the glorious holy mountain; yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.

KJV_Cambridge⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ And he shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall be stirred up to battle with a very great and mighty army; but he shall not stand: for they shall forecast devices against him. ²⁶ Yea, they that feed of the portion of his meat shall destroy him, and his army shall overflow: and many shall fall down slain. ²⁷ And both these kings' hearts shall be to do mischief, and they shall speak lies at one table; but it shall not prosper: for yet the end shall be at the time appointed. ²⁸ Then shall he return into his land with great riches; and his heart shall be against the holy covenant; and he shall do exploits, and return to his own land. ²⁹ At the time appointed he shall return, and come toward the south; but it shall not be as the former, or as the latter. ³⁰ For the ships of Chittim shall come against him: therefore he shall be grieved, and return, and have indignation against the holy covenant: so shall he do; he shall even return, and have intelligence with them that forsake the holy covenant. ³¹ And arms shall stand on his part, and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the abomination that maketh desolate. ³² And such as do wickedly against the covenant shall he corrupt by flatteries: but the people that do know their God shall be strong, and do exploits. ³³ And they that understand among the people shall instruct many: yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by spoil, many days. ³⁴ Now when they shall fall, they shall be holpen with a little help: but many shall cleave to them with flatteries. ³⁵ And some of them of understanding shall fall, to try them, and to purge, and to make them white, even to the time of the end: because it is yet for a time appointed. ³⁶ And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak marvellous things against the God of gods, and shall prosper till the indignation be accomplished: for that that is determined shall be done. ³⁷ Neither shall he regard the God of his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god: for he shall magnify himself above all. ³⁸ But in his estate shall he honour the God of forces: and a god whom his fathers knew not shall he honour with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and pleasant things. ³⁹ Thus shall he do in the most strong holds with a strange god, whom he shall acknowledge and increase with glory: and he shall cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for gain. ⁴⁰ And at the time of the end shall the king of the south push at him: and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass over. ⁴¹ He shall enter also into the glorious land, and many countries shall be overthrown: but these shall escape out of his hand, even Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. ⁴² He shall stretch forth his hand also upon the countries: and the land of Egypt shall not escape. ⁴³ But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt: and the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps. ⁴⁴ But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him: therefore he shall go forth with great fury to destroy, and utterly to make away many. ⁴⁵ And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas in the glorious holy mountain; yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.

KJV_Strongs⁽ⁱ⁾

25 H5782 And he shall stir up [H8686] H3581 his power H3824 and his courage H4428 against the king H5045 of the south H1419 with a great H2428 army H4428 ; and the king H5045 of the south H1624 shall be stirred up [H8691] H4421 to battle H3966 with a very H1419 great H6099 and mighty H2428 army H5975 ; but he shall not stand [H8799] H2803 : for they shall forecast [H8799] H4284 devices against him.

26 H398 Yea, they that feed [H8802] H6598 of the portion of his meat H7665 shall destroy [H8799] H2428 him, and his army H7857 shall overflow [H8799] H7227 : and many H5307 shall fall [H8804] H2491 down slain.

27 H8147 And both H4428 these kings H3824 ' hearts H4827 shall be to do mischief [H8688] H7451 H1696 , and they shall speak [H8762] H3577 lies H259 at one H7979 table H6743 ; but it shall not prosper [H8799] H7093 : for yet the end H4150 shall be at the time appointed.

28 H7725 Then shall he return [H8804] H776 into his land H1419 with great H7399 riches H3824 ; and his heart H6944 shall be against the holy H1285 covenant H6213 ; and he shall do [H8804] H7725 exploits, and return [H8799] H776 to his own land.

29 H4150 At the time appointed H7725 he shall return [H8799] H935 , and come [H8804] H5045 toward the south H7223 ; but it shall not be as the former H314 , or as the latter.

30 H6716 For the ships H3794 of Chittim H935 shall come [H8804] H3512 against him: therefore he shall be grieved [H8738] H7725 , and return [H8804] H2194 , and have indignation [H8804] H6944 against the holy H1285 covenant H6213 : so shall he do [H8804] H7725 ; he shall even return [H8804] H995 , and have intelligence [H8799] H5800 with them that forsake [H8802] H6944 the holy H1285 covenant.

31 H2220 And arms H5975 shall stand [H8799] H2490 on his part, and they shall pollute [H8765] H4720 the sanctuary H4581 of strength H5493 , and shall take away [H8689] H8548 the daily H5414 sacrifice, and they shall place [H8804] H8251 the abomination H8074 that maketh desolate [H8789] .

32 H7561 And such as do wickedly [H8688] H1285 against the covenant H2610 shall he corrupt [H8686] H2514 by flatteries H5971 : but the people H3045 that do know [H8802] H430 their God H2388 shall be strong [H8686] H6213 , and do [H8804] exploits .

33 H7919 And they that understand [H8688] H5971 among the people H995 shall instruct [H8799] H7227 many H3782 : yet they shall fall [H8738] H2719 by the sword H3852 , and by flame H7628 , by captivity H961 , and by spoil H3117 , many days.

34 H3782 Now when they shall fall [H8736] H5826 , they shall be holpen [H8735] H4592 with a little H5828 help H7227 : but many H3867 shall cleave [H8738] H2519 to them with flatteries.

35 H7919 And some of them of understanding [H8688] H3782 shall fall [H8735] H6884 , to try [H8800] H1305 them, and to purge [H8763] H3835 , and to make them white [H8687] H6256 , even to the time H7093 of the end H4150 : because it is yet for a time appointed.

36 H4428 And the king H6213 shall do [H8804] H7522 according to his will H7311 ; and he shall exalt [H8709] H1431 himself, and magnify [H8691] H410 himself above every god H1696 , and shall speak [H8762] H6381 marvellous things [H8737] H410 against the God H410 of gods H6743 , and shall prosper [H8689] H2195 till the indignation H3615 be accomplished [H8804] H2782 : for that that is determined [H8737] H6213 shall be done [H8738] .

37 H995 Neither shall he regard [H8799] H430 the God H1 of his fathers H2532 , nor the desire H802 of women H995 , nor regard [H8799] H433 any god H1431 : for he shall magnify [H8691] himself above all.

38 H3653 But in his estate H3513 shall he honour [H8762] H433 the God H4581 of forces H433 : and a god H1 whom his fathers H3045 knew [H8804] H3513 not shall he honour [H8762] H2091 with gold H3701 , and silver H3368 , and with precious H68 stones H2532 , and pleasant things.

39 H6213 Thus shall he do [H8804] H4581 in the most strong H4013 holds H5236 with a strange H433 god H5234 , whom he shall acknowledge [H8686] [H8675] H5234 [H8689] H7235 and increase [H8686] H3519 with glory H4910 : and he shall cause them to rule [H8689] H7227 over many H2505 , and shall divide [H8762] H127 the land H4242 for gain.

40 H6256 And at the time H7093 of the end H4428 shall the king H5045 of the south H5055 push [H8691] H4428 at him: and the king H6828 of the north H8175 shall come against him like a whirlwind [H8691] H7393 , with chariots H6571 , and with horsemen H7227 , and with many H591 ships H935 ; and he shall enter [H8804] H776 into the countries H7857 , and shall overflow [H8804] H5674 and pass over [H8804] .

41 H935 He shall enter [H8804] H6643 also into the glorious H776 land H7227 , and many H3782 countries shall be overthrown [H8735] H4422 : but these shall escape [H8735] H3027 out of his hand H123 , even Edom H4124 , and Moab H7225 , and the chief H1121 of the children H5983 of Ammon.

42 H7971 He shall stretch forth [H8799] H3027 his hand H776 also upon the countries H776 : and the land H4714 of Egypt H6413 shall not escape.

43 H4910 But he shall have power [H8804] H4362 over the treasures H2091 of gold H3701 and of silver H2532 , and over all the precious H4714 things of Egypt H3864 : and the Libyans H3569 and the Ethiopians H4703 shall be at his steps.

44 H8052 But tidings H4217 out of the east H6828 and out of the north H926 shall trouble [H8762] H3318 him: therefore he shall go forth [H8804] H1419 with great H2534 fury H8045 to destroy [H8687] H2763 , and utterly to make away [H8687] H7227 many.

45 H5193 And he shall plant [H8799] H168 the tabernacles H643 of his palace H3220 between the seas H6643 in the glorious H6944 holy H2022 mountain H935 ; yet he shall come [H8804] H7093 to his end H5826 , and none shall help [H8802] him.

Thomson⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ And his power and his heart will be stirred up against a king of the south, with a great army; and the king of the south will join battle with an exceeding great and powerful army; ²⁶ but they will not stand; for they will form devices against him and devour his substance and crush him, and armies will be overwhelmed, and many wounded shall fall. ²⁷ Then both the kings with their hearts bent on mischief will speak lies at one table. But it will not prosper. Because an end is still put off for a time, ²⁸ therefore he will return to his own land with much wealth and his heart will be against the holy covenant, and he will act and return to his own land. ²⁹ At the time he will return and come to the south; but this last expedition will not be like the first: ³⁰ for the Kitians who set out at the same time will arrive, and he will be humbled. Then he will return and will be inflamed with wrath against the holy covenant. And he will act and return and keep up an intelligence with them who have forsaken the holy covenant. ³¹ And seeds out of him will spring up, and the sanctuary of the dominion will be polluted; and the daily sacrifice will be removed; and there will be set up an abomination which hath caused desolation, ³² which they who break covenant will bring in by flatteries. But the people who acknowledge their God will take courage and act. ³³ And the men of understanding among the people will keep up an intelligence for many purposes; but they will be weakened by sword and by fire, and by captivity, and by plundering, for days. ³⁴ And when they are weak, they will be helped with a little help. And many will join them by flatteries. ³⁵ Then some of the wise will be weak that they may be tried and chosen, and that at a time the end may be revealed. ³⁶ Because it is still for a time, therefore he will act according to his pleasure. And this king will be exalted and magnified above every god, and will speak swelling words, and prosper until the indignation is completed: for it is coming to a completion. ³⁷ Though with all the gods of his fathers, he will not keep up any intelligence, including even the desire of women; though he will not pay respect to any thing divine, because he will magnify himself above them all, ³⁸ yet in his place he will glorify god Maozim; even a god which his fathers knew not, he will glorify with gold and silver, and precious stones, and with desirable things, ³⁹ and act for the fortresses of them who have taken refuge with a strange God, and he will multiply glory and subject many to them and distribute lands for gifts. ⁴⁰ And at the end of a time there will be conflicts with the king of the south, and against him there will be brought a king of the north, with chariots and horsemen, and many ships, which shall invade the land, ⁴¹ and he will break in pieces and pass through and come to the land of Sabaim, and many will be weak. But these will escape out of his hand, namely, Edom and Moab and the children of Ammon. ⁴² And he will stretch forth his hand against this land, and the land of Egypt will be no security. ⁴³ And he will be master of the hidden stores of gold and silver, and of all the desirable things of Egypt, and of the Lybians and Ethiopians, in their strong holds. ⁴⁴ And when reports and disturbances shall trouble him from the east, and from the north, he will then come with great wrath to destroy many, ⁴⁵ and he will pitch his tent at Ephadanus between the seas on the holy mountain Sabaim. Then he will come to his portion, and there is none to deliver him.

Webster⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ And he shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall be stirred up to battle with a very great and mighty army; but he shall not stand: for they shall forecast devices against him. ²⁶ Yes, they that feed of the portion of his provisions shall destroy him, and his army shall overflow: and many shall fall down slain. ²⁷ And both these kings hearts shall be to do mischief, and they shall speak lies at one table; but it shall not prosper: for yet the end shall be at the time appointed. ²⁸ Then shall he return into his land with great riches; and his heart shall be against the holy covenant; and he shall do exploits, and return to his own land. ²⁹ At the time appointed he shall return, and come towards the south; but it shall not be as the former, or as the latter. ³⁰ For the ships of Chittim shall come against him: therefore he shall be grieved, and return, and have indignation against the holy covenant: so shall he do; he shall even return, and have intelligence with them that forsake the holy covenant. ³¹ And arms shall stand on his part, and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the abomination that maketh desolate. ³² And such as do wickedly against the covenant shall he corrupt by flatteries: but the people that know their God shall be strong, and do exploits. ³³ And they that understand among the people shall instruct many: yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by spoil, many days. ³⁴ Now when they shall fall, they shall be assisted with a little help: but many shall cleave to them with flatteries. ³⁵ And some of them of understanding shall fall, to try them, and to purge, and to make them white, even to the time of the end: because it is yet for a time appointed. ³⁶ And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak marvelous things against the God of gods, and shall prosper till the indignation be accomplished: for that which is determined shall be done. ³⁷ Neither shall he regard the God of his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god: for he shall magnify himself above all. ³⁸ But in his estate shall he honor the God of forces: and a god whom his fathers knew not shall he honor with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and pleasant things. ³⁹ Thus shall he do in the most strong holds with a strange god, whom he shall acknowledge and increase with glory: and he shall cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for gain. ⁴⁰ And at the time of the end shall the king of the south push at him: and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass over. ⁴¹ He shall enter also into the glorious land, and many countries shall be overthrown: but these shall escape out of his hand, even Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. ⁴² He shall stretch forth his hand also upon the countries: and the land of Egypt shall not escape. ⁴³ But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt: and the Libyans and the Cushites shall be at his steps. ⁴⁴ But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him: therefore he shall go forth with great fury to destroy, and utterly to make away many. ⁴⁵ And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas in the glorious holy mountain: yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.

Webster_Strongs⁽ⁱ⁾

25 H5782 [H8686] And he shall stir up H3581 his power H3824 and his courage H4428 against the king H5045 of the south H1419 with a great H2428 army H4428 ; and the king H5045 of the south H1624 [H8691] shall be stirred up H4421 to battle H3966 with a very H1419 great H6099 and mighty H2428 army H5975 [H8799] ; but he shall not stand H2803 H4284 [H8799] : for they shall plot against him.

26 H398 [H8802] Yea, they that feed H6598 of the portion of his food H7665 [H8799] shall destroy H2428 him, and his army H7857 [H8799] shall overflow H7227 : and many H5307 [H8804] shall fall H2491 down slain.

27 H8147 And both H4428 these kings H3824 ' hearts H4827 H7451 [H8688] shall be to do mischief H1696 [H8762] , and they shall speak H3577 lies H259 at one H7979 table H6743 [H8799] ; but it shall not prosper H7093 : for yet the end H4150 shall be at the time appointed.

28 H7725 [H8804] Then shall he return H776 into his land H1419 with great H7399 riches H3824 ; and his heart H6944 shall be against the holy H1285 covenant H6213 [H8804] ; and he shall do H7725 [H8799] exploits, and return H776 to his own land.

29 H4150 At the time appointed H7725 [H8799] he shall return H935 [H8804] , and come H5045 toward the south H7223 ; but it shall not be as the former H314 , or as the latter.

30 H6716 For the ships H3794 of Chittim H935 [H8804] shall come H3512 [H8738] against him: therefore he shall be grieved H7725 [H8804] , and return H2194 [H8804] , and have indignation H6944 against the holy H1285 covenant H6213 [H8804] : so shall he do H7725 [H8804] ; he shall even return H995 [H8799] , and have intelligence H5800 [H8802] with them that forsake H6944 the holy H1285 covenant.

31 H2220 And forces H5975 [H8799] shall stand H2490 [H8765] on his part, and they shall pollute H4720 the sanctuary H4581 of strength H5493 [H8689] , and shall take away H8548 the daily H5414 [H8804] sacrifice, and they shall place H8251 the abomination H8074 [H8789] that maketh desolate.

32 H7561 [H8688] And such as do wickedly H1285 against the covenant H2610 [H8686] shall he corrupt H2514 by flatteries H5971 : but the people H3045 [H8802] that know H430 their God H2388 [H8686] shall be strong H6213 [H8804] , and do exploits.

33 H7919 [H8688] And they that understand H5971 among the people H995 [H8799] shall instruct H7227 many H3782 [H8738] : yet they shall fall H2719 by the sword H3852 , and by flame H7628 , by captivity H961 , and by spoil H3117 , many days.

34 H3782 [H8736] Now when they shall fall H5826 [H8735] , they shall be helped H4592 with a little H5828 help H7227 : but many H3867 [H8738] shall join H2519 with them with flatteries.

35 H7919 [H8688] And some of them of understanding H3782 [H8735] shall fall H6884 [H8800] , to try H1305 [H8763] them, and to purge H3835 [H8687] , and to make them white H6256 , even to the time H7093 of the end H4150 : because it is yet for a time appointed.

36 H4428 And the king H6213 [H8804] shall do H7522 according to his will H7311 [H8709] ; and he shall exalt H1431 [H8691] himself, and magnify H410 himself above every god H1696 [H8762] , and shall speak H6381 [H8737] marvellous things H410 against the God H410 of gods H6743 [H8689] , and shall prosper H2195 till the indignation H3615 [H8804] be accomplished H2782 [H8737] : for that which is determined H6213 [H8738] shall be done.

37 H995 [H8799] Neither shall he regard H430 the God H1 of his fathers H2532 , nor the desire H802 of women H995 [H8799] , nor regard H433 any god H1431 [H8691] : for he shall magnify himself above all.

38 H3653 But in his estate H3513 [H8762] shall he honour H433 the God H4581 of forces H433 : and a god H1 whom his fathers H3045 [H8804] knew H3513 [H8762] not shall he honour H2091 with gold H3701 , and silver H3368 , and with precious H68 stones H2532 , and pleasant things.

39 H6213 [H8804] Thus shall he do H4581 in the strongest H4013 fortresses H5236 with a foreign H433 god H5234 H5234 [H8686] , whom he shall acknowledge H7235 [H8686] and increase H3519 with glory H4910 [H8689] : and he shall cause them to rule H7227 over many H2505 [H8762] , and shall divide H127 the land H4242 for gain.

40 H6256 And at the time H7093 of the end H4428 shall the king H5045 of the south H5055 [H8691] push H4428 at him: and the king H6828 of the north H8175 [H8691] shall come against him like a whirlwind H7393 , with chariots H6571 , and with horsemen H7227 , and with many H591 ships H935 [H8804] ; and he shall enter H776 into the countries H7857 [H8804] , and shall overflow H5674 [H8804] and pass through.

41 H935 [H8804] He shall enter H6643 also into the glorious H776 land H7227 , and many H3782 [H8735] countries shall be overthrown H4422 [H8735] : but these shall escape H3027 out of his hand H123 , even Edom H4124 , and Moab H7225 , and the chief H1121 of the children H5983 of Ammon.

42 H7971 [H8799] He shall stretch forth H3027 his hand H776 also upon the countries H776 : and the land H4714 of Egypt H6413 shall not escape.

43 H4910 [H8804] But he shall have power H4362 over the treasures H2091 of gold H3701 and of silver H2532 , and over all the precious H4714 things of Egypt H3864 : and the Libyans H3569 and the Cushites H4703 shall be at his steps.

44 H8052 But tidings H4217 out of the east H6828 and out of the north H926 [H8762] shall trouble H3318 [H8804] him: therefore he shall go forth H1419 with great H2534 fury H8045 [H8687] to destroy H2763 [H8687] , and utterly to sweep away H7227 many.

45 H5193 [H8799] And he shall plant H168 the tabernacles H643 of his palace H3220 between the seas H6643 in the glorious H6944 holy H2022 mountain H935 [H8804] ; yet he shall come H7093 to his end H5826 [H8802] , and none shall help him.

Brenton⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ And his strength and his heart shall be stirred up against the king of the south with a great force; and the king of the south shall engage in war with a great and very strong force; but his forces shall not stand, for they shall devise plans against him: ²⁶ and they shall eat his provisions, and shall crush him, and he shall carry away armies as with a flood, and many shall fall down slain. ²⁷ And as for both the kings, their hearts are set upon mischief, and they shall speak lies at one table; but it shall not prosper; for yet the end is for a fixed time. ²⁸ And he shall return to his land with much substance; and his heart shall be against the holy covenant; and he shall perform great deeds, and return to his own land. ²⁹ At the set time he shall return, and shall come into the south, but the last expedition shall not be as the first. ³⁰ For the Citians issuing forth shall come against him, and he shall be brought low, and shall return, and shall be incensed against the holy covenant: and he shall do thus, and shall return, and have intelligence with them that have forsaken the holy covenant. ³¹ And seeds shall spring up out of him, and they shall profane the sanctuary of strength, and they shall remove the perpetual sacrifice, and make the abomination desolate. ³² And the transgressors shall bring about a covenant by deceitful ways: but a people knowing their God shall prevail, and do valiantly. ³³ And the intelligent of the people shall understand much: yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, and by captivity, and by spoil of many days. ³⁴ And when they are weak they shall be helped with a little help: but many shall attach themselves to them with treachery. ³⁵ And some of them that understand shall fall, to try them as with fire, and to test them, and that they may be manifested at the time of the end, for the matter is yet for a set time. ³⁶ And he shall do according to his will, and the king shall exalt and magnify himself against every god, and shall speak great swelling words, and shall prosper until the indignation shall be accomplished: for it is coming to an end. ³⁷ And he shall not regard any gods of his fathers, nor the desire of women, neither shall he regard any deity: for he shall magnify himself above all. ³⁸ And he shall honour the god of forces on his place: and a god whom his fathers knew not he shall honour with gold, and silver, and precious stones, and desirable things. ³⁹ And he shall do thus in the strong places of refuge with a strange god, and shall increase his glory: and he shall subject many to them, and shall distribute the land in gifts. ⁴⁰ And at the end of the time he shall conflict with the king of the south: and the king of the north shall come against him with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and they shall enter into the land: and he shall break in pieces, and pass on: ⁴¹ and he shall enter into the land of beauty, and many shall fail: but these shall escape out of his hand, Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. ⁴² And he shall stretch forth his hand over the land; and the land of Egypt shall not escape. ⁴³ And he shall have the mastery over the secret treasures of gold and silver, and over all the desirable possessions of Egypt, and of the Libyans and Ethiopians in their strongholds. ⁴⁴ But rumors and anxieties out of the east and from the north shall trouble him; and he shall come with great wrath to destroy many. ⁴⁵ And he shall pitch the tabernacle of his palace between the seas in the holy mountain of beauty: but he shall come to his portion, and there is none to deliver him.

Brenton_Greek⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Καὶ ἐξεγερθήσεται ἡ ἰσχὺς αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ βασιλέα τοῦ Νότου ἐν δυνάμει μεγάλῃ· καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦ Νότου συνάψει πόλεμον ἐν δυνάμει μεγάλῃ καὶ ἰσχυρᾷ σφόδρα, καὶ οὐ στήσονται, ὅτι λογιοῦνται ἐπʼ αὐτὸν λογισμοὺς, ²⁶ καὶ φάγονται τὰ δέοντα αὐτοῦ, καὶ συντρίψουσιν αὐτὸν, καὶ δυνάμεις κατακλύσει, καὶ πεσοῦνται τραυματίαι πολλοί.
²⁷ Καὶ ἀμφότεροι οἱ βασιλεῖς, αἱ καρδίαι αὐτῶν εἰς πονηρίαν, καὶ ἐπὶ τραπέζῃ μιᾷ ψευδῆ λαλήσουσι, καὶ οὐ κατευθυνεῖ, ὅτι ἔτι πέρασις καιρῶν. ²⁸ Καὶ ἐπιστρέψει εἰς τὴν γῆν αὐτοῦ ἐν ὑπάρξει πολλῇ, καὶ ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ διαθήκην ἁγίαν, καὶ ποιήσει, καὶ ἐπιστρέψει εἰς τὴν γῆν αὐτοῦ.
²⁹ Εἰς τὸν καιρὸν ἐπιστρέψει, καὶ ἥξει ἐν τῷ Νότῳ, καὶ οὐκ ἔσται ὡς ἡ πρώτη καὶ ὡς ἡ ἐσχάτη. ³⁰ Καὶ εἰσελεύσονται ἐν αὐτῷ οἱ ἐκπορευόμενοι Κίτιοι, καὶ ταπεινωθήσεται, καὶ ἐπιστρέψει, καὶ θυμωθήσεται ἐπὶ διαθήκην ἁγίαν· καὶ ποιήσει, καὶ ἐπιστρέψει, καὶ συνήσει ἐπὶ τοὺς καταλιπόντας διαθήκην ἁγίαν.
³¹ Καὶ σπέρματα ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἀναστήσονται, καὶ βεβηλώσουσι τὸ ἁγίασμα τῆς δυναστείας, καὶ μεταστήσουσι τὸν ἐνδελεχισμὸν, καὶ δώσουσι βδέλυγμα ἠφανισμένων. ³² Καὶ οἱ ἀνομοῦντες διαθήκην ἐπάξουσιν ἐν ὀλισθήμασι· καὶ λαὸς γινώσκοντες Θεὸν αὐτοῦ κατισχύσουσι, καὶ ποιήσουσι, ³³ καὶ οἱ συνετοὶ τοῦ λαοῦ συνήσουσιν εἰς πολλὰ, καὶ ἀσθενήσουσιν ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ, καὶ ἐν φλογὶ, καὶ ἐν αἰχμαλωσίᾳ, καὶ ἐν διαρπαγῇ ἡμερῶν. ³⁴ Καὶ ἐν τῷ ἀσθενῆσαι αὐτοὺς, βοηθηθήσονται βοήθειαν μικρὰν, καὶ προστεθήσονται πρὸς αὐτοὺς πολλοὶ ἐν ὀλισθήμασι.
³⁵ Καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν συνιέντων ἀσθενήσουσι, τοῦ πυρῶσαι αὐτοὺς, καὶ τοῦ ἐκλέξασθαι, καὶ τοῦ ἀποκαλυφθῆναι ἕως καιροῦ πέρας, ὅτι ἔτι εἰς καιρόν.
³⁶ Καὶ ποιήσει κατὰ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ· καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς ὑψωθήσεται καὶ μεγαλυνθήσεται ἐπὶ πάντα θεὸν, καὶ λαλήσει ὑπέρογκα, καὶ κατευθυνεῖ μέχρις οὗ συντελεσθῇ ἡ ὀργὴ, εἰς γὰρ συντέλειαν γίνεται. ³⁷ Καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας θεοὺς τῶν πατέρων αὐτοῦ οὐ συνήσει, καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν γυναικῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶν θεὸν οὐ συνήσει, ὅτι ἐπὶ πάντας μεγαλυνθήσεται. ³⁸ Καὶ θεὸν Μαωζεὶμ ἐπὶ τόπου αὐτοῦ δοξάσει, καὶ θεὸν ὃν οὐκ ἔγνωσαν οἱ πατέρες αὐτοῦ, δοξάσει ἐν χρυσῷ καὶ ἀργύρῳ καὶ λίθῳ τιμίῳ, καὶ ἐν ἐπιθυμήμασι. ³⁹ Καὶ ποιήσει τοῖς ὀχυρώμασι τῶν καταφυγῶν μετὰ θεοῦ ἀλλοτρίου, καὶ πληθυνεῖ δόξαν, καὶ ὑποτάξει αὐτοῖς πολλοὺς, καὶ γῆν διελεῖ ἐν δώροις.
⁴⁰ Καὶ ἐν καιροῦ πέρατι συγκερατισθήσεται μετὰ τοῦ βασιλέως τοῦ Νότου· καὶ συναχθήσεται ἐπʼ αὐτὸν βασιλεὺς τοῦ βοῤῥᾶ ἐν ἅρμασι καὶ ἐν ἱππεῦσι καὶ ἐν ναυσὶ πολλαῖς, καὶ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ συντρίψει, καὶ παρελεύσεται, ⁴¹ καὶ εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν γῆν τοῦ Σαβαεὶμ, καὶ πολλοὶ ἀσθενήσουσι· καὶ οὗτοι διασωθήσονται ἐκ χειρὸς αὐτοῦ, Ἐδὼμ, καὶ Μωὰβ, καὶ ἀρχὴ υἱῶν Ἀμμών. ⁴² Καὶ ἐκτενεῖ τὴν χεῖρα ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ γῆ Αἰγύπτου οὐκ ἔσται εἰς σωτηρίαν. ⁴³ Καὶ κυριεύσει ἐν τοῖς ἀποκρύφοις τοῦ χρυσοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἀργύρου, καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν ἐπιθυμητοῖς Αἰγύπτου, καὶ Λιβύων, καὶ Αἰθιόπων, ἐν τοῖς ὀχυρώμασιν αὐτῶν. ⁴⁴ Καὶ ἀκοαὶ καὶ σπουδαὶ ταράξουσιν αὐτὸν ἐξ ἀνατολῶν καὶ ἀπὸ βοῤῥᾶ, καὶ ἥξει ἐν θυμῷ πολλῷ, τοῦ ἀφανίσαι πολλούς. ⁴⁵ Καὶ πήξει τὴν σκηνὴν αὐτοῦ ἐφαδανῶ, ἀναμέσον τῶν θαλασσῶν εἰς ὄρος Σαβαεὶν ἅγιον, ἥξει ἕως μέρους αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ῥυόμενος αὐτόν.

Leeser⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ And he will then stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army: and the king of the south will prepare himself for the war with an exceedingly great and mighty army; but he will not stand; for they will devise evil plans against him. ²⁶ Yea, they that eat of his food will bring his downfall, and the army of the other will overflow; and many will fall down slain. ²⁷ And as for both these kings, their heart is bent on mischief, and at one table will they speak lies; but it shall not prosper; for the end is yet for the time appointed. ²⁸ Then will he return into his land with great riches, and his heart will be against the holy covenant: and he will do it, and return to his own land. ²⁹ At the time appointed will he return, and enter into the south; but not as in the former will it be in the latter time. ³⁰ For there will come against him the ships of Kittim; and he will become faint-hearted, and return, and will rage against the holy covenant; and he will do it: and he will return, and have an understanding with those that forsake the holy covenant. ³¹ And the army divisions will proceed from him, and they will defile the sanctuary, the fortress, and remove the continual sacrifice, and they will set up the desolating abomination. ³² And such as act wickedly against the covenant will he corrupt by flatteries; but the people that do know their God will be strong, and deal valiantly. ³³ And the intelligent among the people will impart understanding to many: yet they will stumble through the sword, and through flame, through captivity, and through being plundered for some time. ³⁴ But in their stumbling will they be aided with a little help: but many will join themselves to them with deceptive flatteries. ³⁵ And some of the intelligent will stumble, to make a purification among them, and to select and to cleanse them, until the time of the end; because it is yet for the time appointed. ³⁶ And the king will do according to his pleasure; and he will exalt and magnify himself above every god, and against the God of gods will he speak incredible things, and he will prosper till the indignation be at an end; for that which is determined will be accomplished. ³⁷ And to the gods of his fathers will he pay no regard; and to the desire of women, or to any god whatever will he not pay any regard; for above all will he magnify himself. ³⁸ But in his place he will pay honor to the god of the fortresses; and to a god whom his fathers knew not will he pay honor with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and costly things. ³⁹ This will he do for the very strong fortresses together with the strange god: whoever will acknowledge him, him will he give much honor; and he will cause such to rule over many, and he will divide out the land for a price. ⁴⁰ And at the time of the end will the king of the south push against him; and the king of the north will come against him like a storm-wind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he will enter into some countries, and will overflow and press along. ⁴¹ And he will enter into the glorious land, and much will be overthrown; but these will escape out of his hand, even Edom, and Moab, and the first portion of the children of ‘Ammon. ⁴² And he will stretch forth his hand against some countries, and the land of Egypt will not escape. ⁴³ And he will have control over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the costly things of Egypt: and the Libyans and the Ethiopians will follow at his steps. ⁴⁴ But reports out of the east and out of the north will terrify him; and he will go forth with great fury to destroy, and to exterminate many. ⁴⁵ And he will pitch the tents of his palace between seas and the glorious holy mountain; and he will come to his end, without one to help him.

YLT⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ `And he stirreth up his power and his heart against the king of the south with a great force, and the king of the south stirreth himself up to battle with a very great and mighty force, and standeth not, for they devise devices against him, ²⁶ and those eating his portion of food destroy him, and his force overfloweth, and fallen have many wounded. ²⁷ `And both of the kings' hearts are to do evil, and at one table they speak lies, and it doth not prosper, for yet the end is at a time appointed. ²⁸ And he turneth back to his land with great substance, and his heart is against the holy covenant, and he hath wrought, and turned back to his land. ²⁹ At the appointed time he turneth back, and hath come against the south, and it is not as the former, and as the latter. ³⁰ And ships of Chittim have come in against him, and he hath been pained, and hath turned back, and hath been insolent toward the holy covenant, and hath wrought, and turned back, and he understandeth concerning those forsaking the holy covenant. ³¹ And strong ones out of him stand up, and have polluted the sanctuary, the stronghold, and have turned aside the continual sacrifice, and appointed the desolating abomination. ³² And those acting wickedly against the covenant, he defileth by flatteries; and the people knowing their God are strong, and have wrought. ³³ And the teachers of the people give understanding to many; and they have stumbled by sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by spoil—days. ³⁴ And in their stumbling, they are helped—a little help, and joined to them have been many with flatteries. ³⁵ And some of the teachers do stumble for refining by them, and for purifying, and for making white—till the end of the time, for it is yet for a time appointed. ³⁶ `And the king hath done according to his will, and exalteth himself, and magnifieth himself against every god, and against the God of gods he speaketh wonderful things, and hath prospered till the indignation hath been completed, for that which is determined hath been done. ³⁷ And unto the God of his fathers he doth not attend, nor to the desire of women, yea, to any god he doth not attend, for against all he magnifieth himself. ³⁸ And to the god of strongholds, on his station, he giveth honour; yea, to a god whom his fathers knew not he giveth honour, with gold, and with silver, and with precious stone, and with desirable things. ³⁹ And he hath dealt in the fortresses of the strongholds with a strange god whom he hath acknowledged; he multiplieth honour, and hath caused them to rule over many, and the ground he apportioneth at a price. ⁴⁰ `And at the time of the end, push himself forward with him doth a king of the south, and storm against him doth a king of the north, with chariot, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he hath come in to the lands, and hath overflowed, and passed over, ⁴¹ and hath come into the desirable land, and many do stumble, and these escape from his hand: Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the sons of Ammon. ⁴² `And he sendeth forth his hand upon the lands, and the land of Egypt is not for an escape; ⁴³ and he hath ruled over treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the desirable things of Egypt, and Lubim and Cushim are at his steps. ⁴⁴ `And reports trouble him out of the east and out of the north, and he hath gone forth in great fury to destroy, and to devote many to destruction; ⁴⁵ and he planteth the tents of his palace between the seas and the holy desirable mountain, and hath come unto his end, and there is no helper to him.

JuliaSmith⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ And his strength shall rouse up and his heart against the king of the south with great force; and the king of the south shall be stirred up to war with a great and strong force, even exceedingly; and he shall not stand, for they shall reckon purposes against him. ²⁶ And they eating his dainties shall break him, and his force shall overflow: and many fell wounded. ²⁷ And they two kings, their heart for doing evil, and at one table they will speak falsehood; and it shall not prosper: for yet the end at the appointment ²⁸ And he shall turn back to his land with great property; and his heart against the holy covenant; and he did, and turned back to his land. ²⁹ At the appointment he shall turn back, and come into the south; and it shall not be as the first, and as the last. ³⁰ And the inhabitants of the desert, the Chittims came against him: and he was dejected, and he turned back, and was angry against the holy covenant: and he did, and turned back; and he shall understand for those forsaking the holy covenant ³¹ And seed from him shall stand up, and they profaned the holy place of strength, and they removed the Continuance, and they gave the abomination laying waste. ³² And those condemning the covenant shall pollute by smooth things: and the people knowing their God shall be strong and do. ³³ And those understanding of the people shall cause to understand to many: and they were weak by the sword, and by flame, and by captivity, and by plunder, days. ³⁴ And in their being weak they shall be helped with a little help: and many were joined to them by flatteries. ³⁵ And from those understanding shall be weak to try upon them to separate, to become white even to the time of the end: for yet at the appointment ³⁶ And the king did according to his will; and he shall exalt himself and magnify himself over every god; and against the God of gods he shall speak wonderful things,, and he prospered even till anger was finished: for that being determined was done. ³⁷ And concerning the God of his fathers he shall not understand, and concerning the desire of women, and concerning every god he shall not understand; for he shall magnify himself over all. ³⁸ And to the God of fortresses he shall do honor upon his place: and to a god which his fathers knew not he shall do honor with gold and with silver, and with precious stone, and with desires. ³⁹ And he did to the strong fortifications with a strange god whom he recognized, he shall multiply honor: and he caused them to rule over many, and he will divide the land for a price. ⁴⁰ And in the time of the end the king of the south shall wage war with him: and the king of the north shall rush on like a tempest against him, with chariot and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he came into the lands, and overflowed and passed through. ⁴¹ And he came into the land of glory, and many shall be weak: and these shall escape from his hand, Edom and Moab, and the first of the sons of Ammon. ⁴² And he shall send forth his hand upon the lands, and the land of Egypt shall not be for escaping. ⁴³ And he ruled over the hidden things of gold and silver, and over all the desires of Egypt: and the Lybians and Cushites in his steps. ⁴⁴ And reports from the sunrising and from the north shall terrify him: and he shall go forth in great wrath to destroy, and to exterminate many. ⁴⁵ And he shall plant the tent of his palace between the seas to the mountain of glory of holiness: and he came even to his end, and none helping to him.

Darby⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ And he shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall engage in battle with an exceeding great and mighty army; but he shall not stand, for they shall plan devices against him. ²⁶ And they that eat of his delicate food shall break him, and his army shall be dissolved; and many shall fall down slain. ²⁷ And both these kings` hearts [shall meditate] mischief, and they shall speak lies at one table; but it shall not prosper; for yet the end shall be at the time appointed. ²⁸ And he shall return into his land with great substance; and his heart shall be against the holy covenant; and he shall practise, and return to his own land. ²⁹ At the set time he shall return, and come towards the south; but not as the former time shall be the latter; ³⁰ for ships of Chittim shall come against him; and he shall be grieved, and return, and have indignation against the holy covenant; and will practise; and he shall return and direct his attention to those that forsake the holy covenant. ³¹ And forces shall stand on his part, and they shall profane the sanctuary, the fortress, and shall take away the continual [sacrifice], and they shall place the abomination that maketh desolate. ³² And such as do wickedly against the covenant shall he pervert by flatteries; but the people that know their God shall be strong, and shall act. ³³ And they that are wise among the people shall instruct the many; and they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by spoil, [many] days. ³⁴ And when they fall, they shall be helped with a little help; but many shall cleave to them with flatteries. ³⁵ And [some] of the wise shall fall, to try them, and to purge and to make them white, to the time of the end: for it shall yet be for the time appointed. ³⁶ And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every ?god, and speak monstrous things against the ?God of ?gods; and he shall prosper until the indignation be accomplished: for that which is determined shall be done. ³⁷ And he will not regard the God of his fathers, nor the desire of women; nor regard any +god: for he will magnify himself above all. ³⁸ And in his place will he honour the +god of fortresses; and a +god whom his fathers knew not will he honour with gold and silver, and with precious stones and pleasant things. ³⁹ And he will practise in the strongholds of fortresses with a strange +god: whoso acknowledgeth him will he increase with glory; and he shall cause them to rule over the many, and shall divide the land [to them] for a reward. ⁴⁰ And at the time of the end shall the king of the south push at him; and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and overflow and pass through. ⁴¹ And he shall enter into the land of beauty, and many [countries] shall be overthrown; but these shall escape out of his hand: Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. ⁴² And he shall stretch forth his hand upon the countries; and the land of Egypt shall not escape. ⁴³ And he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt; and the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps. ⁴⁴ But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him; and he shall go forth with great fury to exterminate, and utterly to destroy many. ⁴⁵ And he shall plant the tents of his palace between the sea and the mountain of holy beauty; and he shall come to his end, and there shall be none to help him.

ERV⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ And he shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall war in battle with an exceeding great and mighty army: but he shall not stand, for they shall devise devices against him. ²⁶ Yea, they that eat of his meat shall destroy him, and his army shall overflow: and many shall fall down slain. ²⁷ And as for both these kings, their hearts shall be to do mischief, and they shall speak lies at one table: but it shall not prosper; for yet the end shall be at the time appointed. ²⁸ Then shall he return into his land with great substance; and his heart [shall be] against the holy covenant; and he shall do [his pleasure], and return to his own land. ²⁹ At the time appointed he shall return, and come into the south; but it shall not be in the latter time as it was in the former. ³⁰ For ships of Kittim shall come against him; therefore he shall be grieved, and shall return, and have indignation against the holy covenant, and shall do [his pleasure]: he shall even return, and have regard unto them that forsake the holy covenant. ³¹ And arms shall stand on his part, and they shall profane the sanctuary, even the fortress, and shall take away the continual [burnt offering]; and they shall set up the abomination that maketh desolate. ³² And such as do wickedly against the covenant shall he pervert by flatteries: but the people that know their God shall be strong, and do [exploits]. ³³ And they that be wise among the people shall instruct many: yet they shall fall by the sword and by flame, by captivity and by spoil, [many] days. ³⁴ Now when they shall fall, they shall be holpen with a little help: but many shall join themselves unto them with flatteries. ³⁵ And some of them that be wise shall fall, to refine them, and to purify, and to make them white, even to the time of the end: because it is yet for the time appointed. ³⁶ And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak marvelous things against the God of gods: and he shall prosper till the indignation be accomplished; for that which is determined shall be done. ³⁷ Neither shall he regard the gods his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god: for he shall magnify himself above all. ³⁸ But in his place shall he honour the god of fortresses: and a god whom his fathers knew not shall he honour with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and pleasant things. ³⁹ And he shall deal with the strongest fortresses by the help of a strange god; whosoever acknowledgeth [him] he will increase with glory: and he shall cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for a price. ⁴⁰ And at the time of the end shall the king of the south contend with him: and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass through. ⁴¹ He shall enter also into the glorious land, and many [countries] shall be overthrown: but these shall be delivered out of his hand, Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. ⁴² He shall stretch forth his hand also upon the countries: and the land of Egypt shall not escape. ⁴³ But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt: and the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps. ⁴⁴ But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him: and he shall go forth with great fury to destroy and utterly to make away many. ⁴⁵ And he shall plant the tents of his palace between the sea and the glorious holy mountain; yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.

ASV⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ And he shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall war in battle with an exceeding great and mighty army; but he shall not stand; for they shall devise devices against him. ²⁶ Yea, they that eat of his dainties shall destroy him, and his army shall overflow; and many shall fall down slain. ²⁷ And as for both these kings, their hearts shall be to do mischief, and they shall speak lies at one table: but it shall not prosper; for yet the end shall be at the time appointed.
²⁸ Then shall he return into his land with great substance; and his heart [shall be] against the holy covenant; and he shall do [his pleasure], and return to his own land. ²⁹ At the time appointed he shall return, and come into the south; but it shall not be in the latter time as it was in the former. ³⁰ For ships of Kittim shall come against him; therefore he shall be grieved, and shall return, and have indignation against the holy covenant, and shall do [his pleasure]: he shall even return, and have regard unto them that forsake the holy covenant. ³¹ And forces shall stand on his part, and they shall profane the sanctuary, even the fortress, and shall take away the continual [burnt-offering], and they shall set up the abomination that maketh desolate. ³² And such as do wickedly against the covenant shall he pervert by flatteries; but the people that know their God shall be strong, and do [exploits]. ³³ And they that are wise among the people shall instruct many; yet they shall fall by the sword and by flame, by captivity and by spoil, [many] days. ³⁴ Now when they shall fall, they shall be helped with a little help; but many shall join themselves unto them with flatteries. ³⁵ And some of them that are wise shall fall, to refine them, and to purify, and to make them white, even to the time of the end; because it is yet for the time appointed.
³⁶ And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak marvellous things against the God of gods; and he shall prosper till the indignation be accomplished; for that which is determined shall be done. ³⁷ Neither shall he regard the gods of his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god; for he shall magnify himself above all. ³⁸ But in his place shall he honor the god of fortresses; and a god whom his fathers knew not shall he honor with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and pleasant things. ³⁹ And he shall deal with the strongest fortresses by the help of a foreign god: whosoever acknowledgeth [him] he will increase with glory; and he shall cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for a price.
⁴⁰ And at the time of the end shall the king of the south contend with him; and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass through. ⁴¹ He shall enter also into the glorious land, and many [countries] shall be overthrown; but these shall be delivered out of his hand: Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. ⁴² He shall stretch forth his hand also upon the countries; and the land of Egypt shall not escape. ⁴³ But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt; and the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps. ⁴⁴ But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him; and he shall go forth with great fury to destroy and utterly to sweep away many. ⁴⁵ And he shall plant the tents of his palace between the sea and the glorious holy mountain; yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.

ASV_Strongs⁽ⁱ⁾

25 H5782 And he shall stir up H3581 his power H3824 and his courage H4428 against the king H5045 of the south H1419 with a great H2428 army; H4428 and the king H5045 of the south H1624 shall war H4421 in battle H3966 with an exceeding H1419 great H6099 and mighty H2428 army; H5975 but he shall not stand; H2803 for they shall devise H4284 devices against him.

26 H398 Yea, they that eat H6598 of his dainties H7665 shall destroy H2428 him, and his army H7857 shall overflow; H7227 and many H5307 shall fall H2491 down slain.

27 H8147 And as for both H4428 these kings, H3824 their hearts H4827 shall be to do mischief, H1696 and they shall speak H3577 lies H259 at one H7979 table: H6743 but it shall not prosper; H7093 for yet the end H4150 shall be at the time appointed.

28 H7725 Then shall he return H776 into his land H1419 with great H7399 substance; H3824 and his heart H6944 shall be against the holy H1285 covenant; H6213 and he shall do H7725 his pleasure, and return H776 to his own land.

29 H4150 At the time appointed H7725 he shall return, H935 and come H5045 into the south; H314 but it shall not be in the latter H7223 time as it was in the former.

30 H6716 For ships H3794 of Kittim H935 shall come H3512 against him; therefore he shall be grieved, H7725 and shall return, H2194 and have indignation H6944 against the holy H1285 covenant, H6213 and shall do H7725 his pleasure: he shall even return, H995 and have regard H5800 unto them that forsake H6944 the holy H1285 covenant.

31 H2220 And forces H5975 shall stand H2490 on his part, and they shall profane H4720 the sanctuary, H4581 even the fortress, H5493 and shall take away H8548 the continual H5414 burnt-offering, and they shall set H8251 up the abomination H8074 that maketh desolate.

32 H7561 And such as do wickedly H1285 against the covenant H2610 shall he pervert H2514 by flatteries; H5971 but the people H3045 that know H430 their God H2388 shall be strong, H6213 and do exploits.

33 H7919 And they that are wise H5971 among the people H995 shall instruct H7227 many; H3782 yet they shall fall H2719 by the sword H3852 and by flame, H7628 by captivity H961 and by spoil, H3117 many days.

34 H3782 Now when they shall fall, H5826 they shall be helped H4592 with a little H5828 help; H7227 but many H3867 shall join H2519 themselves unto them with flatteries.

35 H7919 And some of them that are wise H3782 shall fall, H6884 to refine H1305 them, and to purify, H3835 and to make them white, H6256 even to the time H7093 of the end; H4150 because it is yet for the time appointed.

36 H4428 And the king H6213 shall do H7522 according to his will; H7311 and he shall exalt H1431 himself, and magnify H410 himself above every god, H1696 and shall speak H6381 marvellous things H410 against the God H410 of gods; H6743 and he shall prosper H2195 till the indignation H3615 be accomplished; H2782 for that which is determined H6213 shall be done.

37 H995 Neither shall he regard H430 the gods H1 of his fathers, H2532 nor the desire H802 of women, H995 nor regard H433 any god; H1431 for he shall magnify himself above all.

38 H3653 But in his place H3513 shall he honor H433 the god H4581 of fortresses; H433 and a god H1 whom his fathers H3045 knew H3513 not shall he honor H2091 with gold, H3701 and silver, H3368 and with precious H68 stones, H2532 and pleasant things.

39 H6213 And he shall deal H4581 with the strongest H4013 fortresses H5236 by the help of a foreign H433 god: H5234 whosoever acknowledgeth H7235 him he will increase H3519 with glory; H4910 and he shall cause them to rule H7227 over many, H2505 and shall divide H127 the land H4242 for a price.

40 H6256 And at the time H7093 of the end H4428 shall the king H5045 of the south H5055 contend H4428 with him; and the king H6828 of the north H8175 shall come against him like a whirlwind, H7393 with chariots, H6571 and with horsemen, H7227 and with many H591 ships; H935 and he shall enter H776 into the countries, H7857 and shall overflow H5674 and pass through.

41 H935 He shall enter H6643 also into the glorious H776 land, H7227 and many H3782 countries shall be overthrown; H4422 but these shall be delivered H3027 out of his hand: H123 Edom, H4124 and Moab, H7225 and the chief H1121 of the children H5983 of Ammon.

42 H7971 He shall stretch forth H3027 his hand H776 also upon the countries; H776 and the land H4714 of Egypt H6413 shall not escape.

43 H4910 But he shall have power H4362 over the treasures H2091 of gold H3701 and of silver, H2532 and over all the precious H4714 things of Egypt; H3864 and the Libyans H3569 and the Ethiopians H4703 shall be at his steps.

44 H8052 But tidings H4217 out of the east H6828 and out of the north H926 shall trouble H3318 him; and he shall go forth H1419 with great H2534 fury H8045 to destroy H2763 and utterly to sweep away H7227 many.

45 H5193 And he shall plant H168 the tents H643 of his palace H3220 between the sea H6643 and the glorious H6944 holy H2022 mountain; H935 yet he shall come H7093 to his end, H5826 and none shall help him.

JPS_ASV_Byz⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ And he shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall stir himself up to battle with a very great and mighty army; but he shall not stand, for they shall devise devices against him. ²⁶ Yea, they that eat of his food shall destroy him, and his army shall be swept away; and many shall fall down slain. ²⁷ And as for both these kings, their hearts shall be to do mischief, and they shall speak lies at one table; but it shall not prosper, for the end remaineth yet for the time appointed. ²⁸ And he shall return to his own land with great substance; and his heart shall be against the holy covenant; and he shall do his pleasure, and return to his own land. ²⁹ At the time appointed he shall return, and come into the south; but it shall not be in the latter time as it was in the former. ³⁰ For ships of Kittim shall come against him, and he shall be cowed, and he shall return, and have indignation against the holy covenant, and shall do his pleasure; and he shall return, and have regard unto them that forsake the holy covenant. ³¹ And arms shall stand on his part, and they shall profane the sanctuary, even the stronghold, and shall take away the continual burnt-offering, and they shall set up the detestable thing that causeth appalment. ³² And such as do wickedly against the covenant shall be corrupt by blandishments; but the people that know their God shall show strength, and prevail. ³³ And they that are wise among the people shall cause the many to understand; yet they shall stumble by the sword and by flame, by captivity and by spoil, many days. ³⁴ Now when they shall stumble, they shall be helped with a little help; but many shall join themselves unto them with blandishments. ³⁵ And some of them that are wise shall stumble, to refine among them, and to purify, and to make white, even to the time of the end; for it is yet for the time appointed. ³⁶ And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak strange things against the God of gods; and he shall prosper till the indignation be accomplished; for that which is determined shall be done. ³⁷ Neither shall he regard the gods of his fathers; and neither the desire of women, nor any god, shall he regard; for he shall magnify himself above all. ³⁸ But in his place shall he honour the god of strongholds; and a god whom his fathers knew not shall he honour with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and costly things. ³⁹ And he shall deal with the strongest fortresses with the help of a foreign god; whom he shall acknowledge, shall increase glory; and he shall cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for a price. ⁴⁰ And at the time of the end shall the king of the south push at him; and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow, as he passes through. ⁴¹ He shall enter also into the beauteous land, and many countries shall be overthrown; but these shall be delivered out of his hand, Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. ⁴² He shall stretch forth his hand also upon the countries; and the land of Egypt shall not escape. ⁴³ But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt; and the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps. ⁴⁴ But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall affright him; and he shall go forth with great fury to destroy and utterly to take away many. ⁴⁵ And he shall plant the tents of his palace between the seas and the beauteous holy mountain; and he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.

Rotherham⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Then will he stir up his strength and his heart, against the king of the south, with a great army, and, the king of the south, will wage war, with a great and exceedingly mighty army,––but will make no stand, for they will devise against him plots; ²⁶ and, they who have been eating his delicacies, will break him in pieces, and, his army, will he overwhelm like a flood,––and many wounded, will fall. ²⁷ Now, as for the two kings, their heart, will be set on acting wickedly, and, at one table, will they speak, falsehood,––but it shall not succeed, for yet is the end for an appointed time. ²⁸ So then he will return to his own land, with great substance, with, his heart, set upon a holy covenant; yea he will act with effect, and return to his own land. ²⁹ At the appointed time, will he again enter the south,––but it shall not be like the former, nor like the latter. ³⁰ Then will come in against him the ships of Cyprus, and he will be disheartened, and again have indignation against a holy covenant, and will act with effect,––and again gain intelligence, concerning them who are forsaking a holy covenant. ³¹ And, arms, from him, will arise,––and will profane the sanctuary, the fortress, and will set aside the continual [ascending–sacrifice], and place the horrid abomination that astoundeth. ³² And, them who are ready to deal lawlessly with a covenant, will he make impious by flatteries,––but, the people who know their God, will be strong and act with effect. ³³ And, they who make the people wise, will impart understanding to the many,––yet shall they be brought low, by sword and by flame, by captivity and by prey, for some days; ³⁴ but, when they are brought low, they shall be helped with a little help,––and many, will join themselves unto them, by flatteries; ³⁵ and, of them who make wise, some shall be brought low, to refine them, and to purify and make white, up to the time of the end,––for yet is it for an appointed time. ³⁶ And the king, will do according to his own pleasure, and will exalt himself, and magnify himself against every GOD, yea, against the GOD of GODS, will he speak wonderful things,––and will succeed, until exhausted is the indignation, for, what is decreed, must be done; ³⁷ and, for the god of his fathers, will he have no regard, nor, for the delight of women, nor for any god, will he have regard,––for, against all, will he magnify himself. ³⁸ Howbeit, to the god of the fortresses, in his place, will he give honour,––even to a god whom his fathers, knew not, will he give honour, with gold and with silver and with precious stones and with articles of delight. ³⁹ And he will prepare, for the strongholds of the fortress of the sea, the people of an alien god, whom he will acknowledge––will greatly honour,––and will give them authority over the many, and, the soil, will he apportion for a price. ⁴⁰ And, in the time of the end, will the king of the south, push at him, and the king of the north, will rush against him, with chariots and with horsemen, and with many ships,––and he will enter the lands, and overwhelm and pass over; ⁴¹ yea he will enter the beautiful land, and, many [lands], shall be laid low,––but, these, shall be delivered out of his hand, Edom and Moab, and the first portion of the sons of Ammon; ⁴² yea he will thrust forth his hand against the lands,––and, the land of Egypt, shall have no deliverance; ⁴³ and he will have authority over the treasures of gold and silver, and over all the delightful things of Egypt,––with Libyans and Ethiopians among his followers; ⁴⁴ but, tidings, will terrify him, out of the east, and out of the north,––therefore will he go forth with great fury, to destroy and to devote many; ⁴⁵ and will plant his palace–home between the seas, towards the beautiful holy mountain, but shall come to his end, with none to help him.

CLV⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Roused shall be his vigor and his heart against the king of the southland with his great army. And the king of the southland shall be stirred up to fight with his great and exceedingly staunch army, yet he shall not stand; for they shall devise devices against him, ²⁶ the eaters of his dainties shall break him, his army shall be overwhelmed and many fall wounded." ²⁷ Then the two kings, with evil in their hearts, will sit at one table. Lies will they speak, which shall not prosper, for it is yet further to the end, to the time appointed." ²⁸ When he is returning to his land with a great amount of goods, his heart is on the holy covenant, and he makes it effective before he returns to his land." ²⁹ At the time appointed he shall return and come into the southland, yet it shall not come to be as the former or as the latter." ³⁰ For there come against him boats of Chittim. Hence he is sore when he returns. He menaces the holy covenant and makes his opposition effective. While he returns, he has an understanding with those who forsake the holy covenant:" ³¹ Armed forces from him shall stand about, they shall violate the sanctuary, the stronghold, take away the continuous ritual, and give it over to the abomination of desolation." ³² And those who condemn the covenant will he pollute with slickness. Yet the people knowing their Elohim will be steadfast and act accordingly. ³³ The intelligent of the people will cause many to understand, yet they are stumbled by the sword and the blaze, by captivity and plunder for days." ³⁴ Even in their stumbling are they helped with a little help, yet obligated to them are many by slick dealings." ³⁵ Some of the intelligent shall stumble, to refine and to purify and to whiten them till the era of the end; for it is yet further to the appointed time." ³⁶ Yet doing is the king as is acceptable to himself:He will exalt and magnify himself over every el, against the El of elim will he speak marvelous things and prosper till the menace is concluded; for that which is decided shall be done." ³⁷ Concerning the Elohim of his forefathers he shall not understand, nor concerning the coveting of wives, nor concerning any eloah shall he understand; for he shall magnify himself over all." ³⁸ Yet the eloah of the strong in his post shall he glorify:An eloah whom his forefathers did not know, he will glorify with gold, silver, precious stones and coveted treasures." ³⁹ He deals for fortresses of the strong with a foreign eloah whom he shall recognize with increasing glory, he shall cause them to rule over many, and the ground shall he apportion for a price." ⁴⁰ Then, in the era of the end, gore him will the king of the southland. As a horrifying hurricane will come on him the king of the north, with chariot and cavalry and many ships. Thus he comes into the lands and overwhelms and passes." ⁴¹ When he comes into the stately land, many will stumble. Yet these are escaping from his hand:Edom and Moab and the adjacent land of the sons of Ammon." ⁴² He will send his hand into the lands, and the land of Egypt will not continue to have deliverance." ⁴³ He rules by reserves of gold and silver and by all he covets from Egypt, the Libyans and the Ethiopians--reserves which are in his fastnesses." ⁴⁴ Yet reports shall fluster him, from the sunrise and from the north, and forth he fares with great fury to exterminate and to doom many." ⁴⁵ He will plant the tents of his regalia between the seas in the stately holy mountain. When he comes unto his end, there is no help for him."

BBE⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ And he will put in motion his power and his strength against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south will go to war with a very great and strong army: but he will be forced to give way, because of their designs against him; ²⁶ And his fears will overcome him and be the cause of his downfall, and his army will come to complete destruction, and a great number will be put to the sword. ²⁷ And as for these two kings, their hearts will be fixed on doing evil and they will say false words at one table; but it will come to nothing: for the end will be at the time fixed. ²⁸ And he will go back to his land with great wealth; and his heart will be against the holy agreement; and he will do his pleasure and go back to his land. ²⁹ At the time fixed he will come back and come into the south; but in the later time it will not be as it was before. ³⁰ For those who go out from the west will come against him, and he will be in fear and will go back, full of wrath against the holy agreement; and he will do his pleasure: and he will go back and be united with those who have given up the holy agreement. ³¹ And armies sent by him will take up their position and they will make unclean the holy place, even the strong place, and take away the regular burned offering and put in its place an unclean thing causing fear. ³² And those who do evil against the agreement will be turned to sin by his fair words: but the people who have knowledge of their God will be strong and do well. ³³ And those who are wise among the people will be the teachers of the mass of the people: but they will come to their downfall by the sword and by the flame, being made prisoners and undergoing loss for a long time. ³⁴ Now at the time of their downfall they will have a little help, but numbers will be joined to them in the town, and in their separate heritages. ³⁵ And some of those who are wise will have wisdom in testing themselves and making themselves clean, till the time of the end: for it is still for the fixed time. ³⁶ And the king will do his pleasure; he will put himself on high, lifting himself over every god, and saying things to be wondered at against the God of gods; and all will be well for him till the wrath is complete; for what has been purposed will be done. ³⁷ He will have no respect for the gods of his fathers or for the god desired by women; he will have no respect for any god: for he will put himself on high over all. ³⁸ But in place of this he will give honour to the god of armed places, and to a god of whom his fathers had no knowledge he will give honour with gold and silver and jewels and things to be desired. ³⁹ And he will make use of the people of a strange god to keep his strongest places; to those whom he takes note of he will give high honour: and he will make them rulers over the mass of the people, and will make division of the land for a price. ⁴⁰ And at the time of the end, the king of the south will make an attack on him: and the king of the north will come against him like a storm-wind, with war-carriages and horsemen and numbers of ships; and he will go through many lands like overflowing waters. ⁴¹ And he will come into the beautiful land, and tens of thousands will be overcome: but these will be kept from falling into his hands: Edom and Moab and the chief of the children of Ammon. ⁴² And his hand will be stretched out on the countries: and the land of the south will not be safe from him. ⁴³ But he will have power over the stores of gold and silver, and over all the valued things of the south: and the Libyans and the Ethiopians will be at his steps. ⁴⁴ But he will be troubled by news from the east and from the north; and he will go out in great wrath, to send destruction on, and put an end to, great numbers. ⁴⁵ He will put the tents of his great house between the sea and the beautiful holy mountain: but he will come to his end with no helper.

MKJV⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ And he shall stir up his power and his heart against the king of the south with a great army. And the king of the south shall be stirred up to battle with a very great and mighty army, but he shall not stand. For they shall devise plots against him. ²⁶ Yea, those who eat his food shall break him, and his army shall overflow. And many shall fall down slain. ²⁷ And both these kings' hearts shall be to do evil, and they shall speak lies at one table. But it shall not succeed. For still the end comes at the time appointed. ²⁸ And he shall return to his land with great riches. And his heart shall be against the holy covenant. And he will act, and he shall return to his land. ²⁹ At the time appointed he shall return and come against the south. But it shall not be as the former or as the latter. ³⁰ For the ships of Kittim shall come against him. And he shall be grieved and return, and have fury against the holy covenant. So he shall do; he shall even return and give heed to those who forsake the holy covenant. ³¹ And forces will stand from him, and they will profane the sanctuary, the fortress, and shall remove the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the desolating abomination. ³² And he will ruin by flattery those who do evil against the covenant. But the people who know their God will be strong and will work. ³³ And those who understand among the people shall teach many; yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, by exile, and spoil, for days. ³⁴ And when they stumble, they shall be helped with a little help, but many will join them, with hypocrisy. ³⁵ And many of those who understand shall stumble, to refine and purge them, and to make white, to the time of the end. Because it is still for the appointed time. ³⁶ And the king shall do according to his will. And he shall exalt and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak marvelous things against the God of gods, and shall prosper until the fury is fulfilled. For that which is decreed shall be done. ³⁷ He will not regard the God of his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god. For he shall magnify himself above all. ³⁸ But in his place he shall honor the god of forces; and a god whom his fathers did not know, he shall honor with gold and silver, and with precious stones and desirable things. ³⁹ So he shall act in the fortresses of the strongholds with a strange god, whom he shall acknowledge. He shall multiply in glory, and he shall cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for a price. ⁴⁰ And at the end-time, the king of the south shall butt at him. And the king of the north shall come against him like a tempest, with chariots and with horsemen and with many ships. ⁴¹ And he shall enter into the countries and shall overflow and pass over. He shall also enter into the glorious land, and many shall be stumbled. But these shall escape out of his hand: Edom and Moab, and the chief of the sons of Ammon. ⁴² And he shall stretch out his hand on the lands. And the land of Egypt shall not escape. ⁴³ But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt. And the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps. ⁴⁴ But news out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him. Then he will go out with great fury to destroy, and to devote many to destruction. ⁴⁵ And he shall plant his palace tents between the seas in the glorious holy mountain. Yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.

LITV⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ And he will stir up his power and his heart against the king of the south with a great army. And the king of the south will be stirred up to battle with a great and very mighty army. But he shall not stand, for they will devise plots against him. ²⁶ Yea, those who eat his food shall destroy him, and his army shall overflow. And many will fall down slain. ²⁷ And both of them, the kings, shall have in their hearts to do evil, and they will speak lies at one table. But it will not prosper, for the end still shall be at the appointed time. ²⁸ And he will return to his land with great wealth. And his heart shall be against the holy covenant. And he will act, and he shall return to his land. ²⁹ At the appointed time he will return and come against the south. But it will not be as the former or as the latter. ³⁰ For the Kittim ships will come against him. And he will be grieved and turn back and be furious against the holy covenant. And he will act, and he will return and heed the forsakers of the holy covenant. ³¹ And forces will stand away from him, and they will profane the sanctuary, the fortress. And they shall remove the regular sacrifice, and they will place the abomination that desolates. ³² And he will defile by flatteries those who do evil against the covenant. But the people who know their God will be strong and will work. ³³ And those who understand among the people will instruct many, yet they will stumble by the sword and by flame, by exile and spoil for days. ³⁴ And when they shall stumble, they will be helped with a little help. But many will join them with hypocrisy. ³⁵ And many of those who understand shall stumble, to refine and to purge them, and to make white to the time of the end. For it is yet for the appointed time. ³⁶ And the king shall do according to his will. And he shall exalt and magnify himself above every god; he shall even speak marvelous things against the God of gods and shall prosper until the fury is fulfilled. For that which is decreed shall be done. ³⁷ He shall not regard the God of his fathers, nor the desire of women; yea, he will not come to any god. For he shall magnify himself above all. ³⁸ But in his place he shall honor the god of forces, and he shall honor a god whom his fathers did not know, with gold and silver and with precious stones, and desirable things. ³⁹ And he shall act in the strongholds of the fortresses with a foreign god, whom he shall acknowledge. He shall multiply in glory, and he shall cause them to rule over many and shall divide the land for a price. ⁴⁰ And at the end time, the king of the south will engage in butting with him. And the king of the north shall come against him like a tempest, with chariots and with horsemen and with many ships. And he shall go into the lands and shall overflow and pass over. ⁴¹ And he shall enter into the glorious land, and many will be stumbled. But these shall escape out of his hand: Edom and Moab, and the chief of the sons of Ammon. ⁴² And his hand will stretch out against the lands, and the land of Egypt shall not escape. ⁴³ But he will rule over the treasures of gold and silver, and over all Egypt's desirable things. And the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps. ⁴⁴ But news shall trouble him from the east and from the north. And he will go out with great fury to destroy and to devote many to destruction. ⁴⁵ And he shall plant his palace tents between the seas, in the glorious holy mountain. Yet he shall come to his end, and there is not a helper for him.

ECB⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ and he wakens his force and his heart against the sovereign of the south with a great valiant; and the sovereign of the south throttles to war with a mighty great and mighty valiant; and he withstands not: for they fabricate fabrications against him: ²⁶ yes, they who feed of his delicacies, break him; and his valiant overflow and many fall pierced. ²⁷ And the hearts of both of these sovereign vilify; and at one table they word lies; and it prospers not: for yet the end is in season. ²⁸ And he returns to his land with great acquisitions and with his heart against the holy covenant; and he works and returns to his own land: ²⁹ he returns in season and comes toward the south; and not as in the former or as in the latter: ³⁰ for the ships of Kittim come against him: so he is dejected and returns; and rages against the holy covenant: thus he works; and returns; and discerns with them concerning them who forsake the holy covenant. ³¹ And arms stand up for him and profane the holies of the stronghold and turn aside the continual; and they give the abomination that desolates. ³² And they who declare wicked the covenant he profanes by soothings: and the people who know their Elohim strengthen and work: ³³ and of the people who comprehend, many discern: yet they falter by the sword and by the flame by captivity and by plunder - days: ³⁴ and in their faltering, are helped with a little help: and many join them with soothings. ³⁵ And they who comprehend, falter in order to refine them and to purge and to whiten them to the time of the end: because it is yet for a season. ³⁶ And the sovereign works according to his pleasure; and exalts himself and greatens himself above every el and words marvels against the El of elohim, and prospers until the rage concludes: until that appointed is worked. ³⁷ He neither discerns the Elohim of his fathers nor the desire of women; nor discerns any elohah: for he greatens himself above all. ³⁸ And in his station he honors the elohah of strongholds - an elohah whom his fathers knew not he honors with gold and silver and with esteemed stones and desires: ³⁹ thus he works in the fortresses of strongholds with a strange elohah - whom he recognizes and abounds with honor: and he has them reign over many and allots the soil for a price. ⁴⁰ And at the time of the end the sovereign of the south butts him: and the sovereign of the north comes and whirls him away with chariots and with cavalry and with many ships; and he comes into the lands and overflows and passes over: ⁴¹ and he enters into the land of splendor and many falter: and these escape from his hand: Edom and Moab and the first of the sons of Ammon: ⁴² and he spreads his hand on the lands: and the land of Misrayim escapes not: ⁴³ and he reigns over the hidden treasures of gold and of silver and over all the desires of Misrayim: with the Lubiym and the Kushiym at his paces. ⁴⁴ And the reports from the rising and from the north terrify him: and he goes with great fury to desolate and to devote many: ⁴⁵ and he plants the tents of his pavilion between the seas in the holy mountain of splendor; and he comes to his end and no one helps him.

ACV⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ And he shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army. And the king of the south shall war in battle with a very great and mighty army, but he shall not stand, for they shall devise devices against him. ²⁶ Yea, those who eat of his food shall destroy him, and his army shall overflow, and many shall fall down slain. ²⁷ And as for both these kings, their hearts shall be to do mischief, and they shall speak lies at one table. But it shall not prosper, for yet the end shall be at the time appointed. ²⁸ Then he shall return into his land with great substance. And his heart shall be against the holy covenant, and he shall do his pleasure, and return to his own land. ²⁹ At the time appointed he shall return, and come into the south, but it shall not be in the latter time as it was in the former. ³⁰ For ships of Kittim shall come against him. Therefore he shall be grieved, and shall return, and have indignation against the holy covenant, and shall do his pleasure. He shall even return, and have regard to those who forsake the holy covenant. ³¹ And forces shall stand on his part, and they shall profane the sanctuary, even the fortress, and shall take away the continual burnt offering, and they shall set up the abomination that makes desolate. ³² And he shall pervert by flatteries such as do wickedly against the covenant. But the people who know their God shall be strong, and do exploits. ³³ And those who are wise among the people shall instruct many, yet they shall fall by the sword and by flame, by captivity and by spoil, many days. ³⁴ Now when they shall fall, they shall be helped with a little help, but many shall join themselves to them with flatteries. ³⁵ And some of those who are wise shall fall, to refine them, and to purify, and to make them white, even to the time of the end, because it is yet for the time appointed. ³⁶ And the king shall do according to his will. And he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak marvelous things against the God of gods. And he shall prosper till the indignation be accomplished, for that which is determined shall be done. ³⁷ Neither shall he regard the gods of his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god, for he shall magnify himself above all. ³⁸ But in his place he shall honor the god of fortresses. And a god whom his fathers did not know, he shall honor with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and pleasant things. ³⁹ And he shall deal with the strongest fortresses by the help of a foreign god. Whoever acknowledges him he will increase with glory, and he shall cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for a price. ⁴⁰ And at the time of the end, the king of the south shall contend with him, and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships, and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass through. ⁴¹ He shall also enter into the glorious land, and many countries shall be overthrown. But these shall be delivered out of his hand: Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the sons of Ammon. ⁴² He shall stretch forth his hand also upon the countries, and the land of Egypt shall not escape. ⁴³ But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt. And the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps. ⁴⁴ But news out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him, and he shall go forth with great fury to destroy and to utterly sweep away many. ⁴⁵ And he shall plant the tents of his palace between the sea and the glorious holy mountain, yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.

WEB⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ “He will stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south will wage war in battle with an exceedingly great and mighty army; but he won’t stand; for they will devise plans against him. ²⁶ Yes, those who eat of his dainties will destroy him, and his army will be swept away. Many will fall down slain. ²⁷ As for both these kings, their hearts will be to do mischief, and they will speak lies at one table; but it won’t prosper, for the end will still be at the appointed time. ²⁸ Then he will return into his land with great wealth. His heart will be against the holy covenant. He will take action, and return to his own land. ²⁹ “He will return at the appointed time, and come into the south; but it won’t be in the latter time as it was in the former. ³⁰ For ships of Kittim will come against him. Therefore he will be grieved, and will return, and have indignation against the holy covenant, and will take action. He will even return, and have regard to those who forsake the holy covenant. ³¹ “Forces will stand on his part, and they will profane the sanctuary, even the fortress, and will take away the continual burnt offering. Then they will set up the abomination that makes desolate. ³² He will corrupt those who do wickedly against the covenant by flatteries; but the people who know their God will be strong, and take action. ³³ “Those who are wise among the people will instruct many; yet they will fall by the sword and by flame, by captivity and by plunder, many days. ³⁴ Now when they fall, they will be helped with a little help; but many will join themselves to them with flatteries. ³⁵ Some of those who are wise will fall, to refine them, and to purify, and to make them white, even to the time of the end; because it is yet for the time appointed. ³⁶ “The king will do according to his will. He will exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and will speak marvelous things against the God of gods. He will prosper until the indignation is accomplished; for that which is determined will be done. ³⁷ He won’t regard the gods of his fathers, or the desire of women, or regard any god; for he will magnify himself above all. ³⁸ But in his place he will honor the god of fortresses. He will honor a god whom his fathers didn’t know with gold, silver, and with precious stones and pleasant things. ³⁹ He will deal with the strongest fortresses by the help of a foreign god. He will increase with glory whoever acknowledges him. He will cause them to rule over many, and will divide the land for a price. ⁴⁰ “At the time of the end the king of the south will contend with him; and the king of the north will come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, with horsemen, and with many ships. He will enter into the countries, and will overflow and pass through. ⁴¹ He will enter also into the glorious land, and many countries will be overthrown; but these will be delivered out of his hand: Edom, Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. ⁴² He will also stretch out his hand on the countries. The land of Egypt won’t escape. ⁴³ But he will have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt. The Libyans and the Ethiopians will be at his steps. ⁴⁴ But news out of the east and out of the north will trouble him; and he will go out with great fury to destroy and utterly to sweep away many. ⁴⁵ He will plant the tents of his palace between the sea and the glorious holy mountain; yet he will come to his end, and no one will help him.

WEB_Strongs⁽ⁱ⁾

25 H5782 He shall stir up H3581 his power H3824 and his courage H4428 against the king H5045 of the south H1419 with a great H2428 army; H4428 and the king H5045 of the south H1624 shall war H4421 in battle H3966 with an exceeding H1419 great H6099 and mighty H2428 army; H5975 but he shall not stand; H2803 for they shall devise H4284 devices against him.

26 H398 Yes, they who eat H6598 of his dainties H7665 shall destroy H2428 him, and his army H7857 shall overflow; H7227 and many H5307 shall fall H2491 down slain.

27 H8147 As for both H4428 these kings, H3824 their hearts H4827 shall be to do mischief, H1696 and they shall speak H3577 lies H259 at one H7979 table: H6743 but it shall not prosper; H7093 for yet the end H4150 shall be at the time appointed.

28 H7725 Then shall he return H776 into his land H1419 with great H7399 substance; H3824 and his heart H6944 shall be against the holy H1285 covenant; H6213 and he shall do H7725 his pleasure, and return H776 to his own land.

29 H4150 At the time appointed H7725 he shall return, H935 and come H5045 into the south; H314 but it shall not be in the latter H7223 time as it was in the former.

30 H6716 For ships H3794 of Kittim H935 shall come H3512 against him; therefore he shall be grieved, H7725 and shall return, H2194 and have indignation H6944 against the holy H1285 covenant, H6213 and shall do H7725 his pleasure: he shall even return, H995 and have regard H5800 to those who forsake H6944 the holy H1285 covenant.

31 H2220 Forces H5975 shall stand H2490 on his part, and they shall profane H4720 the sanctuary, H4581 even the fortress, H5493 and shall take away H8548 the continual H5414 burnt offering, and they shall set H8251 up the abomination H8074 that makes desolate.

32 H7561 Such as do wickedly H1285 against the covenant H2610 shall he pervert H2514 by flatteries; H5971 but the people H3045 who know H430 their God H2388 shall be strong, H6213 and do exploits.

33 H7919 Those who are wise H5971 among the people H995 shall instruct H7227 many; H3782 yet they shall fall H2719 by the sword H3852 and by flame, H7628 by captivity H961 and by spoil, H3117 many days.

34 H3782 Now when they shall fall, H5826 they shall be helped H4592 with a little H5828 help; H7227 but many H3867 shall join H2519 themselves to them with flatteries.

35 H7919 Some of those who are wise H3782 shall fall, H6884 to refine H1305 them, and to purify, H3835 and to make them white, H6256 even to the time H7093 of the end; H4150 because it is yet for the time appointed.

36 H4428 The king H6213 shall do H7522 according to his will; H7311 and he shall exalt H1431 himself, and magnify H410 himself above every god, H1696 and shall speak H6381 marvelous things H410 against the God H410 of gods; H6743 and he shall prosper H2195 until the indignation H3615 be accomplished; H2782 for that which is determined H6213 shall be done.

37 H995 Neither shall he regard H430 the gods H1 of his fathers, H2532 nor the desire H802 of women, H995 nor regard H433 any god; H1431 for he shall magnify himself above all.

38 H3653 But in his place H3513 shall he honor H433 the god H4581 of fortresses; H433 and a god H1 whom his fathers H3045 didn't know H3513 shall he honor H2091 with gold, H3701 and silver, H3368 and with precious H68 stones, H2532 and pleasant things.

39 H6213 He shall deal H4581 with the strongest H4013 fortresses H5236 by the help of a foreign H433 god: H5234 whoever acknowledges H7235 him he will increase H3519 with glory; H4910 and he shall cause them to rule H7227 over many, H2505 and shall divide H127 the land H4242 for a price.

40 H6256 At the time H7093 of the end H4428 shall the king H5045 of the south H5055 contend H4428 with him; and the king H6828 of the north H8175 shall come against him like a whirlwind, H7393 with chariots, H6571 and with horsemen, H7227 and with many H591 ships; H935 and he shall enter H776 into the countries, H7857 and shall overflow H5674 and pass through.

42 H7971 He shall stretch forth H3027 his hand H776 also on the countries; H776 and the land H4714 of Egypt H6413 shall not escape.

44 H8052 But news H4217 out of the east H6828 and out of the north H926 shall trouble H3318 him; and he shall go forth H1419 with great H2534 fury H8045 to destroy H2763 and utterly to sweep away H7227 many.

45 H5193 He shall plant H168 the tents H643 of his palace H3220 between the sea H6643 and the glorious H6944 holy H2022 mountain; H935 yet he shall come H7093 to his end, H5826 and none shall help him.

NHEB⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ And he shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall wage war in battle with an extremely large and powerful army; but he shall not stand; for they shall devise plans against him. ²⁶ Yes, those who eat of his royal food shall seek to destroy him, and his army shall be swept away; and many shall fall slain. ²⁷ As for both these kings, their minds shall be fixed on evil, and they shall speak lies at the table; but it shall not succeed; for still the end shall be at the appointed time. ²⁸ Then shall he return into his land with great property; and his mind shall be against the holy covenant. And he shall take action, and then return to his own land. ²⁹ At the appointed time he shall return, and come into the south; but this time the outcome shall not be as it was before. ³⁰ For ships from Kittim shall come against him; therefore he shall be intimidated, and shall turn back, and be enraged against the holy covenant, and shall take action. He shall turn back, and show regard to those who forsake the holy covenant. ³¹ Forces shall come at his order, and they shall profane the sanctuary and the fortress, and shall take away the daily burnt offering, and they shall set up the abomination that causes desolation. ³² And those who act wickedly toward the covenant he shall corrupt by smooth words; but the people who know their God shall be strong, and take action. ³³ And those who are wise among the people shall instruct many; yet they shall fall by the sword and by flame, by captivity and by plunder for some time. ³⁴ Now when they shall fall, they shall receive a little help. And many shall join with them insincerely. ³⁵ Some of those who are wise shall fall, to be refined, purified and cleansed until the time of the end; for the appointed time is still to come. ³⁶ And the king shall do as he pleases. And he shall exalt and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak outrageous things against the God of gods. And he shall prosper until the indignation is accomplished; for that which is decreed shall be done. ³⁷ Neither shall he regard the gods of his fathers, nor the one desired by women, nor show regard to any other god, because he shall magnify himself above all. ³⁸ But instead he shall honor the god of fortresses; a god whom his fathers did not know shall he honor with gold and silver, and with valuable stones, and costly gifts. ³⁹ And he shall deal with the strongest fortresses with the help of a foreign god. Whoever acknowledges him he shall grant considerable honor; and he shall make them rulers over many, and shall divide the land for a price. ⁴⁰ And at the time of the end shall the king of the south attack him. And the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall invade countries, and pass through like a flood. ⁴¹ He shall enter also into the beautiful land, and many countries shall be overthrown; but these shall be delivered out of his hand: Edom, and Moab, and the foremost of the sons of Ammon. ⁴² He shall reach out his hand also on other countries, and the land of Egypt shall not escape. ⁴³ But he shall have control over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the riches of Egypt; and the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his feet. ⁴⁴ But news out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him; and he shall go out with tremendous rage to destroy and utterly sweep away many. ⁴⁵ And he shall pitch his royal tents between the sea and the beautiful holy mountain. Yet he shall come to his end, with no one to help him.

AKJV⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ And he shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall be stirred up to battle with a very great and mighty army; but he shall not stand: for they shall forecast devices against him. ²⁶ Yes, they that feed of the portion of his meat shall destroy him, and his army shall overflow: and many shall fall down slain. ²⁷ And both of these kings' hearts shall be to do mischief, and they shall speak lies at one table; but it shall not prosper: for yet the end shall be at the time appointed. ²⁸ Then shall he return into his land with great riches; and his heart shall be against the holy covenant; and he shall do exploits, and return to his own land. ²⁹ At the time appointed he shall return, and come toward the south; but it shall not be as the former, or as the latter. ³⁰ For the ships of Chittim shall come against him: therefore he shall be grieved, and return, and have indignation against the holy covenant: so shall he do; he shall even return, and have intelligence with them that forsake the holy covenant. ³¹ And arms shall stand on his part, and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the abomination that makes desolate. ³² And such as do wickedly against the covenant shall he corrupt by flatteries: but the people that do know their God shall be strong, and do exploits. ³³ And they that understand among the people shall instruct many: yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by spoil, many days. ³⁴ Now when they shall fall, they shall be helped with a little help: but many shall join to them with flatteries. ³⁵ And some of them of understanding shall fall, to try them, and to purge, and to make them white, even to the time of the end: because it is yet for a time appointed. ³⁶ And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak marvelous things against the God of gods, and shall prosper till the indignation be accomplished: for that that is determined shall be done. ³⁷ Neither shall he regard the God of his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god: for he shall magnify himself above all. ³⁸ But in his estate shall he honor the God of forces: and a god whom his fathers knew not shall he honor with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and pleasant things. ³⁹ Thus shall he do in the most strong holds with a strange god, whom he shall acknowledge and increase with glory: and he shall cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for gain. ⁴⁰ And at the time of the end shall the king of the south push at him: and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass over. ⁴¹ He shall enter also into the glorious land, and many countries shall be overthrown: but these shall escape out of his hand, even Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. ⁴² He shall stretch forth his hand also on the countries: and the land of Egypt shall not escape. ⁴³ But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt: and the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps. ⁴⁴ But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him: therefore he shall go forth with great fury to destroy, and utterly to make away many. ⁴⁵ And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas in the glorious holy mountain; yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.

AKJV_Strongs⁽ⁱ⁾

25 H5782 And he shall stir H3581 up his power H3824 and his courage H5921 against H4428 the king H5045 of the south H1419 with a great H2428 army; H4428 and the king H5045 of the south H1624 shall be stirred H4421 up to battle H5704 with a very H3960 H1419 great H6099 and mighty H2428 army; H5975 but he shall not stand: H2803 for they shall forecast H4284 devices H5921 against him.

26 H398 Yes, they that feed H6598 of the portion H6598 of his meat H7665 shall destroy H2428 him, and his army H7857 shall overflow: H7227 and many H5307 shall fall H2491 down slain.

27 H8147 And both H4428 of these kings’ H3824 hearts H4827 shall be to do mischief, H1696 and they shall speak H3576 lies H5921 at H259 one H7979 table; H6743 but it shall not prosper: H5750 for yet H7093 the end H4150 shall be at the time appointed.

28 H7725 Then shall he return H776 into his land H1419 with great H7399 riches; H3824 and his heart H5921 shall be against H6944 the holy H1285 covenant; H6213 and he shall do H7725 exploits, and return H776 to his own land.

29 H4150 At the time appointed H7725 he shall return, H935 and come H5045 toward the south; H7223 but it shall not be as the former, H314 or as the latter.

30 H6716 For the ships H3794 of Chittim H935 shall come H3512 against him: therefore he shall be grieved, H7725 and return, H2194 and have indignation H5921 against H6944 the holy H1285 covenant: H6213 so shall he do; H7725 he shall even return, H995 and have intelligence H5800 with them that forsake H6944 the holy H1285 covenant.

31 H2220 And arms H5975 shall stand H2490 on his part, and they shall pollute H4720 the sanctuary H4581 of strength, H5493 and shall take H5493 away H8548 the daily H5414 sacrifice, and they shall place H8251 the abomination H8074 that makes desolate.

32 H7561 And such as do wickedly H1285 against the covenant H2610 shall he corrupt H2514 by flatteries: H5971 but the people H3045 that do know H430 their God H2388 shall be strong, H6213 and do exploits.

33 H7919 And they that understand H5971 among the people H995 shall instruct H7227 many: H3782 yet they shall fall H2719 by the sword, H3852 and by flame, H7628 by captivity, H961 and by spoil, H7227 many H3117 days.

34 H3782 Now when they shall fall, H5826 they shall be helped H4592 with a little H5828 help: H7227 but many H3867 shall join H2519 to them with flatteries.

35 H7919 And some of them of understanding H3782 shall fall, H6884 to try H1305 them, and to purge, H3835 and to make them white, H6256 even to the time H7093 of the end: H3588 because H5750 H5750 it is yet H4150 for a time appointed.

36 H4428 And the king H6213 shall do H7522 according to his will; H7311 and he shall exalt H1431 himself, and magnify H5921 himself above H3605 every H410 god, H1696 and shall speak H6381 marvelous H5921 things against H410 the God H410 of gods, H6743 and shall prosper H5704 till H2195 the indignation H3615 be accomplished: H2782 for that that is determined H6213 shall be done.

37 H3808 Neither H995 shall he regard H430 the God H1 of his fathers, H2532 nor the desire H802 of women, H3808 nor H995 regard H3605 any H433 god: H1431 for he shall magnify H5921 himself above H3605 all.

38 H3653 But in his estate H3513 shall he honor H433 the God H4581 of forces: H433 and a god H834 whom H1 his fathers H3045 knew H3513 not shall he honor H2091 with gold, H3701 and silver, H3368 and with precious H68 stones, H2530 and pleasant things.

39 H6213 Thus shall he do H4581 in the most H4581 strong H4013 holds H5236 with a strange H433 god, H834 whom H5234 he shall acknowledge H7235 and increase H3519 with glory: H4910 and he shall cause them to rule H7227 over many, H2505 and shall divide H127 the land H4242 for gain.

40 H6256 And at the time H7093 of the end H4428 shall the king H5045 of the south H5055 push H4428 at him: and the king H6828 of the north H8175 shall come H5921 against H8175 him like a whirlwind, H7393 with chariots, H6571 and with horsemen, H7227 and with many H591 ships; H935 and he shall enter H776 into the countries, H7857 and shall overflow H5674 and pass H5674 over.

41 H935 He shall enter H6643 also into the glorious H776 land, H7227 and many H3782 countries shall be overthrown: H428 but these H4422 shall escape H3027 out of his hand, H123 even Edom, H4124 and Moab, H7225 and the chief H1121 of the children H5983 of Ammon.

42 H7971 He shall stretch H3027 forth his hand H776 also on the countries: H776 and the land H4714 of Egypt H6413 shall not escape.

43 H4910 But he shall have power H4362 over the treasures H2091 of gold H3701 and of silver, H3605 and over all H2530 the precious H4714 things of Egypt: H3864 and the Libyans H3569 and the Ethiopians H4703 shall be at his steps.

44 H8052 But tidings H4217 out of the east H6828 and out of the north H926 shall trouble H3318 him: therefore he shall go H3318 forth H1419 with great H2534 fury H8045 to destroy, H2763 and utterly to make away H7227 many.

45 H5193 And he shall plant H168 the tabernacles H643 of his palace H996 between H3220 the seas H6643 in the glorious H6944 holy H2022 mountain; H935 yet he shall come H7093 to his end, H369 and none H5826 shall help him.

KJ2000⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ And he shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall be stirred up to battle with a very great and mighty army; but he shall not stand: for they shall devise plans against him. ²⁶ Yea, they that feed of the portion of his rich food shall destroy him, and his army shall be swept away: and many shall fall down slain. ²⁷ And both these kings' hearts shall be to do evil, and they shall speak lies at the same table; but it shall not prosper: for the end shall yet be at the time appointed. ²⁸ Then shall he return into his land with great riches; but his heart shall be against the holy covenant; and he shall work his will, and return to his own land. ²⁹ At the time appointed he shall return, and come toward the south; but it shall not be like the former, or like the latter. ³⁰ For the ships of Kittim shall come against him: therefore he shall be grieved, and return, and rage against the holy covenant: so shall he do; he shall even return, and show favor toward them that forsake the holy covenant. ³¹ And forces shall appear on his part, and they shall defile the sanctuary fortress, and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall set up the abomination that makes desolate. ³² And such as do wickedly against the covenant shall he corrupt by flattery: but the people that do know their God shall be strong, and take action. ³³ And they that understand among the people shall instruct many: yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by plunder, many days. ³⁴ Now when they shall fall, they shall be aided with a little help: but many shall join to them with flattery. ³⁵ And some of them of understanding shall fall, to test them, and to purify them, and to make them white, until the time of the end: because it is yet for the time appointed. ³⁶ And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak astonishing things against the God of gods, and shall prosper till the wrath is accomplished: for what has been determined shall be done. ³⁷ Neither shall he regard the gods of his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god: for he shall magnify himself above all. ³⁸ But in their place he shall honor the god of fortresses: and a god whom his fathers knew not shall he honor with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and pleasant things. ³⁹ Thus shall he do in the strongest fortresses with a foreign god, which he shall acknowledge and advance its glory: and he shall cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for gain. ⁴⁰ And at the time of the end shall the king of the south attack him: and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass through. ⁴¹ He shall enter also into the glorious land, and many countries shall be overthrown: but these shall escape out of his hand, even Edom, and Moab, and most of the children of Ammon. ⁴² He shall stretch forth his hand also against the countries: and the land of Egypt shall not escape. ⁴³ But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt: and the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall follow in his train. ⁴⁴ But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him: therefore he shall go forth with great fury to destroy, and to utterly sweep away many. ⁴⁵ And he shall plant the tents of his palace between the sea and the glorious holy mountain; yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.

UKJV⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ And he shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall be stirred up to battle with a very great and mighty army; but he shall not stand: for they shall forecast devices against him. ²⁶ Yea, they that feed of the portion of his food shall destroy him, and his army shall overflow: and many shall fall down slain. ²⁷ And both of these kings' hearts shall be to do mischief, and they shall speak lies at the same table; but it shall not prosper: for yet the end shall be at the time appointed. ²⁸ Then shall he return into his land with great riches; and his heart shall be against the holy covenant; and he shall do exploits, and return to his own land. ²⁹ At the time appointed he shall return, and come toward the south; but it shall not be as the former, or as the latter. ³⁰ For the ships of Chittim shall come against him: therefore he shall be grieved, and return, and have indignation against the holy covenant: so shall he do; he shall even return, and have intelligence with them that forsake the holy covenant. ³¹ And arms shall stand on his part, and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the abomination that makes desolate. ³² And such as do wickedly against the covenant shall he corrupt by flatteries: but the people that do know their God shall be strong, and do exploits. ³³ And they that understand among the people shall instruct many: yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by spoil, many days. ³⁴ Now when they shall fall, they shall be helped with a little help: but many shall cleave to them with flatteries. ³⁵ And some of them of understanding shall fall, to try them, and to purge, and to make them white, even to the time of the end: because it is yet for a time appointed. ³⁶ And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak marvellous things against the God of gods, and shall prosper till the indignation be accomplished: for that that is determined shall be done. ³⁷ Neither shall he regard the God of his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god: for he shall magnify himself above all. ³⁸ But in his estate shall he honour the God of forces: and a god whom his fathers knew not shall he honour with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and pleasant things. ³⁹ Thus shall he do in the most strong holds with a strange god, whom he shall acknowledge and increase with glory: and he shall cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for gain. ⁴⁰ And at the time of the end shall the king of the south push at him: and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass over. ⁴¹ He shall enter also into the glorious land, and many countries shall be overthrown: but these shall escape out of his hand, even Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. ⁴² He shall stretch forth his hand also upon the countries: and the land of Egypt shall not escape. ⁴³ But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt: and the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps. ⁴⁴ But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him: therefore he shall go forth with great fury to destroy, and utterly to make away many. ⁴⁵ And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas in the glorious holy mountain; yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.

TKJU⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ And he shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall be stirred up to battle with a very great and mighty army; but he shall not stand: For they shall forecast devices against him. ²⁶ Yes, those who feed from the portion of his food shall destroy him, and his army shall overflow: And many shall fall down slain. ²⁷ And both these kings' hearts shall be to do mischief, and they shall speak lies to each other at one table; but it shall not prosper: For the end shall still be at the time appointed. ²⁸ Then he shall return into his land with great riches; and his heart shall be against the holy covenant; and he shall do exploits, and return to his own land. ²⁹ At the time appointed he shall return, and come toward the south; but it shall not be as the former, nor as the latter. ³⁰ For the ships of Chittim shall come against him: Therefore he shall be grieved, and return, and have indignation against the holy covenant: So he shall do; he shall even return, and have intelligence with them that forsakes the holy covenant. ³¹ And arms shall stand on his part, and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the abomination that makes desolate. ³² And he shall corrupt by flatteries those who do wickedly against the covenant: But the people that know their God shall be strong, and do exploits. ³³ And those who understand among the people shall instruct many: Yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by spoil, many days. ³⁴ Now when they fall, they shall be assisted with a little help: But many shall cleave to them with flatteries. ³⁵ And some of them of understanding shall fall, to purify them, and to purge, and to make them white, even to the time of the end: Because it is yet for an appointed time. ³⁶ And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak marvelous things against the God of gods, and shall prosper until the indignation is accomplished: For that which is determined shall be done. ³⁷ He shall not regard the God of his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god: For he shall magnify himself above all. ³⁸ But in his estate he shall honor the god of forces: And a god whom his fathers did not know shall he honor with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and pleasant things. ³⁹ Thus he shall perform in the greatest strongholds with a strange god, whom he shall acknowledge and increase with glory: And he shall cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for gain. ⁴⁰ And at the time of the end the king of the south shall push at him: And the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass over. ⁴¹ He shall also enter into the glorious land, and many countries shall be overthrown: But these shall escape out of his hand, even Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. ⁴² He shall also stretch forth his hand upon the countries: And the land of Egypt shall not escape. ⁴³ But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt: And the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps. ⁴⁴ But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him: Therefore he shall go forth with great fury to destroy, and to utterly slay. ⁴⁵ And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas in the glorious holy mountain; yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him."

CKJV_Strongs⁽ⁱ⁾

25 H5782 And he shall stir up H3581 his power H3824 and his courage H4428 against the king H5045 of the south H1419 with a great H2428 army; H4428 and the king H5045 of the south H1624 shall be stirred up H4421 to battle H3966 with a very H1419 great H6099 and mighty H2428 army; H5975 but he shall not stand: H2803 for they shall forecast H4284 devices against him.

26 H398 Yes, they that feed H6598 of the portion of his food H7665 shall destroy H2428 him, and his army H7857 shall overflow: H7227 and many H5307 shall fall H2491 down slain.

27 H8147 And both H4428 these kings' H3824 hearts H4827 shall be to do mischief, H1696 and they shall speak H3577 lies H259 at one H7979 table; H6743 but it shall not prosper: H7093 for yet the end H4150 shall be at the time appointed.

28 H7725 Then shall he return H776 into his land H1419 with great H7399 riches; H3824 and his heart H6944 shall be against the holy H1285 covenant; H6213 and he shall do H7725 exploits, and return H776 to his own land.

29 H4150 At the time appointed H7725 he shall return, H935 and come H5045 toward the south; H7223 but it shall not be as the former, H314 or as the latter.

30 H6716 For the ships H3794 of Chittim H935 shall come H3512 against him: therefore he shall be grieved, H7725 and return, H2194 and have indignation H6944 against the holy H1285 covenant: H6213 so shall he do; H7725 he shall even return, H995 and have intelligence H5800 with them that forsake H6944 the holy H1285 covenant.

31 H2220 And arms H5975 shall stand H2490 on his part, and they shall pollute H4720 the sanctuary H4581 of strength, H5493 and shall take away H8548 the daily H5414 sacrifice, and they shall place H8251 the abomination H8074 that makes desolate.

34 H3782 Now when they shall fall, H5826 they shall be helped H4592 with a little H5828 help: H7227 but many H3867 shall cleave H2519 to them with flatteries.

35 H7919 And some of them of understanding H3782 shall fall, H6884 to try H1305 them, and to purge, H3835 and to make them white, H6256 even to the time H7093 of the end: H4150 because it is yet for a time appointed.

36 H4428 And the king H6213 shall do H7522 according to his will; H7311 and he shall exalt H1431 himself, and magnify H410 himself above every god, H1696 and shall speak H6381 marvelous things H410 against the God H410 of gods, H6743 and shall prosper H2195 until the indignation H3615 be accomplished: H2782 for that that is determined H6213 shall be done.

37 H995 Neither shall he regard H430 the God H1 of his fathers, H2532 nor the desire H802 of women, H995 nor regard H433 any god: H1431 for he shall magnify himself above all.

38 H3653 But in his estate H3513 shall he honor H433 the God H4581 of forces: H433 and a god H1 whom his fathers H3045 knew H3513 not shall he honor H2091 with gold, H3701 and silver, H3368 and with precious H68 stones, H2532 and pleasant things.

39 H6213 Thus shall he do H4581 in the most strong H4013 holds H5236 with a strange H433 god, H5234 whom he shall acknowledge H7235 and increase H3519 with glory: H4910 and he shall cause them to rule H7227 over many, H2505 and shall divide H127 the land H4242 for gain.

40 H6256 And at the time H7093 of the end H4428 shall the king H5045 of the south H5055 push H4428 at him: and the king H6828 of the north H8175 shall come against him like a whirlwind, H7393 with chariots, H6571 and with horsemen, H7227 and with many H591 ships; H935 and he shall enter H776 into the countries, H7857 and shall overflow H5674 and pass over.

41 H935 He shall enter H6643 also into the glorious H776 land, H7227 and many H3782 countries shall be overthrown: H4422 but these shall escape H3027 out of his hand, H123 even Edom, H4124 and Moab, H7225 and the chief H1121 of the sons H5983 of Ammon.

42 H7971 He shall stretch forth H3027 his hand H776 also upon the countries: H776 and the land H4714 of Egypt H6413 shall not escape.

43 H4910 But he shall have power H4362 over the treasures H2091 of gold H3701 and of silver, H2532 and over all the precious H4714 things of Egypt: H3864 and the Libyans H3569 and the Ethiopians H4703 shall be at his steps.

44 H8052 But news H4217 out of the east H6828 and out of the north H926 shall trouble H3318 him: therefore he shall go forth H1419 with great H2534 fury H8045 to destroy, H2763 and utterly to make away H7227 many.

45 H5193 And he shall plant H168 the tabernacles H643 of his palace H3220 between the seas H6643 in the glorious H6944 holy H2022 mountain; H935 yet he shall come H7093 to his end, H5826 and none shall help him.

EJ2000⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ And he shall stir up his forces and his heart against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south shall move to the war with a great and mighty army, but he shall not prevail, for they shall betray him. ²⁶ Even those that ate his bread shall break him, and his army shall be destroyed; and many shall fall down slain. ²⁷ And the heart of both these kings shall be to do evil, and at the same table they shall speak lies; but it shall not prosper, for the time appointed is not yet come. ²⁸ Then he shall return into his land with great riches; and his heart shall be against the holy covenant; and he shall do exploits and return to his own land. ²⁹ At the time appointed he shall turn toward the south, but the latter coming shall not be as the former. ³⁰ For the ships of Chittim shall come against him; therefore he shall be grieved and return and have indignation against the holy covenant: so shall he do; he shall even return and have an understanding with those that have forsaken the holy covenant. ³¹ And arms shall be placed on his behalf, and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the abomination that makes desolate. ³² And with flatteries he shall cause to sin those that violate the covenant, but the people that do know their God shall be strong, and do exploits. ³³ And the wise among the people shall give wisdom to many, yet they shall fall by the sword, and by fire, by captivity, and by spoil, for some days. ³⁴ And in their fall, they shall be helped with a little help, but many shall cleave to them with flatteries. ³⁵ And some of the wise shall fall to be purged and cleaned and made white, even to the time of the end because even for this there is time appointed. ³⁶ And the king shall do according to his will, and he shall exalt himself and magnify himself above every god and shall speak marvels against the God of gods and shall prosper until the indignation is accomplished, for the determination has been made. ³⁷ Neither shall he care for the God of his fathers, nor the love of women, nor care for any god, for he shall magnify himself above all. ³⁸ But in his place shall he honour the god of fortresses, {Ala Mahozim}, a god whom his fathers did not know; he shall honour it with gold and silver and precious stones and with things of great price. ³⁹ And with the people of the strange god that he shall know, he shall make strong fortresses, increase their glory; and cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for gain. ⁴⁰ But at the end of the time the king of the south shall lock horns with him, and the king of the north shall raise up a storm against him with chariots and with horsemen and with many ships, and he shall enter into the lands and shall overflow and pass over. ⁴¹ He shall come to the glorious land, and many provinces shall fall, but these shall escape out of his hand, even Edom and Moab and the first of the sons of Ammon. ⁴² He shall stretch forth his hand to the lands, and the land of Egypt shall not escape. ⁴³ And he shall take over the treasures of gold and of silver and of all the precious things of Egypt, of Libya, and Ethiopia where he passes. ⁴⁴ But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him; therefore he shall go forth with great fury to destroy and to kill many. ⁴⁵ And he shall plant the tents of his palace between the seas, in the desirable mountain of the sanctuary; and he shall come to his end, and shall have no one to help him.

CAB⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ And his strength and his heart shall be stirred up against the king of the south with a great force; and the king of the south shall engage in war with a great and very strong force; but his forces shall not stand, for they shall devise plans against him. ²⁶ And they shall eat his provisions, and shall crush him, and he shall carry away armies as with a flood, and many shall fall down slain. ²⁷ And as for both the kings, their hearts are set upon evil, and they shall speak lies at one table; but it shall not prosper; for yet the end is for a fixed time. ²⁸ And he shall return to his land with much substance; and his heart shall be against the holy covenant; and he shall perform great deeds, and return to his own land. ²⁹ At the set time he shall return, and shall come into the south, but the last expedition shall not be as the first. ³⁰ For the Cyprians issuing forth shall come against him, and he shall be brought low, and shall return, and shall be incensed against the holy covenant: and he shall do thus, and shall return, and have intelligence with them that have forsaken the holy covenant. ³¹ And seeds shall spring up out of him, and they shall profane the sanctuary of strength, and they shall remove the perpetual sacrifice, and make the abomination of desolation. ³² And the transgressors shall bring about a covenant by deceitful ways; but a people knowing their God shall prevail, and do valiantly. ³³ And the intelligent of the people shall understand much; yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, and by captivity, and by the spoil of many days. ³⁴ And when they are weak they shall be helped with a little help, but many shall attach themselves to them with treachery. ³⁵ And some of them that understand shall fall, to try them as with fire, and to test them, and that they may be manifested at the time of the end, for the matter is yet for an appointed time. ³⁶ And he shall do according to his will, and the king shall exalt and magnify himself against every god, and shall speak great swelling words, and shall prosper until the indignation shall be accomplished; for it is coming to an end. ³⁷ And he shall not regard any gods of his fathers, nor the desire of women, neither shall he regard any deity: for he shall magnify himself above all. ³⁸ And he shall honor the god of fortresses in his place: and a god whom his fathers knew not he shall honor with gold, and silver, and precious stones, and desirable things. ³⁹ And he shall do thus in the strong places of refuge with a strange god, and shall increase his glory; and he shall subject many to them, and shall distribute the land in gifts. ⁴⁰ And at the end of the time he shall conflict with the king of the south. And the king of the north shall come against him with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and they shall enter into the land, and he shall break in pieces, and pass on. ⁴¹ And he shall enter into the land of beauty, and many shall fail. But these shall escape out of his hand, Edom, Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. ⁴² And he shall stretch forth his hand over the land; and the land of Egypt shall not escape. ⁴³ And he shall have the mastery over the secret treasures of gold and silver, and over all the desirable possessions of Egypt, and of the Libyans and Ethiopians in their strongholds. ⁴⁴ But rumors and anxieties out of the east and from the north shall trouble him; and he shall come with great wrath to destroy many. ⁴⁵ And he shall pitch the tabernacle of his palace between the seas in the holy mountain of beauty; but he shall come to his portion, and there is none to deliver him.

LXX2012⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ And his strength and his heart shall be stirred up against the king of the south with a great force; and the king of the south shall engage in war with a great and very strong force; but [his forces] shall not stand, for they shall devise plans against him: ²⁶ and they shall eat his provisions, and shall crush him, and he shall carry away armies as with a flood, and many shall fall down slain. ²⁷ And [as for] both the kings, their hearts [are set] upon mischief, and they shall speak lies at one table; but it shall not prosper; for yet the end is for a [fixed] time. ²⁸ And he shall return to his land with much substance; and his heart [shall be] against the holy covenant; and he shall perform [great deeds], and return to his own land. ²⁹ At the [set] time he shall return, and shall come into the south, but the last [expedition] shall [not] be as the first. ³⁰ For the Citians issuing forth shall come against him, and he shall be brought low, and shall return, and shall be incensed against the holy covenant: and he shall do [thus], and shall return, and have intelligence with them that have forsaken the holy covenant. ³¹ And seeds shall spring up out of him, and they shall profane the sanctuary of strength, and they shall remove the perpetual [sacrifice], and make the abomination desolate. ³² And the transgressors shall bring about a covenant by deceitful ways: but a people knowing their God shall prevail, and do [valiantly]. ³³ And the intelligent of the people shall understand much: yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, and by captivity, and by spoil of [many] days. ³⁴ And when they are weak they shall be helped with a little help: but many shall attach themselves to them with treachery. ³⁵ And [some] of them that understand shall fall, to try them as with fire, and to test [them], and that they may be manifested at the time of the end, for the matter [is] yet for a [set] time. ³⁶ And he shall do according to his will, and the king shall exalt and magnify himself against every god, and shall speak great swelling words, and shall prosper until the indignation shall be accomplished: for it is coming to an end. ³⁷ And he shall not regard any gods of his fathers, nor the desire of women, neither shall he regard any deity: for he shall magnify himself above all. ³⁸ And he shall honor the god of forces on his place: and a god whom his fathers knew not he shall honor with gold, and silver, and precious stones, and desirable things. ³⁹ And he shall do [thus] in the strong places of refuge with a strange god, and shall increase his glory: and he shall subject many to them, and shall distribute the land in gifts. ⁴⁰ And at the end of the time he shall conflict with the king of the south: and the king of the north shall come against him with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and they shall enter into the land: and he shall break in pieces, and pass on: ⁴¹ and he shall enter into the land of beauty, and many shall fail: but these shall escape out of his hand, Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. ⁴² And he shall stretch forth [his] hand over the land; and the land of Egypt shall not escape. ⁴³ And he shall have the mastery over the secret [treasures] of gold and silver, and over all the desirable [possessions] of Egypt, and of the Libyans and Ethiopians in their strongholds. ⁴⁴ But rumors and anxieties out of the east and from the north shall trouble him; and he shall come with great wrath to destroy many. ⁴⁵ And he shall pitch the tabernacle of his palace between the seas in the holy mountain of beauty: [but] he shall come to his portion, and there is none to deliver him.

NSB⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ »He will stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army. The king of the south will war in battle with an exceeding great and mighty army, but he will not stand. This is because they will devise schemes against him. ²⁶ »Those who eat of his rich foods will destroy him. His army will overflow and many will fall down slain. ²⁷ »And as for both these kings, their hearts will be inclined to do bad things. They will speak lies at one table and nothing will succeed. The end will come at the time appointed. ²⁸ »Then king of the north will return to his land with great wealth. His heart will be against the holy covenant. He will do what he pleases and return to his own land. ²⁹ »At the time appointed he will invade the south again. But the outcome will not be the same as it was at the earlier time. ³⁰ »For ships of Kittim will come against him. He will be grieved and will return. He will have indignation against the holy covenant and will do what he pleases. He will even return, and show favor to those who forsake the holy covenant. ³¹ »His armed forces will stand with him, and they will profane the sanctuary, even the fortress, and will take away the continual burnt offering. They will set up the abomination that makes desolate. ³² »Those who act wickedly against the covenant will be perverted by flatteries. However, the people who know their God will be strong and act effectively. ³³ »Those who are wise among the people will instruct many. Yet they will fall by the sword and by flame, by captivity and by spoil, for many days. ³⁴ »When they fall, they will be helped with a little help; but many will join them in their flatteries. ³⁵ »Some of them who are wise (have insight) will fall. This will refine them, and purify them, and make them clean, even to the time of the end, because it is yet for the time appointed. ³⁶ »The king will do according to his will. He will exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god. He will speak horrable (atrocious) things against the God of gods. He will be successful until the indignation is accomplished for that which is determined will be done. ³⁷ »Neither will he honor the gods of his father’s, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god for he will magnify himself above them all. ³⁸ »He will honor the god of military fortresses, a god whom his fathers did not know. He will honor with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and expensive gifts. ³⁹ »He will deal with the strongest fortresses by the help of a foreign god. Whoever acknowledges him will increase with glory. He will make them rulers over many, and will divide the land for a price. ⁴⁰ »The king of the south will contend with him at the time of the end. The king of the north will come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with a large fleet of ships. He will enter into the countries and overflow and pass through them. ⁴¹ »He will also invade the glorious land, and many countries will be overthrown. These will be delivered out of his hand: Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. ⁴² »He will stretch forth his power and authority over many countries, and the land of Egypt will not escape. ⁴³ »He will exercise power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt. The Libyans and the Ethiopians will be under his control. ⁴⁴ »News from the east and the north will trouble him. He will go forth with great fury to destroy and annihilate many. ⁴⁵ »He will plant the tents of his palace (dwell in and control) between the sea and the glorious holy mountain. But he will come to his end, and none will help him.

ISV⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ He’ll encourage himself against the southern king by raising a large army. As a result, the southern king will mobilize for war with a large and powerful army, but he won’t succeed because they will devise elaborate schemes against him. ²⁶ His own security detail will undermine him, his army will be swept away, and many will fall and be killed in battle. ²⁷ Now as for the two kings, their intentions will be evil, and they’ll promote deception at their dinner table, but none of this will succeed, because the end won’t have come yet. ²⁸ Then he’ll return to his homeland with great wealth, will focus his attention against the holy covenant, and will take action as he returns to his land.’”
²⁹ Desecration of the Sanctuary“‘At the scheduled time he’ll return, moving southward, but the end result won’t be as before, ³⁰ because ships will come against him from the Mediterranean islands. Disheartened, he’ll return, incited to vehemence against the holy covenant, and he’ll take action. As he returns, he’ll show deference to those who abandon the holy covenant. ³¹ Armed forces will arise from his midst, and they’ll desecrate the fortified Sanctuary, abolish the daily sacrifice, and establish the destructive desecration. ³² Through flattery he’ll corrupt those who act wickedly toward the covenant, but people who know their God will be strong and take action. ³³ Insightful people will impart understanding to many, though they’ll fall by sword, by fire, by captivity, and as war booty for a while. ³⁴ When they fall, they’ll be given some relief, but many will join them by pretending to be sympathetic to their cause. ³⁵ Some of the insightful will fall so they may be refined, purged, and purified until the time of the end, since it will surely come about.’”
³⁶ The King Who Calls Himself God“‘The king will do as he pleases. He’ll exalt and magnify himself above every god, speaking amazing things against the God of Gods. He’ll succeed until the indignation is completed, because what has been determined must be carried out. ³⁷ He’ll recognize neither the gods of his ancestors nor those desired by women—he won’t recognize any god, because he’ll exalt himself above everything. ³⁸ He’ll glorify the god of fortresses, a god whom his ancestors never knew, honoring him with gold, silver, valuable jewels, and treasures. ³⁹ He’ll take action against the strongest fortresses. With the help of a foreign god, he’ll recognize those who honor him, making them rule over many, and he’ll parcel out the land for a profit.
⁴⁰ “‘At the time of the end, the southern king will oppose him, and the northern king will overrun him with chariots, cavalry, and many ships. He’ll invade countries, moving swiftly and sweeping through. ⁴¹ He’ll enter the Beautiful Land, and many will fall, even though these will escape his control: Edom, Moab, and certain Ammonite officials.
⁴² He’ll extend his power over other countries, and even the land of Egypt won’t escape. ⁴³ He’ll capture treasures of gold, silver, and all the treasures of Egypt, with the Libyans and Cushites at his feet. ⁴⁴ However, reports from the east and the north will alarm him, and he’ll march out in great anger, intending to destroy and to desolate many. ⁴⁵ When he pitches his royal pavilions between the seas facing the mountain of holy Glory, he’ll come to his end, and no one will help him.’”

LEB⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ And he will stir up his power and his heart against the king of the south and _⌊with a much greater and stronger army_⌋;* but he will not succeed, for they will devise plans against him. ²⁶ And those who eat of his royal rations will break him and his army will be overwhelmed, and many will fall, slain. ²⁷ _⌊And two of the kings_⌋* _⌊will bend their hearts_⌋* to evil. And at the _⌊same table_⌋* they will speak lies, but what is discussed will not succeed, for still an end is coming at the appointed time. ²⁸ Then he will return to his land with many possessions, but his heart will be set against _⌊the holy covenant_⌋,* and he will take action and he will return to his land. ²⁹ "At the appointed time he will return and he will come into the south, but it will not be _⌊as it was before_⌋.* ³⁰ And the ships of Kittim will come against him, and he will lose heart, and he will turn back, and he will be enraged _⌊against the holy covenant_⌋,* and he will take action, and he will turn back, and he will pay attention to those who forsake _⌊the holy covenant_⌋.* ³¹ And military forces from him _⌊will occupy_⌋* and will profane* the _⌊sanctuary stronghold_⌋,* and they will abolish the regular burnt offering, and they will set up the abomination that causes desolation. ³² "And those who violate the covenant he will seduce with flattery, but the persons who know their God* will stand firm and will take action. ³³ And those who have insight _⌊will instruct_⌋* the many, but they will fall by sword and by flame, by captivity and by plunder _⌊for some time_⌋.* ³⁴ And _⌊when they fall_⌋* they will receive little help, and many will join with them in hypocrisy. ³⁵ And even some of those _⌊who have insight_⌋* will fall* in order for them to be refined by it, and to be purified and cleansed until the time of the end, for the appointed time is still to come. ³⁶ "Then the king will do _⌊as he pleases_⌋,* and he will exalt himself and will consider himself above any god, and he will speak horrendous things _⌊against_⌋* the God of gods, yet he will succeed until the period of anger is finished, for what is determined will be done. ³⁷ He will not pay respect to the gods of his ancestors,* or to the darling of women, and not to any god will he pay respect, for he will consider himself great over all gods. ³⁸ But _⌊instead_⌋* he will honor the god of fortresses, a god whom his ancestors* did not know. He will honor him with gold, and with silver, and with precious stones* and with costly gifts. ³⁹ And he will deal with the _⌊fortified strongholds_⌋* with the help of _⌊a foreign god_⌋;* and he will increase wealth for whoever will acknowledge him, and he will cause them to rule* over the many, and he will distribute land for a price. ⁴⁰ "And at the time of the end the king of the south will attack him, and the king of the north will storm against him with chariots* and with horsemen and with many ships, and he will advance against the countries and _⌊he will sweep through like a flood_⌋.* ⁴¹ And he will come _⌊into the beautiful land_⌋* and many will fall victim, but these will escape from his power: Edom and Moab and the best part* of the _⌊Ammonites_⌋.* ⁴² And he will stretch out his hand against countries and the land of Egypt _⌊will not escape_⌋.* ⁴³ And he will rule over the treasures of gold and the silver and over all the precious things of Egypt; and the Libyans and the Cushites will follow in his footsteps. ⁴⁴ But reports will terrify him from the east and from the north, and he will go out with great fury to destroy and to exterminate many. ⁴⁵ And then he will pitch the tents of his palace between the sea and _⌊the beautiful holy mountain_⌋,* and he will come to his end, and there is no one* helping him."

BSB⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ And with a large army he will stir up his power and his courage against the king of the South, who will mobilize a very large and powerful army but will not withstand the plots devised against him. ²⁶ Those who eat from his provisions will seek to destroy him; his army will be swept away, and many will fall slain. ²⁷ And the two kings, with their hearts bent on evil, will speak lies at the same table, but to no avail, for still the end will come at the appointed time. ²⁸ The king of the North will return to his land with great wealth, but his heart will be set against the holy covenant; so he will do damage and return to his own land. ²⁹ At the appointed time he will invade the South again, but this time will not be like the first. ³⁰ Ships of Kittim will come against him, and he will lose heart. Then he will turn back and rage against the holy covenant and do damage. So he will return and show favor to those who forsake the holy covenant. ³¹ His forces will rise up and desecrate the temple fortress. They will abolish the daily sacrifice and set up the abomination of desolation. ³² With flattery he will corrupt those who violate the covenant, but the people who know their God will firmly resist him. ³³ Those with insight will instruct many, though for a time they will fall by sword or flame, or be captured or plundered. ³⁴ Now when they fall, they will be granted a little help, but many will join them insincerely. ³⁵ Some of the wise will fall, so that they may be refined, purified, and made spotless until the time of the end, for it will still come at the appointed time. ³⁶ Then the king will do as he pleases and will exalt and magnify himself above every god, and he will speak monstrous things against the God of gods. He will be successful until the time of wrath is completed, for what has been decreed must be accomplished. ³⁷ He will show no regard for the gods of his fathers, nor for the one desired by women, nor for any other god, because he will magnify himself above them all. ³⁸ And in their place, he will honor a god of fortresses—a god his fathers did not know—with gold, silver, precious stones, and riches. ³⁹ He will attack the strongest fortresses with the help of a foreign god and will greatly honor those who acknowledge him, making them rulers over many and distributing the land for a price. ⁴⁰ At the time of the end, the king of the South will engage him in battle, but the king of the North will storm out against him with chariots, horsemen, and many ships, invading many countries and sweeping through them like a flood. ⁴¹ He will also invade the Beautiful Land, and many countries will fall. But these will be delivered from his hand: Edom, Moab, and the leaders of the Ammonites. ⁴² He will extend his power over many countries, and not even the land of Egypt will escape. ⁴³ He will gain control of the treasures of gold and silver and over all the riches of Egypt, and the Libyans and Cushites will also submit to him. ⁴⁴ But news from the east and the north will alarm him, and he will go out with great fury to destroy many and devote them to destruction. ⁴⁵ He will pitch his royal tents between the sea and the beautiful holy mountain, but he will meet his end with no one to help him.

MSB⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ And with a large army he will stir up his power and his courage against the king of the South, who will mobilize a very large and powerful army but will not withstand the plots devised against him. ²⁶ Those who eat from his provisions will seek to destroy him; his army will be swept away, and many will fall slain. ²⁷ And the two kings, with their hearts bent on evil, will speak lies at the same table, but to no avail, for still the end will come at the appointed time. ²⁸ The king of the North will return to his land with great wealth, but his heart will be set against the holy covenant; so he will do damage and return to his own land. ²⁹ At the appointed time he will invade the South again, but this time will not be like the first. ³⁰ Ships of Kittim will come against him, and he will lose heart. Then he will turn back and rage against the holy covenant and do damage. So he will return and show favor to those who forsake the holy covenant. ³¹ His forces will rise up and desecrate the temple fortress. They will abolish the daily sacrifice and set up the abomination of desolation. ³² With flattery he will corrupt those who violate the covenant, but the people who know their God will firmly resist him. ³³ Those with insight will instruct many, though for a time they will fall by sword or flame, or be captured or plundered. ³⁴ Now when they fall, they will be granted a little help, but many will join them insincerely. ³⁵ Some of the wise will fall, so that they may be refined, purified, and made spotless until the time of the end, for it will still come at the appointed time. ³⁶ Then the king will do as he pleases and will exalt and magnify himself above every god, and he will speak monstrous things against the God of gods. He will be successful until the time of wrath is completed, for what has been decreed must be accomplished. ³⁷ He will show no regard for the gods of his fathers, nor for the one desired by women, nor for any other god, because he will magnify himself above them all. ³⁸ And in their place, he will honor a god of fortresses—a god his fathers did not know—with gold, silver, precious stones, and riches. ³⁹ He will attack the strongest fortresses with the help of a foreign god and will greatly honor those who acknowledge him, making them rulers over many and distributing the land for a price. ⁴⁰ At the time of the end, the king of the South will engage him in battle, but the king of the North will storm out against him with chariots, horsemen, and many ships, invading many countries and sweeping through them like a flood. ⁴¹ He will also invade the Beautiful Land, and many countries will fall. But these will be delivered from his hand: Edom, Moab, and the leaders of the Ammonites. ⁴² He will extend his power over many countries, and not even the land of Egypt will escape. ⁴³ He will gain control of the treasures of gold and silver and over all the riches of Egypt, and the Libyans and Cushites will also submit to him. ⁴⁴ But news from the east and the north will alarm him, and he will go out with great fury to destroy many and devote them to destruction. ⁴⁵ He will pitch his royal tents between the sea and the beautiful holy mountain, but he will meet his end with no one to help him.

MLV⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ And he will stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army. And the king of the south will war in battle with a very great and mighty army, but he will not stand, for they will devise devices against him. ²⁶ Yes, those who eat of his food will destroy him and his army will overflow and many will fall down slain.
²⁷ And as for both these kings, their hearts will be to do mischief and they will speak lies at one table. But it will not prosper, for yet the end will be at the time appointed. ²⁸ Then he will return into his land with great substance. And his heart will be against the holy covenant and he will do his pleasure and return to his own land.
²⁹ At the time appointed he will return and come into the south, but it will not be in the latter time as it was in the former. ³⁰ For ships of Kittim will come against him. Therefore he will be grieved and will return and have indignation against the holy covenant and will do his pleasure. He will even return and have regard to those who forsake the holy covenant.
³¹ And forces will stand on his part and they will profane the sanctuary, even the fortress and will take away the continual burnt offering and they will set up the abomination that makes desolate. ³² And he will pervert by flatteries such as do wickedly against the covenant. But the people who know their God will be strong and do exploits. ³³ And those who are wise among the people will instruct many, yet they will fall by the sword and by flame, by captivity and by spoil, many days.
³⁴ Now when they will fall, they will be helped with a little help, but many will join themselves to them with flatteries. ³⁵ And some of those who are wise will fall, to refine them and to purify and to make them white, even to the time of the end, because it is yet for the time appointed.
³⁶ And the king will do according to his will. And he will exalt himself and magnify himself above every god and will speak marvelous things against the God of gods. And he will prosper till the indignation be accomplished, for what is determined will be done. ³⁷ Neither will he regard the gods of his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god, for he will magnify himself above all.
³⁸ But in his place he will honor the god of fortresses. And a god whom his fathers did not know, he will honor with gold and silver and with precious stones and desirable things. ³⁹ And he will deal with the strongest fortresses by the help of a foreign god. Whoever acknowledges him he will increase with glory and he will cause them to rule over many and will divide the land for a price.
⁴⁰ And at the time of the end, the king of the south will contend with him and the king of the north will come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots and with horsemen and with many ships and he will enter into the countries and will overflow and pass through.
⁴¹ He will also enter into the glorious land and many countries will be overthrown. But these will be delivered out of his hand: Edom and Moab and the chief of the sons of Ammon.
⁴² He will stretch forth his hand also upon the countries and the land of Egypt will not escape. ⁴³ But he will have power over the treasures of gold and of silver and over all the desirable things of Egypt. And the Libyans and the Ethiopians will be at his steps.
⁴⁴ But news out of the east and out of the north will trouble him and he will go forth with great fury to destroy and to utterly sweep away many. ⁴⁵ And he will plant the tents of his palace between the sea and the glorious holy mountain, yet he will come to his end and none will help him.

VIN⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Then will he stir up his strength and his heart, against the king of the south, with a great army, and, the king of the south, will wage war, with a great and exceedingly mighty army,—but will make no stand, for they will devise against him plots; ²⁶ "Those who eat of his rich foods will destroy him. His army will overflow and many will fall down slain. ²⁷ Then both the kings with their hearts bent on mischief will speak lies at one table. But it will not prosper. Because an end is still put off for a time, ²⁸ "Then king of the north will return to his land with great wealth. His heart will be against the holy covenant. He will do what he pleases and return to his own land. ²⁹ At the appointed time he shall return, and come into the south; but this time the outcome shall not be as it was before. ³⁰ For the Kittim ships will come against him. And he will be grieved and turn back and be furious against the holy covenant. And he will act, and he will return and heed the forsakers of the holy covenant. ³¹ And forces shall appear on his part, and they shall defile the sanctuary fortress, and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall set up the abomination that makes desolate. ³² Through flattery he'll corrupt those who act wickedly toward the covenant, but people who know their God will be strong and take action. ³³ “Those who are wise among the people will instruct many; yet they will fall by the sword and by flame, by captivity and by plunder, many days. ³⁴ And when they fall they will receive little help, and many will join with them in hypocrisy. ³⁵ Some of the insightful will fall so they may be refined, purged, and purified until the time of the end, since it will surely come about.'" ³⁶ "'The king will do as he pleases. He'll exalt and magnify himself above every god, speaking amazing things against the God of Gods. He'll succeed until the indignation is completed, because what has been determined must be carried out. ³⁷ He will have no respect for the gods of his fathers or for the god desired by women; he will have no respect for any god: for he will put himself on high over all. ³⁸ But instead he shall honor the god of fortresses; a god whom his fathers did not know shall he honor with gold and silver, and with valuable stones, and costly gifts. ³⁹ He will deal with the strongest fortresses by the help of a foreign god. He will increase with glory whoever acknowledges him. He will cause them to rule over many, and will divide the land for a price. ⁴⁰ "And at the time of the end the king of the south will attack him, and the king of the north will storm against him with chariots and with horsemen and with many ships, and he will advance against the countries and he will sweep through like a flood. ⁴¹ he shall enter also into the fair pleasant land. Many cities and countries shall decay, except Edom, Moab and the best of the children of Ammon, which shall escape from his hand. ⁴² He'll extend his power over other countries, and even the land of Egypt won't escape. ⁴³ He'll capture treasures of gold, silver, and all the treasures of Egypt with the Libyans and Cushites at his feet. ⁴⁴ »News from the east and the north will trouble him. He will go forth with great fury to destroy and annihilate many. ⁴⁵ And he shall pitch his royal tents between the sea and the beautiful holy mountain. Yet he shall come to his end, with no one to help him.

Luther1545⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Und er wird seine Macht und sein Herz wider den König gegen Mittag erregen mit großer Heereskraft. Da wird der König gegen Mittag gereizet werden zum Streit mit einer großen, mächtigen Heereskraft. Aber er wird nicht bestehen; denn es werden Verrätereien wider ihn gemacht. ²⁶ Und eben, die sein Brot essen, die werden ihn helfen verderben und sein Heer unterdrücken, daß gar viele erschlagen werden. ²⁷ Und beider Könige Herz wird denken, wie sie einander Schaden tun, und werden doch über einem Tisch fälschlich miteinander reden. Es wird ihnen aber fehlen; denn das Ende ist noch auf eine andere Zeit bestimmt. ²⁸ Danach wird er wiederum heimziehen mit großem Gut und sein Herz richten wider den heiligen Bund; da wird er etwas ausrichten und also heim in sein Land ziehen. ²⁹ Danach wird er zu gelegener Zeit wieder gegen Mittag ziehen; aber es wird ihm zum andernmal nicht geraten wie zum erstenmal. ³⁰ Denn es werden Schiffe aus Chittim wider ihn kommen, daß er verzagen wird und umkehren muß. Da wird er wider den heiligen Bund ergrimmen und wird's ausrichten; und wird sich umsehen und an sich ziehen, die den heiligen Bund verlassen. ³¹ Und es werden seine Arme daselbst stehen; die werden das Heiligtum in der Feste entweihen und das tägliche Opfer abtun und einen Greuel der Wüstung aufrichten. ³² Und er wird heucheln und gute Worte geben den Gottlosen, so den Bund übertreten. Aber das Volk, so ihren Gott kennen, werden sich ermannen und es ausrichten. ³³ Und die Verständigen im Volk werden viel andere lehren; darüber werden sie fallen durch Schwert, Feuer, Gefängnis und Raub eine Zeitlang. ³⁴ Und wenn sie so fallen, wird ihnen dennoch eine kleine Hilfe geschehen. Aber viele werden sich zu ihnen tun betrüglich. ³⁵ Und der Verständigen werden etliche fallen, auf daß sie bewähret, rein und lauter werden, bis daß es ein Ende habe; denn es ist noch eine andere Zeit vorhanden. ³⁶ Und der König wird tun, was er will, und wird sich erheben und aufwerfen wider alles, das Gott ist; und wider den Gott aller Götter wird er greulich reden; und wird ihm gelingen, bis der Zorn aus sei; denn es ist beschlossen, wie lange es währen soll. ³⁷ Und seiner Väter Gott wird er nicht achten; er wird weder Frauenliebe noch einiges Gottes achten, denn er wird sich wider alles aufwerfen. ³⁸ Aber an des Statt wird er seinen Gott Maußim ehren; denn er wird einen Gott, davon seine Väter nichts gewußt haben, ehren mit Gold, Silber, Edelstein und Kleinoden. ³⁹ Und wird denen, so ihm helfen stärken Maußim mit dem fremden Gott, den er erwählet hat, große Ehre tun und sie zu HERREN machen über große Güter und ihnen das Land zu Lohn austeilen. ⁴⁰ Und am Ende wird sich der König gegen Mittag mit ihm stoßen; und der König gegen Mitternacht wird sich gegen ihn sträuben mit Wagen, Reitern und viel Schiffen; und wird in die Länder fallen und verderben und durchziehen. ⁴¹ Und wird in das werte Land fallen, und viele werden umkommen. Diese aber werden seiner Hand entrinnen: Edom, Moab und die Erstlinge der Kinder Ammon. ⁴² Und er wird seine Macht in die Länder schicken, und Ägypten wird ihm nicht entrinnen, ⁴³ sondern er wird durch seinen Zug herrschen über die güldenen und silbernen Schätze und über alle Kleinode Ägyptens, Libyens und der Mohren. ⁴⁴ Es wird ihn aber ein Geschrei erschrecken von Morgen und Mitternacht; und er wird mit großem Grimm ausziehen, willens, viele zu vertilgen und zu verderben. ⁴⁵ Und er wird das Gezelt seines Palasts aufschlagen zwischen zweien Meeren um den werten heiligen Berg, bis mit ihm ein Ende werde; und niemand wird ihm helfen.

Luther1545_Strongs⁽ⁱ⁾

25 H2428 Und H2803 er H2428 wird seine Macht H4284 und H3824 sein Herz H5975 wider H4428 den König H5045 gegen Mittag H1419 erregen mit großer H3581 Heereskraft H4428 . Da wird der König H5045 gegen Mittag H5782 gereizet werden H4421 zum Streit H1419 mit einer großen H3966 , mächtigen H1624 Heereskraft. Aber er wird nicht bestehen; denn es werden Verrätereien wider ihn gemacht.

26 H6598 Und eben, die sein Brot H398 essen H7665 , die werden ihn helfen verderben H2428 und sein Heer H7857 unterdrücken H5307 , daß H7227 gar viele H2491 erschlagen werden.

27 H8147 Und beider H4428 Könige H3824 Herz H6743 wird H4827 denken, wie sie einander Schaden H7979 tun, und werden doch über einem Tisch H3577 fälschlich H1696 miteinander reden H7093 . Es wird ihnen aber fehlen; denn das Ende H259 ist noch auf eine H4150 andere Zeit bestimmt.

28 H7725 Danach wird er wiederum H1419 heimziehen mit großem H7399 Gut H776 und H7725 sein H3824 Herz H6944 richten wider den heiligen H1285 Bund H6213 ; da wird er etwas ausrichten H776 und also heim in sein Land ziehen.

29 H4150 Danach wird er zu gelegener Zeit H7725 wieder H5045 gegen Mittag H935 ziehen H7223 ; aber es wird ihm zum andernmal nicht geraten wie H314 zum erstenmal .

30 H6716 Denn es werden Schiffe H3794 aus Chittim H935 wider ihn kommen H3512 , daß er verzagen wird H995 und umkehren muß. Da wird H6944 er wider den heiligen H1285 Bund H2194 ergrimmen H6213 und wird‘s ausrichten H7725 ; und wird sich H7725 umsehen und an sich H6944 ziehen, die den heiligen H1285 Bund H5800 verlassen .

31 H5414 Und H5493 es werden H2220 seine Arme H5975 daselbst stehen H8074 ; die werden H4720 das Heiligtum H4581 in der Feste H2490 entweihen H8548 und das tägliche H8251 Opfer abtun und einen Greuel der Wüstung aufrichten.

32 H2388 Und er H2610 wird heucheln H2514 und gute Worte geben H7561 den GOttlosen H1285 , so den Bund H5971 übertreten. Aber das Volk H430 , so ihren GOtt H3045 kennen, werden sich H6213 ermannen und es ausrichten .

33 H995 Und die Verständigen H5971 im Volk H3782 werden H7227 viel H7919 andere lehren; darüber werden sie H2719 fallen durch Schwert H3852 , Feuer H7628 , Gefängnis H961 und Raub H3117 eine Zeitlang .

34 H4592 Und wenn sie so fallen, wird ihnen dennoch eine kleine H5826 Hilfe H7227 geschehen. Aber viele H3782 werden H3867 sich zu ihnen tun betrüglich.

35 H3782 Und der Verständigen werden H7919 etliche fallen, auf daß sie H1305 bewähret, rein H3835 und lauter werden H7093 , bis daß es ein Ende H6256 habe; denn es ist noch eine andere Zeit H4150 vorhanden .

36 H6213 Und H410 der H4428 König H6213 wird tun H7311 , was er will, und wird sich erheben H410 und aufwerfen wider alles, das GOtt H1431 ist H410 ; und wider den GOtt H1696 aller Götter wird er greulich reden H6743 ; und wird ihm gelingen H2195 , bis der Zorn H3615 aus H7522 sei H6381 ; denn es ist beschlossen, wie lange es währen soll.

37 H1 Und seiner Väter H430 GOtt H995 wird H995 er nicht achten; er wird H2532 weder Frauenliebe H433 noch einiges Gottes H1431 achten, denn er wird sich wider alles aufwerfen.

38 H3653 Aber an des Statt H433 wird er seinen GOtt H3513 Maußim ehren H3368 ; denn H433 er wird einen GOtt H1 , davon seine Väter H3045 nichts gewußt haben H3513 , ehren H2091 mit Gold H3701 , Silber H68 , Edelstein H2532 und Kleinoden .

39 H4013 Und wird denen, so ihm helfen stärken H7235 Maußim mit dem H5236 fremden H433 GOtt H5234 , den er erwählet hat H7227 , große H3519 Ehre H5234 tun und sie H4910 zu Herren H6213 machen H127 über große Güter und ihnen das Land H4242 zu Lohn H2505 austeilen .

40 H6256 Und H7093 am Ende H4428 wird sich der König H5045 gegen Mittag H5055 mit ihm stoßen H935 ; und H4428 der König H6828 gegen Mitternacht H7393 wird sich gegen ihn sträuben mit Wagen H6571 , Reitern H7227 und viel H591 Schiffen H5674 ; und wird in H776 die Länder H7857 fallen und verderben und durchziehen.

41 H935 Und H6643 wird in das werte H776 Land H7227 fallen, und viele H3782 werden H3027 umkommen. Diese aber werden seiner Hand H4422 entrinnen H123 : Edom H4124 , Moab H7225 und die Erstlinge H1121 der Kinder H5983 Ammon .

42 H776 Und H776 er wird seine Macht in die Länder H7971 schicken H4714 , und Ägypten H3027 wird ihm H6413 nicht entrinnen,

43 H4910 sondern er wird durch seinen Zug herrschen H3701 über die güldenen und silbernen H4362 Schätze H2532 und über alle Kleinode H4714 Ägyptens H3569 , Libyens und der Mohren .

44 H8052 Es wird ihn aber ein Geschrei H926 erschrecken H3318 von H4217 Morgen H6828 und Mitternacht H1419 ; und er wird mit großem H2534 Grimm H7227 ausziehen, willens, viele H8045 zu vertilgen H2763 und zu verderben .

45 H168 Und er wird das Gezelt H5193 seines Palasts aufschlagen H3220 zwischen zweien Meeren H6643 um den werten H6944 heiligen H2022 Berg H935 , bis H7093 mit ihm ein Ende H5826 werde; und niemand wird ihm helfen .

Luther1912⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Und er wird seine Macht und sein Herz wider den König gegen Mittag erregen mit großer Heereskraft; Da wird der König gegen Mittag gereizt werden zum Streit mit einer großen, mächtigen Heereskraft; aber er wird nicht bestehen, denn es werden Verrätereien wider ihn gemacht. ²⁶ Und eben die sein Brot essen, die werden ihn helfen verderben und sein Heer unterdrücken, daß gar viele erschlagen werden. ²⁷ Und beider Könige Herz wird denken, wie sie einander Schaden tun, und werden an einem Tische fälschlich miteinander reden. Es wird ihnen aber nicht gelingen; denn das Ende ist noch auf eine andere Zeit bestimmt. ²⁸ Darnach wird er wiederum heimziehen mit großem Gut und sein Herz richten wider den heiligen Bund; da wird er es ausrichten und also heim in sein Land ziehen. ²⁹ Darnach wird er zu gelegener Zeit wieder gegen Mittag ziehen; aber es wird ihm zum andernmal nicht geraten wie zum erstenmal. ³⁰ Denn es werden Schiffe aus Chittim wider ihn kommen, daß er verzagen wird und umkehren muß. Da wird er wider den heiligen Bund ergrimmen und wird's nicht ausrichten; und wird sich umsehen und an sich ziehen, die den heiligen Bund verlassen. ³¹ Und es werden seine Heere daselbst stehen; die werden das Heiligtum in der Feste entweihen und das tägliche Opfer abtun und einen Greuel der Verwüstung aufrichten. ³² Und er wird heucheln und gute Worte geben den Gottlosen, so den Bund übertreten. Aber die vom Volk, so ihren Gott kennen, werden sich ermannen und es ausrichten. ³³ Und die Verständigen im Volk werden viele andere lehren; darüber werden sie fallen durch Schwert, Feuer, Gefängnis und Raub eine Zeitlang. ³⁴ Und wenn sie so fallen, wird ihnen eine kleine Hilfe geschehen; aber viele werden sich zu ihnen tun betrüglich. ³⁵ Und der Verständigen werden etliche fallen, auf daß sie bewährt, rein und lauter werden, bis daß es ein Ende habe; denn es ist noch eine andere Zeit vorhanden. ³⁶ Und der König wird tun, was er will, und wird sich erheben und aufwerfen wider alles, was Gott ist; und wider den Gott aller Götter wird er greulich reden; und es wird ihm gelingen, bis der Zorn aus sei; denn es muß geschehen, was beschlossen ist. ³⁷ Und die Götter seiner Väter wird er nicht achten; er wird weder Frauenliebe noch irgend eines Gottes achten; denn er wird sich wider alles aufwerfen. ³⁸ Aber anstatt dessen wird er den Gott der Festungen ehren; denn er wird einen Gott, davon seine Väter nichts gewußt haben, ehren mit Gold, Silber, Edelsteinen und Kleinoden ³⁹ und wird denen, so ihm helfen die Festungen stärken mit dem fremden Gott, den er erwählt hat, große Ehre tun und sie zu Herren machen über große Güter und ihnen das Land zum Lohn austeilen. ⁴⁰ Und am Ende wird sich der König gegen Mittag mit ihm messen; und der König gegen Mitternacht wird gegen ihn stürmen mit Wagen, Reitern und vielen Schiffen und wird in die Länder fallen und verderben und durchziehen ⁴¹ und wird in das werte Land fallen, und viele werden umkommen. Diese aber werden seiner Hand entrinnen: Edom, Moab und die Vornehmsten der Kinder Ammon. ⁴² Und er wird seine Hand ausstrecken nach den Ländern, und Ägypten wird ihm nicht entrinnen; ⁴³ sondern er wird herrschen über die goldenen und silbernen Schätze und über alle Kleinode Ägyptens; Libyer und Mohren werden in seinem Zuge sein. ⁴⁴ Es wird ihn aber ein Geschrei erschrecken von Morgen und Mitternacht; und er wird mit großem Grimm ausziehen, willens, viele zu vertilgen und zu verderben. ⁴⁵ Und er wird den Palast seines Gezeltes aufschlagen zwischen zwei Meeren um den werten heiligen Berg, bis es mit ihm ein Ende werde; und niemand wird ihm helfen.

Luther1912_Strongs⁽ⁱ⁾

25 H3581 Und er wird seine Macht H3824 und sein Herz H4428 wider den König H5045 gegen Mittag H5782 erregen H1419 mit großer H2428 Heereskraft H4428 . Da wird der König H5045 gegen Mittag H1624 gereizt H4421 werden zum Streit H1419 H3966 mit einer großen H6099 , mächtigen H2428 Heereskraft H5975 ; aber er wird nicht bestehen H4284 , denn es werden Verrätereien H2803 wider ihn gemacht .

26 H6598 Und eben die sein Brot H398 essen H7665 , die werden ihn helfen verderben H2428 und sein Heer H7857 unterdrücken H7227 , daß gar viele H2491 H5307 erschlagen werden.

27 H8147 Und beider H4428 Könige H3824 Herz H7451 wird denken, wie sie einander Schaden H4827 tun H259 , und werden an einem H7979 Tische H3577 fälschlich H1696 miteinander reden H6743 . Es wird ihnen aber nicht gelingen H7093 ; denn das Ende H4150 ist noch auf eine andere Zeit bestimmt .

28 H7725 Darnach wird er wiederum H776 heimziehen H1419 mit großem H7399 Gut H3824 und sein Herz H6944 richten wider den heiligen H1285 Bund H6213 ; da wird er es ausrichten H7725 und also heim H776 in sein Land H7725 ziehen .

29 H4150 Darnach wird er zu gelegener H7725 Zeit wieder H5045 gegen Mittag H935 ziehen H314 ; aber es wird ihm zum andernmal H7223 nicht geraten wie zum erstenmal .

30 H6716 Denn es werden Schiffe H3794 aus Chittim H935 wider ihn kommen H3512 , daß er verzagen H7725 wird und umkehren H6944 muß. Da wird er wider den heiligen H1285 Bund H2194 ergrimmen H6213 und wird’s ausrichten H7725 ; und wird sich umsehen H995 und an H995 sich ziehen H6944 , die den heiligen H1285 Bund H5800 verlassen .

31 H2220 Und es werden seine Heere H5975 daselbst stehen H4720 ; die werden das Heiligtum H4581 in der Feste H2490 entweihen H8548 und das tägliche H5493 Opfer abtun H8251 und einen Greuel H8074 der Verwüstung H5414 aufrichten .

32 H2514 Und er wird heucheln und gute Worte H7561 geben den Gottlosen H1285 , so den Bund H2610 übertreten H5971 . Aber die vom Volk H430 , so ihren Gott H3045 kennen H2388 , werden sich ermannen H6213 und es ausrichten .

33 H7919 Und die Verständigen H5971 im Volk H7227 werden viele H995 andere lehren H3782 ; darüber werden sie fallen H2719 durch Schwert H3852 , Feuer H7628 , Gefängnis H961 und Raub H3117 eine Zeitlang .

34 H3782 Und wenn sie so fallen H4592 , wird ihnen eine kleine H5828 Hilfe H5826 geschehen H7227 ; aber viele H3867 werden sich zu ihnen tun H2519 betrüglich .

35 H7919 Und der Verständigen H3782 werden etliche fallen H6884 , auf daß sie bewährt H1305 , rein H3835 und lauter H7093 H6256 werden, bis daß es ein Ende H4150 habe; denn es ist noch eine andere Zeit vorhanden .

36 H4428 Und der König H6213 wird tun H7522 , was er will H7311 , und wird sich erheben H1431 und aufwerfen H410 wider alles, was Gott H410 ist; und wider den Gott H410 aller Götter H6381 wird er greulich H1696 reden H6743 ; und es wird ihm gelingen H2195 , bis der Zorn H3615 aus H3615 sei H6213 ; denn es muß geschehen H2782 , was beschlossen ist.

37 H430 Und die Götter H1 seiner Väter H995 wird er nicht achten H802 H2532 ; er wird weder Frauenliebe H433 noch irgend eines Gottes H995 achten H1431 ; denn er wird sich wider alles aufwerfen .

38 H3653 Aber anstatt H433 dessen wird er den Gott H4581 der Festungen H3513 ehren H433 ; denn er wird einen Gott H1 , davon seine Väter H3045 nichts gewußt H3513 haben, ehren H2091 mit Gold H3701 , Silber H3368 H68 , Edelsteinen H2532 und Kleinoden

39 H6213 und wird H4013 denen, so ihm helfen die Festungen H4581 stärken H5236 mit dem fremden H433 Gott H5234 H5234 , den er erwählt H7235 hat, große H3519 Ehre H6213 tun H4910 und sie zu Herren H7227 machen über große Güter H127 und ihnen das Land H4242 zum Lohn H2505 austeilen .

40 H7093 H6256 Und am Ende H4428 wird sich der König H5045 gegen Mittag H5055 mit ihm messen H4428 ; und der König H6828 gegen Mitternacht H8175 wird gegen ihn stürmen H7393 mit Wagen H6571 , Reitern H7227 und vielen H591 Schiffen H776 und wird in die Länder H935 fallen H7857 und verderben H5674 und durchziehen

41 H935 und wird H6643 in das werte H776 Land H935 fallen H7227 , und viele H3782 werden umkommen H3027 . Diese aber werden seiner Hand H4422 entrinnen H123 : Edom H4124 , Moab H7225 und die Vornehmsten H1121 der Kinder H5983 Ammon .

42 H3027 Und er wird seine Hand H7971 ausstrecken H776 nach den Ländern H4714 H776 , und Ägypten H6413 wird ihm nicht entrinnen;

43 H4910 sondern er wird herrschen H2091 über die goldenen H3701 und silbernen H4362 Schätze H2532 und über alle Kleinode H4714 Ägyptens H3864 ; Libyer H3569 und Mohren H4703 werden in seinem Zuge sein.

44 H8052 Es wird ihn aber ein Geschrei H926 erschrecken H4217 von Morgen H6828 und Mitternacht H1419 ; und er wird mit großem H2534 Grimm H3318 ausziehen H7227 , willens, viele H8045 zu vertilgen H2763 und zu verderben .

45 H643 Und er wird den Palast H168 seines Gezeltes H5193 aufschlagen H3220 zwischen zwei Meeren H6643 um den werten H6944 heiligen H2022 Berg H7093 , bis es mit ihm ein Ende H935 werde H5826 ; und niemand wird ihm helfen .

ELB1871⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Und er wird seine Kraft und seinen Mut wider den König des Südens erwecken mit einem großen Heere. Und der König des Südens wird sich zum Kriege rüsten mit einem großen und überaus starken Heere; aber er wird nicht bestehen, denn man wird Anschläge wider ihn ersinnen; ²⁶ und die seine Tafelkost essen, werden ihn zerschmettern; und sein Heer wird überschwemmen, und viele Erschlagene werden fallen. ²⁷ Und die beiden Könige: ihre Herzen werden auf Bosheit bedacht sein, und an einem Tische werden sie Lügen reden; aber es wird nicht gelingen, denn das Ende verzieht sich noch bis zur bestimmten Zeit. ²⁸ Und er wird mit großem Reichtum in sein Land zurückkehren, und sein Herz wird wider den heiligen Bund gerichtet sein; und er wird handeln und in sein Land zurückkehren. ²⁹ Zur bestimmten Zeit wird er wiederkehren und gegen den Süden ziehen, aber es wird zuletzt nicht sein wie im Anfang. ³⁰ Denn Schiffe von Kittim werden wider ihn kommen; und er wird verzagen und umkehren, und er wird gegen den heiligen Bund ergrimmen und handeln: er wird umkehren und sein Augenmerk auf diejenigen richten, welche den heiligen Bund verlassen. ³¹ Und Streitkräfte von ihm werden dastehen; und sie werden das Heiligtum, die Feste, entweihen, und werden das beständige Opfer abschaffen und den verwüstenden Greuel aufstellen. ³² Und diejenigen, welche gottlos handeln gegen den Bund, wird er durch Schmeicheleien zum Abfall verleiten; aber das Volk, welches seinen Gott kennt, wird sich stark erweisen und handeln. ³³ Und die Verständigen des Volkes werden die Vielen unterweisen, aber sie werden fallen durch Schwert und Flamme, durch Gefangenschaft und Raub, eine Zeitlang. ³⁴ Und wenn sie fallen, wird ihnen mit einer kleinen Hülfe geholfen werden; und viele werden sich ihnen mit Heuchelei anschließen. ³⁵ Und von den Verständigen werden einige fallen, um sie zu läutern und zu reinigen und weiß zu machen bis zur Zeit des Endes; denn es verzieht sich noch bis zur bestimmten Zeit. ³⁶ Und der König wird nach seinem Gutdünken handeln, und er wird sich erheben und groß machen über jeden Gott, und wider den Gott der Götter wird er Erstaunliches reden; und er wird Gelingen haben, bis der Zorn vollendet ist, denn das Festbeschlossene wird vollzogen. ³⁷ Und auf den Gott seiner Väter wird er nicht achten, und weder auf die Sehnsucht der Weiber noch auf irgend einen Gott wird er achten, sondern er wird sich über alles erheben. ³⁸ Und an dessen Statt wird er den Gott der Festungen ehren: den Gott, den seine Väter nicht gekannt haben, wird er ehren mit Gold und mit Silber und mit Edelsteinen und mit Kleinodien. ³⁹ Und er wird gegen die starken Festungen so verfahren mit dem fremden Gott: wer ihm Anerkennung zollt, dem wird er viel Ehre erweisen, und er wird ihm Herrschaft verleihen über die Vielen und das Land austeilen zum Lohne. ⁴⁰ Und zur Zeit des Endes wird der König des Südens mit ihm zusammenstoßen, und der König des Nordens wird gegen ihn anstürmen mit Wagen und mit Reitern und mit vielen Schiffen; und er wird in die Länder eindringen und wird sie überschwemmen und überfluten. ⁴¹ Und er wird eindringen in das Land der Zierde, und viele Länder werden zu Fall kommen; diese aber werden seiner Hand entrinnen: Edom und Moab und die Vornehmsten der Kinder Ammon. ⁴² Und er wird seine Hand an die Länder legen, und das Land Ägypten wird nicht entrinnen; ⁴³ und er wird die Schätze an Gold und Silber und alle Kostbarkeiten Ägyptens in seine Gewalt bringen, und Libyer und Äthiopier werden in seinem Gefolge sein. ⁴⁴ Aber Gerüchte von Osten und von Norden her werden ihn erschrecken; und er wird ausziehen in großem Grimme, um viele zu vernichten und zu vertilgen. ⁴⁵ Und er wird sein Palastgezelt aufschlagen zwischen dem Meere und dem Berge der heiligen Zierde. Und er wird zu seinem Ende kommen, und niemand wird ihm helfen.

ELB1905⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Und er wird seine Kraft und seinen Mut wider den König des Südens erwecken mit einem großen Heere. Und der König des Südens wird sich zum Kriege rüsten mit einem großen und überaus starken Heere; aber er wird nicht bestehen, denn man wird Anschläge wider ihn ersinnen; ²⁶ und die seine Tafelkost essen, werden ihn zerschmettern; und sein Heer wird überschwemmen, und viele Erschlagene werden fallen. ²⁷ Und die beiden Könige: ihre Herzen werden auf Bosheit bedacht sein, und an einem Tische werden sie Lügen reden; aber es wird nicht gelingen, denn das Ende verzieht sich noch bis zur bestimmten Zeit. ²⁸ Und er wird mit großem Reichtum in sein Land zurückkehren, und sein Herz wird wider den heiligen Bund gerichtet sein; und er wird handeln und in sein Land zurückkehren. ²⁹ Zur bestimmten Zeit wird er wiederkehren und gegen den Süden ziehen, aber es wird zuletzt nicht sein wie im Anfang. ³⁰ Denn Schiffe von Kittim werden wider ihn kommen; und er wird verzagen und umkehren, und er wird gegen den heiligen Bund ergrimmen und handeln: er wird umkehren und sein Augenmerk auf diejenigen richten, welche den heiligen Bund verlassen. ³¹ Und Streitkräfte von ihm werden dastehen; und sie werden das Heiligtum, die Feste, entweihen, und werden das beständige Opfer abschaffen und den verwüstenden Greuel aufstellen. ³² Und diejenigen, welche gottlos handeln gegen den Bund, wird er durch Schmeicheleien zum Abfall verleiten; aber das Volk, welches seinen Gott kennt, wird sich stark erweisen und handeln. ³³ Und die Verständigen des Volkes werden die Vielen unterweisen, aber sie werden fallen durch Schwert und Flamme, durch Gefangenschaft und Raub, eine Zeitlang. ³⁴ Und wenn sie fallen, wird ihnen mit einer kleinen Hilfe geholfen werden; und viele werden sich ihnen mit Heuchelei anschließen. ³⁵ Und von den Verständigen werden einige fallen, um sie zu läutern und zu reinigen und weiß zu machen bis zur Zeit des Endes; denn es verzieht sich noch bis zur bestimmten Zeit. ³⁶ Und der König wird nach seinem Gutdünken handeln, und er wird sich erheben und groß machen über jeden Gott, und wider den Gott der Götter wird er Erstaunliches reden; und er wird Gelingen haben, bis der Zorn vollendet ist, denn das Festbeschlossene wird vollzogen. ³⁷ Und auf den Gott seiner Väter wird er nicht achten, und weder auf die Sehnsucht der Weiber noch auf irgend einen Gott wird er achten, sondern er wird sich über alles erheben. ³⁸ Und an dessen Statt wird er den Gott der Festungen ehren: den Gott, den seine Väter nicht gekannt haben, wird er ehren mit Gold und mit Silber und mit Edelsteinen und mit Kleinodien. ³⁹ Und er wird gegen die starken Festungen so verfahren mit dem fremden Gott: wer ihm Anerkennung zollt, dem wird er viel Ehre erweisen, und er wird ihm Herrschaft verleihen über die Vielen und das Land austeilen zum Lohne. ⁴⁰ Und zur Zeit des Endes wird der König des Südens mit ihm zusammenstoßen, und der König des Nordens wird gegen ihn anstürmen mit Wagen und mit Reitern und mit vielen Schiffen; und er wird in die Länder eindringen und wird sie überschwemmen und überfluten. ⁴¹ Und er wird in das Land der Zierde eindringen, und viele Länder werden zu Fall kommen; diese aber werden seiner Hand entrinnen: Edom und Moab und die Vornehmsten der Kinder Ammon. ⁴² Und er wird seine Hand an die Länder legen, und das Land Ägypten wird nicht entrinnen; ⁴³ und er wird die Schätze an Gold und Silber und alle Kostbarkeiten Ägyptens in seine Gewalt bringen, und Libyer und Äthiopier werden in seinem Gefolge sein. ⁴⁴ Aber Gerüchte von Osten und von Norden her werden ihn erschrecken; und er wird ausziehen in großem Grimme, um viele zu vernichten und zu vertilgen. ⁴⁵ Und er wird sein Palastgezelt aufschlagen zwischen dem Meere und dem Berge der heiligen Zierde. Und er wird zu seinem Ende kommen, und niemand wird ihm helfen.

ELB1905_Strongs⁽ⁱ⁾

25 H2428 Und H2803 er wird H3581 seine Kraft H2428 und seinen H4428 Mut wider den König H1419 des Südens erwecken mit einem großen H4428 Heere. Und der König H1419 des Südens wird sich zum Kriege rüsten mit einem großen H3966 und überaus H5975 starken Heere; aber H1624 er wird nicht H4284 bestehen, denn man wird Anschläge H4421 wider ihn ersinnen;

26 H2428 und H398 die seine Tafelkost essen H7665 , werden H7227 ihn zerschmettern; und sein Heer wird überschwemmen, und viele H2491 Erschlagene H5307 werden fallen .

27 H8147 Und die beiden H4428 Könige H3824 : ihre Herzen H7451 werden auf Bosheit H259 bedacht sein, und an einem H7979 Tische H3577 werden sie Lügen H1696 reden H6743 ; aber es wird nicht gelingen H7093 , denn das Ende H4150 verzieht sich noch bis zur bestimmten Zeit .

28 H6213 Und H1419 er wird mit großem H776 Reichtum in sein Land H3824 zurückkehren, und sein Herz H6944 wird wider den heiligen H1285 Bund H776 gerichtet sein; und er wird handeln und in sein Land zurückkehren.

29 H4150 Zur bestimmten Zeit H935 wird er H7223 wiederkehren und gegen den Süden ziehen, aber es wird zuletzt nicht sein wie im Anfang.

30 H6716 Denn Schiffe H3794 von Kittim H7725 werden H6213 wider ihn kommen; und H935 er H3512 wird H7725 verzagen und umkehren H6944 , und er wird gegen den heiligen H1285 Bund H2194 ergrimmen H995 und handeln: er wird umkehren und sein Augenmerk auf H6944 diejenigen richten, welche den heiligen H1285 Bund H5800 verlassen .

31 H5493 Und Streitkräfte von ihm werden H5414 dastehen; und sie H8074 werden H4720 das Heiligtum H4581 , die Feste H2490 , entweihen H8548 , und werden das beständige H8251 Opfer abschaffen und den verwüstenden Greuel aufstellen.

32 H7561 Und H1285 diejenigen, welche gottlos handeln gegen den Bund H5971 , wird er durch Schmeicheleien zum Abfall verleiten; aber das Volk H430 , welches seinen Gott H3045 kennt, wird sich H2388 stark H6213 erweisen und handeln.

33 H995 Und die Verständigen H5971 des Volkes H7227 werden die Vielen H7919 unterweisen H3782 , aber sie werden fallen H2719 durch Schwert H3852 und Flamme H7628 , durch Gefangenschaft H961 und Raub H3117 , eine Zeitlang .

34 H3782 Und wenn sie fallen H4592 , wird ihnen mit einer kleinen H5828 Hilfe H5826 geholfen H7227 werden; und viele werden sich ihnen mit Heuchelei anschließen.

35 H7919 Und von den Verständigen werden H3782 einige fallen H6884 , um sie zu läutern H3835 und zu reinigen und weiß zu machen H6256 bis zur Zeit H7093 des Endes H4150 ; denn es verzieht sich noch bis zur bestimmten Zeit .

36 H6213 Und H410 der H4428 König H6381 wird H7311 nach seinem Gutdünken handeln, und er wird sich erheben H6213 und groß machen H410 über jeden Gott H410 , und wider den Gott H1696 der Götter wird er Erstaunliches reden H6743 ; und er wird Gelingen H2195 haben, bis der Zorn H3615 vollendet H1431 ist, denn das Festbeschlossene wird vollzogen.

37 H995 Und auf H430 den Gott H1 seiner Väter H1431 wird H995 er nicht achten, und weder auf H802 die Sehnsucht der Weiber H433 noch auf irgend einen Gott wird er achten, sondern er wird sich über alles erheben.

38 H3368 Und H433 an dessen Statt wird er den Gott H4581 der Festungen H3513 ehren H433 : den Gott H1 , den seine Väter H3653 nicht H3045 gekannt haben H3513 , wird er ehren H2091 mit Gold H3701 und mit Silber und mit Edelsteinen und mit Kleinodien.

39 H6213 Und H4581 er wird gegen die starken Festungen H5236 so verfahren mit dem fremden H433 Gott H7235 : wer ihm Anerkennung zollt, dem wird er viel H3519 Ehre H4910 erweisen, und er wird ihm Herrschaft H7227 verleihen über die Vielen H127 und das Land H2505 austeilen zum Lohne.

40 H6828 Und H6256 zur Zeit H7093 des Endes H4428 wird der König H4428 des Südens mit ihm zusammenstoßen, und der König H7393 des Nordens wird gegen ihn anstürmen mit Wagen H6571 und mit Reitern H7227 und mit vielen H591 Schiffen H935 ; und er H5674 wird in H776 die Länder eindringen und wird sie überschwemmen und überfluten.

41 H935 Und er H3782 wird H6643 in das Land H7227 der Zierde eindringen, und viele H776 Länder H3027 werden zu Fall kommen; diese aber werden seiner Hand H4422 entrinnen H123 : Edom H4124 und Moab H7225 und die Vornehmsten H1121 der Kinder H5983 Ammon .

42 H7971 Und H3027 er wird seine Hand H776 an die Länder H776 legen, und das Land H4714 Ägypten H6413 wird nicht entrinnen;

43 H4362 und er wird die Schätze H2091 an Gold H3701 und Silber H4714 und alle Kostbarkeiten Ägyptens H3864 in seine Gewalt bringen, und Libyer H4910 und Äthiopier werden in seinem Gefolge sein .

44 H3318 Aber Gerüchte von H6828 Osten und H926 von Norden her werden ihn erschrecken; und er wird H1419 ausziehen in großem H7227 Grimme, um viele H8045 zu vernichten und zu vertilgen .

45 H935 Und er H5193 wird sein Palastgezelt aufschlagen H3220 zwischen dem Meere H2022 und dem Berge H6944 der heiligen H7093 Zierde. Und er wird zu seinem Ende H5826 kommen, und niemand wird ihm helfen .

DSV⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ En hij zal zijn kracht en zijn hart verwekken tegen den koning van het Zuiden, met een grote heirkracht; en de koning van het Zuiden zal zich in den strijd mengen met een grote en zeer machtige heirkracht; doch hij zal niet bestaan, want zij zullen gedachten tegen hem denken. ²⁶ En die de stukken zijner spijze zullen eten, zullen hem breken, en de heirkracht deszelven zal overstromen, en vele verslagenen zullen vallen. ²⁷ En het hart van beide deze koningen zal wezen om kwaad te doen, en aan een tafel zullen zij leugen spreken; en het zal niet gelukken, want het zal nog een einde hebben ter bestemder tijd. ²⁸ En hij zal in zijn land wederkeren met groot goed, en zijn hart zal zijn tegen het heilig verbond; en hij zal het doen, en wederkeren in zijn land. ²⁹ Ter bestemder tijd zal hij wederkeren, en tegen het Zuiden komen, doch het zal niet zijn gelijk de eerste, noch gelijk de laatste reize. ³⁰ Want er zullen schepen van Chittim tegen hem komen, daarom zal hij met smart bevangen worden, en hij zal wederkeren, en gram worden tegen het heilig verbond, en hij zal het doen; want wederkerende zal hij acht geven op de verlaters des heiligen verbonds. ³¹ En er zullen armen uit hem ontstaan, en zij zullen het heiligdom ontheiligen, en de sterkte, en zij zullen het gedurige offer wegnemen, en een verwoestenden gruwel stellen. ³² En die goddelooslijk handelen tegen het verbond, zal hij doen huichelen door vleierijen; maar het volk, die hun God kennen, zullen zij grijpen, en zullen het doen. ³³ En de leraars des volks zullen er velen onderwijzen, en zij zullen vallen door het zwaard en door vlam, door gevangenis en door beroving, vele dagen. ³⁴ Als zij nu zullen vallen, zullen zij met een kleine hulp geholpen worden; doch velen zullen zich door vleierijen tot hen vervoegen. ³⁵ En van de leraars zullen er sommigen vallen, om hen te louteren en te reinigen, en wit te maken, tot den tijd van het einde toe; want het zal nog zijn voor een bestemden tijd. ³⁶ En die koning zal doen naar zijn welgevallen, en hij zal zichzelven verheffen, en groot maken boven allen God, en hij zal tegen den God der goden wonderlijke dingen spreken; en hij zal voorspoedig zijn, totdat de gramschap voleind zij, want het is vastelijk besloten, het zal geschieden. ³⁷ En op de goden zijner vaderen zal hij geen acht geven, noch op de begeerte der vrouwen; hij zal ook op geen God acht geven, maar hij zal zich boven alles groot maken. ³⁸ En hij zal den god Mauzzim in zijn standplaats eren; namelijk den god, welken zijn vaders niet gekend hebben, zal hij eren met goud, en met zilver, en met kostelijk gesteente, en met gewenste dingen. ³⁹ En hij zal de vastigheden der sterkten maken met den vreemden god; dengenen, die hij kennen zal, zal hij de eer vermenigvuldigen, en hij zal ze doen heersen over velen, en hij zal het land uitdelen om prijs. ⁴⁰ En op den tijd van het einde, zal de koning van het Zuiden tegen hem met hoornen stoten; en de koning van het Noorden zal tegen hem aanstormen, met wagenen, en met ruiteren, en met vele schepen; en hij zal in de landen komen, en hij zal ze overstromen en doortrekken. ⁴¹ En hij zal komen in het land des sieraads, en vele landen zullen ter nedergeworpen worden; doch deze zullen zijn hand ontkomen, Edom en Moab, en de eerstelingen der kinderen Ammons. ⁴² En hij zal zijn hand aan de landen leggen, ook zal het land van Egypte niet ontkomen. ⁴³ En hij zal heersen over de verborgen schatten des gouds en des zilvers, en over al de gewenste dingen van Egypte; en die van Libye, en de Moren zullen in zijn gangen wezen. ⁴⁴ Maar de geruchten van het Oosten en van het Noorden zullen hem verschrikken; daarom zal hij uittrekken met grote grimmigheid om velen te verdelgen en te verbannen. ⁴⁵ En hij zal de tenten van zijn paleis planten tussen de zeeën aan den berg des heiligen sieraads; en hij zal tot zijn einde komen, en zal geen helper hebben.

DSV_Strongs⁽ⁱ⁾

25 H3581 En hij zal zijn kracht H3824 en zijn hart H5782 H8686 verwekken H4428 tegen den koning H5045 van het Zuiden H1419 , met een grote H2428 heirkracht H4428 ; en de koning H5045 van het Zuiden H4421 zal zich in den strijd H1624 H8691 mengen H1419 met een grote H3966 en zeer H6099 machtige H2428 heirkracht H5975 H8799 ; doch hij zal niet bestaan H4284 , want zij zullen gedachten H2803 H8799 tegen hem denken.

26 H6598 En die de stukken zijner spijze H398 H8802 zullen eten H7665 H8799 , zullen hem breken H2428 , en de heirkracht H7857 H8799 deszelven zal overstromen H7227 , en vele H2491 verslagenen H5307 H8804 zullen vallen.

27 H3824 En het hart H8147 van beide H4428 deze koningen H4827 H8688 H7451 zal wezen om kwaad H259 te doen, en aan een H7979 tafel H3577 zullen zij leugen H1696 H8762 spreken H6743 H8799 ; en het zal niet gelukken H7093 , want het zal nog een einde H4150 hebben ter bestemder tijd.

28 H776 En hij zal [in] zijn land H7725 H8804 wederkeren H1419 met groot H7399 goed H3824 , en zijn hart H6944 zal zijn tegen het heilig H1285 verbond H6213 H8804 ; en hij zal het doen H7725 H8799 , en wederkeren H776 in zijn land.

29 H4150 Ter bestemder tijd H7725 H8799 zal hij wederkeren H5045 , en tegen het Zuiden H935 H8804 komen H7223 , doch het zal niet zijn gelijk de eerste H314 , noch gelijk de laatste [reize].

30 H6716 Want er zullen schepen H3794 van Chittim H935 H8804 tegen hem komen H3512 H8738 , daarom zal hij met smart bevangen worden H7725 H8804 , en hij zal wederkeren H2194 H8804 , en gram worden H6944 tegen het heilig H1285 verbond H6213 H8804 , en hij zal het doen H7725 H8804 ; want wederkerende H995 H8799 zal hij acht geven H5800 H8802 op de verlaters H6944 des heiligen H1285 verbonds.

31 H2220 En er zullen armen H5975 H8799 uit hem ontstaan H4720 , en zij zullen het heiligdom H2490 H8765 ontheiligen H4581 , [en] de sterkte H8548 , en zij zullen het gedurige H5493 H8689 [offer] wegnemen H8074 H8789 , en een verwoestenden H8251 gruwel H5414 H8804 stellen.

32 H7561 H8688 En die goddelooslijk handelen H1285 tegen het verbond H2610 H8686 , zal hij doen huichelen H2514 door vleierijen H5971 ; maar het volk H430 , die hun God H3045 H8802 kennen H2388 H8686 , zullen zij grijpen H6213 H8804 , en zullen het doen.

33 H7919 H8688 En de leraars H5971 des volks H7227 zullen er velen H995 H8799 onderwijzen H3782 H8738 , en zij zullen vallen H2719 door het zwaard H3852 en door vlam H7628 , door gevangenis H961 en door beroving H3117 , [vele] dagen.

34 H3782 H8736 Als zij nu zullen vallen H4592 , zullen zij met een kleine H5828 hulp H5826 H8735 geholpen worden H7227 ; doch velen H2519 zullen zich door vleierijen H3867 H8738 tot hen vervoegen.

35 H7919 H8688 En van de leraars H3782 H8735 zullen er [sommigen] vallen H6884 H8800 , om hen te louteren H1305 H8763 en te reinigen H3835 H8687 , en wit te maken H6256 , tot den tijd H7093 van het einde H4150 toe; want het zal nog zijn voor een bestemden tijd.

36 H4428 En die koning H6213 H8804 zal doen H7522 naar zijn welgevallen H7311 H8709 , en hij zal zichzelven verheffen H1431 H8691 , en groot maken H410 boven allen God H410 , en hij zal tegen den God H410 der goden H6381 H8737 wonderlijke dingen H1696 H8762 spreken H6743 H8689 ; en hij zal voorspoedig zijn H2195 , totdat de gramschap H3615 H8804 voleind zij H2782 H8737 , want het is vastelijk besloten H6213 H8738 , het zal geschieden.

37 H430 En op de goden H1 zijner vaderen H995 H8799 zal hij geen acht geven H2532 , noch op de begeerte H802 der vrouwen H433 ; hij zal ook op geen God H995 H8799 acht geven H1431 H8691 , maar hij zal zich boven alles groot maken.

38 H433 En hij zal den god H4581 Mauzzim H3653 in zijn standplaats H3513 H8762 eren H433 ; namelijk den god H1 , welken zijn vaders H3045 H8804 niet gekend hebben H3513 H8762 , zal hij eren H2091 met goud H3701 , en met zilver H3368 , en met kostelijk H68 gesteente H2532 , en met gewenste dingen.

39 H4581 En hij zal de vastigheden H4013 der sterkten H6213 H8804 maken H5236 met den vreemden H433 god H5234 H8686 H8675 H5234 H8689 ; dengenen, die hij kennen zal H3519 , zal hij de eer H7235 H8686 vermenigvuldigen H4910 H8689 , en hij zal ze doen heersen H7227 over velen H127 , en hij zal het land H2505 H8762 uitdelen H4242 om prijs.

40 H6256 En op den tijd H7093 van het einde H4428 , zal de koning H5045 van het Zuiden H5055 H8691 tegen hem met hoornen stoten H4428 ; en de koning H6828 van het Noorden H8175 H8691 zal tegen hem aanstormen H7393 , met wagenen H6571 , en met ruiteren H7227 , en met vele H591 schepen H776 ; en hij zal in de landen H935 H8804 komen H7857 H8804 , en hij zal ze overstromen H5674 H8804 en doortrekken.

41 H935 H8804 En hij zal komen H776 in het land H6643 des sieraads H7227 , en vele H3782 H8735 [landen] zullen ter nedergeworpen worden H3027 ; doch deze zullen zijn hand H4422 H8735 ontkomen H123 , Edom H4124 en Moab H7225 , en de eerstelingen H1121 der kinderen H5983 Ammons.

42 H3027 En hij zal zijn hand H776 aan de landen H7971 H8799 leggen H776 , ook zal het land H4714 van Egypte H6413 niet ontkomen.

43 H4910 H8804 En hij zal heersen H4362 over de verborgen schatten H2091 des gouds H3701 en des zilvers H2532 , en over al de gewenste H4714 dingen van Egypte H3864 ; en die van Libye H3569 , en de Moren H4703 zullen in zijn gangen wezen.

44 H8052 Maar de geruchten H4217 van het Oosten H6828 en van het Noorden H926 H8762 zullen hem verschrikken H3318 H8804 ; daarom zal hij uittrekken H1419 met grote H2534 grimmigheid H7227 om velen H8045 H8687 te verdelgen H2763 H8687 en te verbannen.

45 H168 En hij zal de tenten H643 van zijn paleis H5193 H8799 planten H3220 tussen de zeeen H2022 aan den berg H6944 des heiligen H6643 sieraads H7093 ; en hij zal tot zijn einde H935 H8804 komen H5826 H8802 , en zal geen helper hebben.

Giguet⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Et sa force et son cœur s’élèveront avec une grande force contre le roi du midi; et le roi du midi soutiendra aussi la guerre avec une force très-grande et très- redoutable; mais ses armées ne tiendront pas, parce que de mauvais desseins auront été formés contre lui. ²⁶ On mangera avec lui; puis on le brisera, et son ennemi engloutira ses armées, et les morts tomberont en foule. ²⁷ Et les deux rois, le cœur plein de perversité, assis à la même table, se diront des mensonges; mais cela ne réussira pas, parce que leur fin arrivera au temps marqué. ²⁸ Et le roi de l’aquilon retournera en sa terre avec de grandes richesses; et son coeur sera opposé à l’alliance sainte, et il fera de grandes choses, et il rentrera dans son royaume. ²⁹ Il reviendra au temps marqué, et marchera contre le midi; mais cette dernière invasion ne sera pas comme la première. ³⁰ Les Citians, sortis de leurs pays, marcheront contre lui; et par eux il sera abaissé, et il battra en retraite; il s’irritera contre l’alliance sainte, et agira contre elle; puis il se remettra en campagne, et s’entendra avec ceux qui auront abandonné l’alliance sainte. ³¹ Et des rejetons de lui s’élèveront, et ils profaneront le sanctuaire de la Toute-Puissance, et ils feront cesser le sacrifice perpétuel, et ils le remplaceront par l’abomination de la désolation. ³² Et les impies feront alliance entre eux pour faire le mal; mais un peuple connaissant son Dieu prévaudra et agira vaillamment. ³³ Et les sages du peuple comprendront beaucoup de choses; toutefois ils seront affaiblis par le glaive, par le feu, par la captivité, et par un pillage qui durera bien des jours. ³⁴ Et dans leur détresse ils recevront un faible secours; mais plusieurs se joindront à eux avec des vues perfides, ³⁵ Et parmi les sages quelques-uns auront beaucoup à souffrir pour être purifiés, élus et manifestés aux derniers jours; car ces choses doivent s’accomplir au temps marqué. ³⁶ Et le roi fera selon sa volonté; il s’élèvera, et il se glorifiera contre toute divinité, et il parlera un langage superbe, et il prospèrera jusqu’à ce que la colère de Dieu s’accomplisse; car cela doit finir ainsi. ³⁷ Et il ne reconnaîtra aucun des dieux de ses pères; il sera épris des femmes, et ne reconnaîtra aucun dieu; car il se croira plus grand qu’eux tous. ³⁸ Et il honorera le dieu Maozim en son temple, et il le glorifiera en lui offrant de l’or, de l’argent, des pierres précieuses et des choses de prix, ce dieu que ses pères ne connaissaient pas. ³⁹ Et il donnera place dans les forteresses de refuge à un dieu étranger; il multipliera ses honneurs; il lui assujettira beaucoup d’hommes, et il partagera la terre pour en faire des présents. ⁴⁰ Et au temps marqué il sera aux prises avec le roi du midi; et le roi de l’aquilon conduira contre lui une multitude de chars, de cavaliers, de vaisseaux, et il envahira sa terre, et il la traversera, et il la foulera aux pieds. ⁴¹ Et il entrera dans la terre de Sébaïm, et beaucoup succomberont. Et voici ceux qui échapperont à sa main: Édom, Moab et la principauté des fils d’Ammon. ⁴² Et il étendra son bras sur la terre de Palestine, et l’Égypte ne sera pas sauvée. ⁴³ Et il se rendra maître des lieux où sont cachés l’or et l’argent et tout ce qu’il y a de précieux en Égypte, en Libye et en Éthiopie, et dans leurs forteresses. ⁴⁴ Puis des rumeurs, des nouvelles pressantes, de l’orient et du nord, le troubleront; et il viendra plein de colère pour « terminer beaucoup d’ennemis. ⁴⁵ Et il dressera les tentes de son palais entre les mers, sur la montagne sainte de Sébaïn, et il y viendra jusqu’à sa fin, et nul ne pourra le sauver.

DarbyFR⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Et il réveillera sa puissance et son coeur contre le roi du midi, avec une grande armée. Et le roi du midi s'engagera dans la guerre avec une grande et très-puissante armée. Mais il ne tiendra pas, car ils trameront leurs desseins contre lui; ²⁶ et ceux qui mangeaient ses mets délicats le briseront; et son armée se dissoudra, et beaucoup de gens tomberont tués. ²⁷ Et ces deux rois auront à coeur de faire du mal, et diront des mensonges à une même table; mais cela ne réussira pas, car la fin sera encore pour le temps déterminé. ²⁸ Et il retournera dans son pays avec de grandes richesses, et son coeur sera contre la sainte alliance, et il agira, et retournera dans son pays. ²⁹ Au temps déterminé il retournera et viendra dans le midi; mais il n'en sera pas la dernière fois comme la première; ³⁰ car les navires de Kittim viendront contre lui; et il sera découragé, et retournera et sera courroucé contre la sainte alliance, et il agira; et il retournera et portera son attention sur ceux qui abandonnent la sainte alliance. ³¹ Et des forces se tiendront là de sa part, et elles profaneront le sanctuaire de la forteresse, et ôteront le sacrifice continuel, et elles placeront l'abomination qui cause la désolation. ³² Et, par de douces paroles, il entraînera à l'impiété ceux qui agissent méchamment à l'égard de l'alliance; mais le peuple qui connaît son Dieu sera fort et agira. ³³ Et les sages du peuple enseigneront la multitude; et ils tomberont par l'épée et par la flamme, par la captivité et par le pillage, plusieurs jours. ³⁴ Et quand ils tomberont, ils seront secourus avec un peu de secours, et plusieurs se joindront à eux par des flatteries. ³⁵ Et d'entre les sages il en tombera pour les éprouver ainsi, et pour les purifier, et pour les blanchir, jusqu'au temps de la fin; car ce sera encore pour le temps déterminé. ³⁶ Et le roi agira selon son bon plaisir, et s'exaltera, et s'élèvera contre tout *dieu, et proférera des choses impies contre le *Dieu des *dieux; et il prospérera jusqu'à ce que l'indignation soit accomplie; car ce qui est déterminé sera fait. ³⁷ Et il n'aura point égard au Dieu de ses pères, et il n'aura point égard à l'objet du désir des femmes, ni à aucun dieu; car il s'agrandira au-dessus de tout; ³⁸ et, à sa place, il honorera le dieu des forteresses: avec de l'or, et avec de l'argent, et avec des pierres précieuses, et avec des choses désirables, il honorera un dieu que n'ont pas connu ses pères; ³⁹ et il agira dans les lieux forts des forteresses, avec un dieu étranger: à qui le reconnaîtra il multipliera la gloire; et il les fera dominer sur la multitude et leur partagera le pays en récompense. ⁴⁰ Et, au temps de la fin, le roi du midi heurtera contre lui, et le roi du nord fondra sur lui comme une tempête, avec des chars et des cavaliers, et avec beaucoup de navires, et entrera dans les pays et inondera et passera outre; ⁴¹ et il viendra dans le pays de beauté, et plusieurs pays tomberont; mais ceux-ci échapperont de sa main: Édom, et Moab, et les principaux des fils d'Ammon. ⁴² Et il étendra sa main sur les pays, et le pays d'Égypte n'échappera pas. ⁴³ Et il aura sous sa puissance les trésors d'or et d'argent, et toutes les choses désirables de l'Égypte; et les Libyens et les Éthiopiens suivront ses pas. ⁴⁴ Mais des nouvelles de l'orient et du nord l'effrayeront, et il sortira en grande fureur pour exterminer et détruire entièrement beaucoup de gens. ⁴⁵ Et il plantera les tentes de son palais entre la mer et la montagne de sainte beauté; et il viendra à sa fin, et il n'y aura personne pour le secourir.

Martin⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Puis il réveillera sa force et son coeur contre le Roi du Midi, avec une grande armée, et le Roi du Midi s'avancera en bataille avec une très grande et très forte armée, mais il ne subsistera point, parce qu'on formera des entreprises contre lui. ²⁶ Et ceux qui mangent les mets de sa table le mettront en pièces, et son armée sera accablée, comme d'un déluge, et beaucoup de gens tomberont blessés à mort. ²⁷ Et le coeur de ces deux Rois sera adonné à s'entre-nuire, et ils parleront en une même table avec tromperie, ce qui ne tournera point à bien; car il y aura encore une fin au temps ordonné. ²⁸ Après quoi il s'en retournera en son pays avec de grandes richesses, et son coeur sera contre la sainte alliance, et il fera de grands exploits, puis il retournera en son pays. ²⁹ Ensuite il retournera au temps préfix, et il viendra contre le Midi, mais cette dernière expédition ne sera pas comme la précédente. ³⁰ Car les navires de Kittim viendront contre lui, dont il sera contristé, et il s'en retournera, et il sera irrité contre la sainte alliance, et fera de grands exploits, et retournera, et s'entendra avec les apostats de la sainte alliance. ³¹ Et les forces seront de son côté, et on souillera le Sanctuaire, qui est la forteresse, et on ôtera le sacrifice continuel, et on y mettra l'abomination qui causera la désolation. ³² Et il fera pécher par flatteries ceux qui se porteront méchamment dans l'alliance; mais le peuple de ceux qui connaîtront leur Dieu se fortifiera, et fera de grands exploits. ³³ Et les plus intelligents d'entre le peuple donneront instruction à plusieurs, et il y en aura qui tomberont par l'épée et par la flamme, ou qui seront en captivité et en proie durant plusieurs jours. ³⁴ Et lorsqu'ils tomberont ainsi, ils seront un peu secourus; mais plusieurs se joindront à eux sous un beau semblant. ³⁵ Et quelques-uns de ces plus intelligents tomberont, afin qu'il y en ait d'entre eux qui soient rendus éprouvés, qui soient épurés, et qui soient blanchis, jusqu'au temps déterminé; car cela est encore pour un certain temps. ³⁶ Ce Roi donc fera selon sa volonté, et s'enorgueillira, et s'élèvera par-dessus tout Dieu; il proférera des choses étranges contre le Dieu des dieux, et prospérera jusqu'à ce que l'indignation ait pris fin; car la détermination en a été faite. ³⁷ Et il ne se souciera point des dieux de ses pères, ni de l'amour des femmes, même il ne se souciera d'aucun Dieu; car il s'élèvera au-dessus de tout. ³⁸ Mais il honorera dans son lieu le dieu Mahuzzim, il honorera, dis-je, avec de l'or et de l'argent, et des pierres précieuses, et des choses désirables, le dieu que ses pères n'ont point connu. ³⁹ Et il fera de grands exploits dans les forteresses les plus fortes, tenant le parti du dieu inconnu qu'il aura connu, il leur multipliera la gloire, et les fera dominer sur plusieurs, et leur partagera le pays à prix d'argent. ⁴⁰ Et au temps déterminé le Roi du Midi choquera avec lui de ses cornes mais le Roi de l'Aquilon se lèvera contre lui comme une tempête, avec des chariots et des gens de cheval, et avec plusieurs navires, et il entrera dans ses terres, et les inondera, et passera outre. ⁴¹ Et il entrera au pays de noblesse, et plusieurs pays seront ruinés, mais ceux-ci réchapperont de sa main, savoir, Edom, et Moab, et le principal lieu des enfants de Hammon. ⁴² Il mettra donc la main sur ces pays-là; et le pays d'Egypte n'échappera point. ⁴³ Il se rendra maître des trésors d'or et d'argent, et de toutes les choses désirables de l'Egypte; les Libyens et ceux de Cus seront à sa suite. ⁴⁴ Mais les nouvelles de l'Orient et de l'Aquilon le troubleront, et il sortira avec une grande fureur, pour détruire et exterminer beaucoup de gens. ⁴⁵ Et il dressera les tentes de sa maison royale entre les mers, à l'opposite de la noble montagne de la sainteté; mais il viendra à sa fin, et personne ne lui donnera du secours.

Segond⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ A la tête d'une grande armée il emploiera sa force et son ardeur contre le roi du midi. Et le roi du midi s'engagera dans la guerre avec une armée nombreuse et très puissante; mais il ne résistera pas, car on méditera contre lui de mauvais desseins. ²⁶ Ceux qui mangeront des mets de sa table causeront sa perte; ses troupes se répandront comme un torrent, et les morts tomberont en grand nombre. ²⁷ Les deux rois chercheront en leur coeur à faire le mal, et à la même table ils parleront avec fausseté. Mais cela ne réussira pas, car la fin n'arrivera qu'au temps marqué. ²⁸ Il retournera dans son pays avec de grandes richesses; il sera dans son coeur hostile à l'alliance sainte, il agira contre elle, puis retournera dans son pays. ²⁹ A une époque fixée, il marchera de nouveau contre le midi; mais cette dernière fois les choses ne se passeront pas comme précédemment. ³⁰ Des navires de Kittim s'avanceront contre lui; découragé, il rebroussera. Puis, furieux contre l'alliance sainte, il ne restera pas inactif; à son retour, il portera ses regards sur ceux qui auront abandonné l'alliance sainte. ³¹ Des troupes se présenteront sur son ordre; elles profaneront le sanctuaire, la forteresse, elles feront cesser le sacrifice perpétuel, et dresseront l'abomination du dévastateur. ³² Il séduira par des flatteries les traîtres de l'alliance. Mais ceux du peuple qui connaîtront leur Dieu agiront avec fermeté, ³³ et les plus sages parmi eux donneront instruction à la multitude. Il en est qui succomberont pour un temps à l'épée et à la flamme, à la captivité et au pillage. ³⁴ Dans le temps où ils succomberont, ils seront un peu secourus, et plusieurs se joindront à eux par hypocrisie. ³⁵ Quelques-uns des hommes sages succomberont, afin qu'ils soient épurés, purifiés et blanchis, jusqu'au temps de la fin, car elle n'arrivera qu'au temps marqué. ³⁶ Le roi fera ce qu'il voudra; il s'élèvera, il se glorifiera au-dessus de tous les dieux, et il dira des choses incroyables contre le Dieu des dieux; il prospérera jusqu'à ce que la colère soit consommée, car ce qui est arrêté s'accomplira. ³⁷ Il n'aura égard ni aux dieux de ses pères, ni à la divinité qui fait les délices des femmes; il n'aura égard à aucun dieu, car il se glorifiera au-dessus de tous. ³⁸ Toutefois il honorera le dieu des forteresses sur son piédestal; à ce dieu, que ne connaissaient pas ses pères, il rendra des hommages avec de l'or et de l'argent, avec des pierres précieuses et des objets de prix. ³⁹ C'est avec le dieu étranger qu'il agira contre les lieux fortifiés; et il comblera d'honneurs ceux qui le reconnaîtront, il les fera dominer sur plusieurs, il leur distribuera des terres pour récompense. ⁴⁰ Au temps de la fin, le roi du midi se heurtera contre lui. Et le roi du septentrion fondra sur lui comme une tempête, avec des chars et des cavaliers, et avec de nombreux navires; il s'avancera dans les terres, se répandra comme un torrent et débordera. ⁴¹ Il entrera dans le plus beau des pays, et plusieurs succomberont; mais Edom, Moab, et les principaux des enfants d'Ammon seront délivrés de sa main. ⁴² Il étendra sa main sur divers pays, et le pays d'Egypte n'échappera point. ⁴³ Il se rendra maître des trésors d'or et d'argent, et de toutes les choses précieuses de l'Egypte; les Libyens et les Ethiopiens seront à sa suite. ⁴⁴ Des nouvelles de l'orient et du septentrion viendront l'effrayer, et il partira avec une grande fureur pour détruire et exterminer des multitudes. ⁴⁵ Il dressera les tentes de son palais entre les mers, vers la glorieuse et sainte montagne Puis il arrivera à la fin, sans que personne lui soit en aide.

Segond_Strongs⁽ⁱ⁾

25 H1419 A la tête d’une grande H2428 armée H5782 il emploiera H8686 H3581 sa force H3824 et son ardeur H4428 contre le roi H5045 du midi H4428 . Et le roi H5045 du midi H1624 s’engagera H8691 H4421 dans la guerre H2428 avec une armée H1419 nombreuse H3966 et très H6099 puissante H5975 ; mais il ne résistera H8799 H2803 pas, car on méditera H8799 H4284 contre lui de mauvais desseins.

26 H398 Ceux qui mangeront H8802 H6598 des mets H7665 de sa table causeront sa perte H8799 H2428 ; ses troupes H7857 se répandront comme un torrent H8799 H2491 , et les morts H5307 tomberont H8804 H7227 en grand nombre.

27 H8147 Les deux H4428 rois H3824 chercheront en leur cœur H4827 à faire H8688 H7451 le mal H259 , et à la même H7979 table H1696 ils parleront H8762 H3577 avec fausseté H6743 . Mais cela ne réussira H8799 H7093 pas, car la fin H4150 n’arrivera qu’au temps marqué.

28 H7725 Il retournera H8804 H776 dans son pays H1419 avec de grandes H7399 richesses H3824 ; il sera dans son cœur H1285 hostile à l’alliance H6944 sainte H6213 , il agira H8804 H7725 contre elle, puis retournera H8799 H776 dans son pays.

29 H4150 A une époque fixée H7725 , il marchera H8799 H935 H8804 H5045 de nouveau contre le midi H7223 ; mais cette dernière H314 fois les choses ne se passeront pas comme précédemment.

30 H6716 Des navires H3794 de Kittim H935 s’avanceront H8804 H3512 contre lui ; découragé H8738 H7725 , il rebroussera H8804 H2194 . Puis, furieux H8804 H1285 contre l’alliance H6944 sainte H6213 , il ne restera pas inactif H8804 H7725 ; à son retour H8804 H995 , il portera ses regards H8799 H5800 sur ceux qui auront abandonné H8802 H1285 l’alliance H6944 sainte.

31 H2220 Des troupes H5975 se présenteront H8799 H2490 sur son ordre ; elles profaneront H8765 H4720 le sanctuaire H4581 , la forteresse H5493 , elles feront cesser H8689 H8548 le sacrifice perpétuel H5414 , et dresseront H8804 H8251 l’abomination H8074 du dévastateur H8789 .

32 H2610 Il séduira H8686 H2514 par des flatteries H7561 les traîtres H8688 H1285 de l’alliance H5971 . Mais ceux du peuple H3045 qui connaîtront H8802 H430 leur Dieu H6213 agiront H8804 H2388 avec fermeté H8686 ,

33 H7919 et les plus sages H8688 H5971 parmi eux H995 donneront instruction H8799 H7227 à la multitude H3782 . Il en est qui succomberont H8738 H3117 pour un temps H2719 à l’épée H3852 et à la flamme H7628 , à la captivité H961 et au pillage.

34 H3782 Dans le temps où ils succomberont H8736 H4592 , ils seront un peu H5828 H5826 secourus H8735 H7227 , et plusieurs H3867 se joindront H8738 H2519 à eux par hypocrisie.

35 H7919 Quelques-uns des hommes sages H8688 H3782 succomberont H8735 H6884 , afin qu’ils soient épurés H8800 H1305 , purifiés H8763 H3835 et blanchis H8687 H6256 , jusqu’au temps H7093 de la fin H4150 , car elle n’arrivera qu’au temps marqué.

36 H4428 Le roi H6213 fera H8804 H7522 ce qu’il voudra H7311 ; il s’élèvera H8709 H1431 , il se glorifiera H8691 H410 au-dessus de tous les dieux H1696 , et il dira H8762 H6381 des choses incroyables H8737 H410 contre le Dieu H410 des dieux H6743 ; il prospérera H8689 H2195 jusqu’à ce que la colère H3615 soit consommée H8804 H2782 , car ce qui est arrêté H8737 H6213 s’accomplira H8738 .

37 H995 Il n’aura égard H8799 H430 ni aux dieux H1 de ses pères H2532 , ni à la divinité qui fait les délices H802 des femmes H995 ; il n’aura égard H8799 H433 à aucun dieu H1431 , car il se glorifiera H8691 au-dessus de tous.

38 H3513 Toutefois il honorera H8762 H433 le dieu H4581 des forteresses H3653 sur son piédestal H433 ; à ce dieu H3045 , que ne connaissaient H8804 H1 pas ses pères H3513 , il rendra des hommages H8762 H2091 avec de l’or H3701 et de l’argent H68 , avec des pierres H3368 précieuses H2532 et des objets de prix.

39 H433 C’est avec le dieu H5236 étranger H6213 qu’il agira H8804 H4581 contre les lieux H4013 fortifiés H7235 ; et il comblera H8686 H3519 d’honneurs H5234 ceux qui le reconnaîtront H8686 H8675 H5234 H8689 H4910 , il les fera dominer H8689 H7227 sur plusieurs H2505 , il leur distribuera H8762 H127 des terres H4242 pour récompense.

40 H6256 Au temps H7093 de la fin H4428 , le roi H5045 du midi H5055 se heurtera H8691 H4428 contre lui. Et le roi H6828 du septentrion H8175 fondra sur lui comme une tempête H8691 H7393 , avec des chars H6571 et des cavaliers H7227 , et avec de nombreux H591 navires H935 ; il s’avancera H8804 H776 dans les terres H7857 , se répandra comme un torrent H8804 H5674 et débordera H8804 .

41 H935 Il entrera H8804 H6643 dans le plus beau H776 des pays H7227 , et plusieurs H3782 succomberont H8735 H123 ; mais Edom H4124 , Moab H7225 , et les principaux H1121 des enfants H5983 d’Ammon H4422 seront délivrés H8735 H3027 de sa main.

42 H7971 Il étendra H8799 H3027 sa main H776 sur divers pays H776 , et le pays H4714 d’Egypte H6413 n’échappera point.

43 H4910 Il se rendra maître H8804 H4362 des trésors H2091 d’or H3701 et d’argent H2532 , et de toutes les choses précieuses H4714 de l’Egypte H3864 ; les Libyens H3569 et les Ethiopiens H4703 seront à sa suite.

44 H8052 Des nouvelles H4217 de l’orient H6828 et du septentrion H926 viendront l’effrayer H8762 H3318 , et il partira H8804 H1419 avec une grande H2534 fureur H8045 pour détruire H8687 H2763 et exterminer H8687 H7227 des multitudes.

45 H5193 Il dressera H8799 H168 les tentes H643 de son palais H3220 entre les mers H6643 , vers la glorieuse H6944 et sainte H2022 montagne H935 Puis il arrivera H8804 H7093 à la fin H5826 , sans que personne lui soit en aide H8802 .

SE⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Y despertará sus fuerzas y su corazón contra el rey del mediodía con gran ejército; y el rey del mediodía se moverá a la guerra con grande y muy fuerte ejército; mas no prevalecerá, porque le harán traición. ²⁶ Aun los que comerán su pan, le quebrantarán; y su ejército será destruido, y caerán muchos muertos. ²⁷ Y el corazón de estos dos reyes será para hacerse mal, y en una misma mesa tratarán mentira; mas no servirá de nada, porque el plazo aún no es llegado. ²⁸ Y se volverá a su tierra con gran riqueza, y su corazón será contra el santo pacto; hará pues, y se volverá a su tierra. ²⁹ Al tiempo señalado tornará al mediodía; mas no será la postrera venida como la primera. ³⁰ Porque vendrán contra él naves de Quitim, y él se contristará, y se volverá, y se enojará contra el santo pacto, y hará; se volverá pues, y pensará en los que habrán desamparado el santo pacto. ³¹ Y serán puestos brazos de su parte; y contaminarán el santuario de fortaleza, y quitarán el continuo sacrificio, y pondrán la abominación de asolamiento. ³² Y con lisonjas hará pecar a los violadores del pacto: mas el pueblo que conoce a su Dios, se esforzará, y hará. ³³ Y los sabios del pueblo darán sabiduría a muchos; y caerán a cuchillo y a fuego, en cautividad y despojo, por algunos días. ³⁴ Y en su caer serán ayudados de pequeño socorro; y muchos se juntarán a ellos con lisonjas. ³⁵ Y algunos de los sabios caerán para ser purgados, y limpiados, y emblanquecidos, hasta el tiempo del fin, porque aun para esto hay plazo. ³⁶ Y el rey hará a su voluntad; y se ensoberbecerá, y se engrandecerá sobre todo dios; y contra el Dios de los dioses hablará maravillas, y será prosperado, hasta que la ira sea acabada, porque hecha está la determinación. ³⁷ Y del Dios de sus padres no se cuidará, ni del amor de las mujeres; ni se cuidará de dios alguno, porque sobre todo se engrandecerá. ³⁸ Mas honrará en su lugar al dios Mauzim, dios que sus padres no conocieron; lo honrará con oro, y plata, y piedras preciosas, y con cosas de gran precio. ³⁹ Y con el dios ajeno que conocerá, hará castillos fuertes, ensanchará su gloria; y los hará señores sobre muchos, y repartirá la tierra por precio. ⁴⁰ Pero al cabo del tiempo el rey del mediodía se acorneará con él; y el rey del norte levantará contra él tempestad, con carros y gente de a caballo, y muchos navíos; y entrará por las tierras, e inundará, y pasará. ⁴¹ Y vendrá a la tierra deseable, y muchas provincias caerán; mas éstas escaparán de su mano: Edom, y Moab, y lo primero de los hijos de Amón. ⁴² Extenderá su mano a las tierras, y la tierra de Egipto no escapará. ⁴³ Y se apoderará de los tesoros de oro y plata, y de todas las cosas preciosas de Egipto, de Libia, y Etiopía por donde pasará. ⁴⁴ Mas nuevas del oriente y del norte lo espantarán; y saldrá con gran ira para destruir y matar a muchos. ⁴⁵ Y plantará las tiendas de su palacio entre los mares, en el monte deseable del Santuario; y vendrá hasta su fin, y no tendrá quien le ayude.

ReinaValera⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Y despertará sus fuerzas y su corazón contra el rey del mediodía con grande ejército: y el rey del mediodía se moverá á la guerra con grande y muy fuerte ejército; mas no prevalecerá, porque le harán traición. ²⁶ Aun los que comerán su pan, le quebrantarán; y su ejército será destruído, y caerán muchos muertos. ²⁷ Y el corazón de estos dos reyes será para hacer mal, y en una misma mesa tratarán mentira: mas no servirá de nada, porque el plazo aun no es llegado. ²⁸ Y volveráse á su tierra con grande riqueza, y su corazón será contra el pacto santo: hará pues, y volveráse á su tierra. ²⁹ Al tiempo señalado tornará al mediodía; mas no será la postrera venida como la primera. ³⁰ Porque vendrán contra él naves de Chîttim, y él se contristará, y se volverá, y enojaráse contra el pacto santo, y hará: volveráse pues, y pensará en los que habrán desamparado el santo pacto. ³¹ Y serán puestos brazos de su parte; y contaminarán el santuario de fortaleza, y quitarán el continuo sacrificio, y pondrán la abominación espantosa. ³² Y con lisonjas hará pecar á los violadores del pacto: mas el pueblo que conoce á su Dios, se esforzará, y hará. ³³ Y los sabios del pueblo darán sabiduría á muchos: y caerán á cuchillo y á fuego, en cautividad y despojo, por días. ³⁴ Y en su caer serán ayudados de pequeño socorro: y muchos se juntarán á ellos con lisonjas. ³⁵ Y algunos de los sabios caerán para ser purgados, y limpiados, y emblanquecidos, hasta el tiempo determinado: porque aun para esto hay plazo. ³⁶ Y el rey hará á su voluntad; y se ensoberbecerá, y se engrandecerá sobre todo dios: y contra el Dios de los dioses hablará maravillas, y será prosperado, hasta que sea consumada la ira: porque hecha está determinación. ³⁷ Y del Dios de sus padres no se cuidará, ni del amor de las mujeres: ni se cuidará de dios alguno, porque sobre todo se engrandecerá. ³⁸ Mas honrará en su lugar al dios Mauzim, dios que sus padres no conocieron: honrarálo con oro, y plata, y piedras preciosas, y con cosas de gran precio. ³⁹ Y con el dios ajeno que conocerá, hará á los baluartes de Mauzim crecer en gloria: y harálos enseñorear sobre muchos, y por interés repartirá la tierra. ⁴⁰ Empero al cabo del tiempo el rey del mediodía se acorneará con él; y el rey del norte levantará contra él como tempestad, con carros y gente de á caballo, y muchos navíos; y entrará por las tierras, é inundará, y pasará. ⁴¹ Y vendrá á la tierra deseable, y muchas provincias caerán; mas éstas escaparán de su mano: Edom, y Moab, y lo primero de los hijos de Ammón. ⁴² Asimismo extenderá su mano á las otras tierras, y no escapará el país de Egipto. ⁴³ Y se apoderará de los tesoros de oro y plata, y de todas las cosas preciosas de Egipto, de Libia, y Etiopía por donde pasará. ⁴⁴ Mas nuevas de oriente y del norte lo espantarán; y saldrá con grande ira para destruir y matar muchos. ⁴⁵ Y plantará la tiendas de su palacio entre los mares, en el monte deseable del santuario; y vendrá hasta su fin, y no tendrá quien le ayude.

JBS⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Y despertará sus fuerzas y su corazón contra el rey del mediodía con gran ejército; y el rey del mediodía se moverá a la guerra con grande y muy fuerte ejército; mas no prevalecerá, porque le harán traición. ²⁶ Aun los que comerán su pan, le quebrantarán; y su ejército será destruido, y caerán muchos muertos. ²⁷ Y el corazón de estos dos reyes será para hacerse mal, y en una misma mesa tratarán mentira; mas no servirá de nada, porque el plazo aún no es llegado. ²⁸ Y se volverá a su tierra con gran riqueza, y su corazón será contra el santo pacto; hará pues, y se volverá a su tierra. ²⁹ Al tiempo señalado tornará al mediodía; mas no será la postrera venida como la primera. ³⁰ Porque vendrán contra él naves de Quitim, y él se contristará, y se volverá, y se enojará contra el santo pacto, y hará; se volverá pues, y entenderá con los que habrán desamparado el santo pacto. ³¹ Y serán puestos brazos de su parte; y contaminarán el santuario de fortaleza, y quitarán el continuo sacrificio, y pondrán la abominación de asolamiento. ³² Y con lisonjas hará pecar a los violadores del pacto: mas el pueblo que conoce a su Dios, se esforzará, y hará. ³³ Y los sabios del pueblo darán sabiduría a muchos; y caerán a espada y a fuego, en cautividad y despojo, por algunos días. ³⁴ Y en su caer serán ayudados de pequeño socorro; y muchos se juntarán a ellos con lisonjas. ³⁵ Y algunos de los sabios caerán para ser purgados, y limpiados, y emblanquecidos, hasta el tiempo del fin, porque aun para esto hay plazo. ³⁶ Y el rey hará a su voluntad; y se ensoberbecerá, y se engrandecerá sobre todo dios; y contra el Dios de los dioses hablará maravillas, y será prosperado, hasta que la ira sea acabada, porque hecha está la determinación. ³⁷ Y del Dios de sus padres no se cuidará, ni del amor de las mujeres; ni se cuidará de dios alguno, porque sobre todo se engrandecerá. ³⁸ Mas honrará en su lugar al dios Mauzim, dios que sus padres no conocieron; lo honrará con oro, plata, y piedras preciosas, y con cosas de gran precio. ³⁹ Y con el pueblo del dios ajeno que conocerá, hará fortalezas fuertes, ensanchará su gloria; y los hará señores sobre muchos, y repartirá la tierra por precio. ⁴⁰ Pero al cabo del tiempo el rey del mediodía se acorneará con él; y el rey del norte levantará contra él tempestad, con carros y gente de a caballo, y muchos navíos; y entrará por las tierras, e inundará, y pasará. ⁴¹ Y vendrá a la tierra deseable, y muchas provincias caerán; mas éstas escaparán de su mano: Edom, y Moab, y lo primero de los hijos de Amón. ⁴² Extenderá su mano a las tierras, y la tierra de Egipto no escapará. ⁴³ Y se apoderará de los tesoros de oro y plata, y de todas las cosas preciosas de Egipto, de Libia, y Etiopía por donde pasará. ⁴⁴ Mas nuevas del oriente y del norte lo espantarán; y saldrá con gran ira para destruir y matar a muchos. ⁴⁵ Y plantará las tiendas de su palacio entre los mares, en el monte deseable del Santuario; y vendrá hasta su fin, y no tendrá quien le ayude.

Albanian⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Me një ushtri të madhe do t'i nxitë forcat e tij dhe zemrën e tij kundër mbretit të jugut. Mbreti i jugut do të futet në luftë me një ushtri të madhe dhe shumë të fuqishme, por nuk do të mund të rezistojë, sepse do të kurdisen komplote kundër tij. ²⁶ Vetë ata që hanë bashkë me të do ta shkatërrojnë; ushtria e tij do të thyhet dhe shumë do të bien të vrarë. ²⁷ Zemra e këtyre dy mbretërve do të drejtohet për të bërë keq; ata do të flasin gënjeshtra të ulur në të njëjtën tryezë, por gjëja nuk do të ketë sukses, sepse fundi do t'u vijë në kohën e caktuar. ²⁸ Duke u kthyer në vendin e tij me pasuri të mëdha, zemra e tij do të vihet kundër besëlidhjes së shenjtë; kështu ai do të kryejë qëllimet e tij dhe pastaj do të kthehet në vendin e tij. ²⁹ Në kohën e caktuar ai do të dalë përsëri kundër jugut, por këtë herë të fundit puna nuk do t'i vejë mbarë si herën e parë, ³⁰ sepse anijet e Kitimit do të vijnë kundër tij; prandaj ai do të trembet, do të zemërohet përsëri kundër besëlidhjes së shenjtë dhe do të zbatojë planet e tij; kështu përsëri do të merret vesh me ata që kanë braktisur besëlidhjen e shenjtë. ³¹ Forca të dërguara prej tij do të ngrihen për të përdhosur shenjtëroren fortesë, do të ndalojnë flijimin e përditshëm dhe do të bëjnë veprime të neveritshme që shkaktojnë shkretim. ³² Me lajka ai do të korruptojë ata që veprojnë pabesisht kundër besëlidhjes; por populli i atyre që njohin Perëndinë e tyre do të tregojë qëndresë dhe do të veprojë. ³³ Ata që kanë dituri midis popullit do të udhëzojnë shumë të tjerë, por për një kohë të shkurtër do të bien nga shpata, nga zjarri, nga mërgimi dhe nga plaçkitja. ³⁴ Kur do të rrëzohen, do t'u jepet pak ndihmë, por shumë njerëz do të bashkohen me ta pa qenë të sinqertë. ³⁵ Disa nga ata që kanë dituri do të bien, me qëllim që të përsosen, të pastrohen dhe të zbardhen deri në kohën e mbarimit, sepse kjo do të ndodhë në kohën e caktuar. ³⁶ Pastaj mbreti do të veprojë si të dojë, do të lartohet, do të hyjnizohet përmbi çdo perëndi dhe do të thotë gjëra të habitshme kundër Perëndisë të perëndive; do të ketë sukses deri sa të mbushet kupa e indinjatës, sepse ajo që është dekretuar do të bëhet. ³⁷ Ai nuk do të tregojë respekt për Perëndinë e etërve të tij dhe për dëshirën e grave; nuk do të ketë respekt për asnjë perëndi, sepse do të hyjnizojë veten përmbi të gjithë. ³⁸ Por në vend të tyre ai do të nderojë perëndinë e fortesave dhe do të nderojë me ar, me argjend, me gurë të çmuar dhe me gjëra të këndshme, një perëndi, që etërit e tij nuk e njohën. ³⁹ Ai do të veprojë kundër fortesave më të fortifikuara me ndihmën e një perëndie të huaj; do të mbushë me të mira ata që do ta njohin, do të bëjë që të sundojnë mbi shumë njerëz dhe do t'u japë toka si shpërblim. ⁴⁰ Në kohën e fundit mbreti i jugut do të ndeshet me të, mbreti i veriut do të dalë kundër tij si një shakullimë, me qerre dhe kalorës dhe me shumë anije; do të depërtojë në vendet, do t'i përmbytë dhe do të kalojë tutje. ⁴¹ Do të hyjë edhe në vendin e lavdishëm dhe shumë njerëz do të vriten; por këta do të shpëtojnë nga duart e tij: Edomi, Moabi dhe pjesa më e madhe e bijve të Amonit. ⁴² Ai do të shtrijë dorën edhe mbi vende të ndryshme dhe as vendi i Egjiptit nuk do të shpëtojë. ⁴³ Do të shtjerë në dorë thesaret prej ari dhe argjendi dhe të gjitha gjërat e çmuara të Egjiptit; Libianët dhe Etiopasit do t'i shkojnë pas. ⁴⁴ Por lajmet e ardhura nga lindja dhe nga veriu do ta turbullojnë; prandaj ai do të niset me zemërim të madh për të shkatërruar dhe vendosur shfarosjen e shumë njerëzve. ⁴⁵ Do t'i ngrerë çadrat e pallatit të tij midis deteve dhe malit të shenjtë të lavdishëm; pastaj do t'i vijë fundi dhe askush nuk do ta ndihmojë".

RST⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Потом возбудит силы свои и дух свой с многочисленным войском против царя южного, и южный царь выступит на войну с великим и еще более сильным войском, но не устоит, потому что будет против него коварство. ²⁶ Даже участники трапезы его погубят его, и войско его разольется, ипадет много убитых. ²⁷ У обоих царей сих на сердце будет коварство, и за одним столомбудут говорить ложь, но успеха не будет, потому что конец еще отложен до времени. ²⁸ И отправится он в землю свою с великим богатством и враждебным намерением против святаго завета, и он исполнит его, и возвратится в свою землю. ²⁹ В назначенное время опять пойдет он на юг; но последний поход не такой будет, как прежний, ³⁰ ибо в одно время с ним придут корабли Киттимские; и он упадет духом, и возвратится, и озлобится на святый завет, и исполнит свое намерение, и опять войдет в соглашение с отступниками от святаго завета. ³¹ И поставлена будет им часть войска, которая осквернит святилище могущества, и прекратит ежедневную жертву, и поставит мерзость запустения. ³² Поступающих нечестиво против завета он привлечет ксебе лестью; но люди, чтущие своего Бога, усилятся и будут действовать. ³³ И разумные из народа вразумят многих, хотя будутнесколько времени страдать от меча и огня, от плена и грабежа; ³⁴ и во время страдания своего будут иметь некоторуюпомощь, и многие присоединятся к ним, но притворно. ³⁵ Пострадают некоторые и из разумных для испытания их, очищения и дляубеления к последнему времени; ибо есть еще время до срока. ³⁶ И будет поступать царь тот по своему произволу, и вознесется и возвеличится выше всякого божества, и о Боге богов станетговорить хульное и будет иметь успех, доколе не совершится гнев: ибо, что предопределено, то исполнится. ³⁷ И о богах отцов своих он не помыслит, и ни желания жен, ни даже божества никакого не уважит; ибо возвеличит себя выше всех. ³⁸ Но богу крепостей на месте его будет он воздавать честь, и этого бога, которого не знали отцы его, он будет чествовать золотом и серебром, и дорогими камнями, и разными драгоценностями, ³⁹ и устроит твердую крепость с чужим богом: которые признают его, тем увеличит почести и даст власть над многими, и землю раздаст в награду. ⁴⁰ Под конец же времени сразится с ним царь южный, и царь северныйустремится как буря на него с колесницами, всадниками и многочисленнымикораблями, и нападет на области, наводнит их, и пройдет через них. ⁴¹ И войдет он в прекраснейшую из земель, и многие области пострадают и спасутся от руки его только Едом, Моав и большая часть сынов Аммоновых. ⁴² И прострет руку свою на разные страны; не спасется и земля Египетская. ⁴³ И завладеет он сокровищами золота и серебра и разными драгоценностями Египта; Ливийцы и Ефиопляне последуют за ним. ⁴⁴ Но слухи с востока и севера встревожат его, и выйдет он в величайшей ярости, чтобы истреблять и губить многих, ⁴⁵ и раскинет он царские шатры свои между морем и горою преславного святилища; но придет к своему концу, и никто не поможет ему.

Arabic⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ وينهض قوّته وقلبه على ملك الجنوب بجيش عظيم وملك الجنوب يتهيّج الى الحرب بجيش عظيم وقوي جدا ولكنه لا يثبت لانهم يدبرون عليه تدابير. ²⁶ والآكلون اطايبه يكسرونه وجيشه يطمو ويسقط كثيرون قتلى. ²⁷ وهذان الملكان قلبهما لفعل الشر ويتكلمان بالكذب على مائدة واحدة ولا ينجح لان الانتهاء بعد الى ميعاد. ²⁸ فيرجع الى ارضه بغنى جزيل وقلبه على العهد المقدس فيعمل ويرجع الى ارضه ²⁹ وفي الميعاد يعود ويدخل الجنوب ولكن لا يكون الآخر كالاول. ³⁰ فتأتي عليه سفن من كتّيم فييئس ويرجع ويغتاظ على العهد المقدس ويعمل ويرجع ويصغى الى الذين تركوا العهد المقدس. ³¹ وتقوم منه اذرع وتنجس المقدس الحصين وتنزع المحرقة الدائمة وتجعل الرجس المخرب. ³² والمتعدون على العهد يغويهم بالتملقات اما الشعب الذين يعرفون الههم فيقوون ويعملون. ³³ والفاهمون من الشعب يعلّمون كثيرين. ويعثرون بالسيف وباللهيب وبالسبي وبالنهب اياما. ³⁴ فاذا عثروا يعانون عونا قليلا ويتصل بهم كثيرون بالتملقات. ³⁵ وبعض الفاهمين يعثرون امتحانا لهم للتطهير وللتبييض الى وقت النهاية. لانه بعد الى الميعاد. ³⁶ ويفعل الملك كارادته ويرتفع ويتعظم على كل اله ويتكلم بامور عجيبة على اله الآلهة وينجح الى اتمام الغضب لان المقضي به يجرى. ³⁷ ولا يبالي بآلهة آبائه ولا بشهوة النساء وبكل اله لا يبالي لانه يتعظم على الكل. ³⁸ ويكرم اله الحصون في مكانه والها لم تعرفه آباؤه يكرمه بالذهب والفضة وبالحجارة الكريمة والنفائس. ³⁹ ويفعل في الحصون الحصينة باله غريب. من يعرفه يزيده مجدا ويسلطهم على كثيرين ويقسم الارض اجرة ⁴⁰ ففي وقت النهاية يحاربه ملك الجنوب فيثور عليه ملك الشمال بمركبات وبفرسان وبسفن كثيرة ويدخل الاراضي ويجرف ويطمو. ⁴¹ ويدخل الى الارض البهيّة فيعثر كثيرون وهؤلاء يفلتون من يده ادوم وموآب ورؤساء بني عمون. ⁴² ويمد يده على الاراضي وارض مصر لا تنجو. ⁴³ ويتسلط على كنوز الذهب والفضة وعلى كل نفائس مصر. واللوبيون والكوشيون عند خطواته. ⁴⁴ وتفزعه اخبار من الشرق ومن الشمال فيخرج بغضب عظيم ليخرب وليحرم كثيرين. ⁴⁵ وينصب فسطاطه بين البحور وجبل بهاء القدس ويبلغ نهايته ولا معين له

Bulgarian⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ И ще надигне силата си и сърцето си против южния цар с голяма войска. И южният цар ще се опълчи за война с голяма и много силна войска, но няма да устои, защото ще замислят планове против него. ²⁶ И онези, които ядат от ястията му, ще го съсипят; и войската му ще се разпръсне, и мнозина ще паднат убити. ²⁷ А на тези двама царе сърцата ще бъдат предадени на зло и на същата трапеза ще говорят измама; но това няма да успее, защото краят още има да дойде в определеното време. ²⁸ Тогава ще се върне в земята си с голямо богатство; и сърцето му ще бъде против светия завет; и той ще действа и ще се върне в земята си. ²⁹ В определеното време ще се върне и ще дойде на юг; но последният път няма да бъде като първия, ³⁰ защото китимски кораби ще дойдат против него и той ще се обезсърчи и ще се върне; и ще се разяри срещу светия завет и ще действа; и ще се върне и ще се разбере с онези, които са оставили светия завет. ³¹ И от него ще се надигнат сили, които ще осквернят светилището, крепостта, и ще премахнат постоянната жертва, и ще издигнат мерзостта, която докарва запустение. ³² И ще подведе към отстъпление чрез ласкателства онези, които безбожно постъпват против завета; но народът, който познава своя Бог, ще се укрепи и ще действа. ³³ И разумните от народа ще поучат мнозина; но ще падат от меч и от пламък, от плен и от грабеж известно време. ³⁴ А когато паднат, ще получат малко помощ; и мнозина ще се присъединят към тях с ласкателства. ³⁵ И някои от разумните ще паднат, за да бъдат изпитани и очистени, и избелени до последното време — защото има още до определеното време. ³⁶ И царят ще действа по волята си, ще се въздигне и ще се възвеличи над всякакъв бог, и ще говори нечувано против Бога на боговете; и ще успява, докато се изчерпи гневът — защото определеното ще се изпълни. ³⁷ И няма да зачита Бога на бащите си, нито скъпоценното на жените, нито ще зачита какъвто и да било бог, а ще се възвеличи над всички. ³⁸ И вместо него ще почита бога на крепостите; бог, когото бащите му не са познавали, ще почита със злато и със сребро, и със скъпоценни камъни, и със скъпоценности. ³⁹ И той ще действа срещу най-силните крепости с чужд бог; ще умножи слава на тези, които го признаят, и ще ги постави да владеят над мнозина; и ще разделя земя срещу цена. ⁴⁰ И във времето на края южният цар ще се сблъска с него; и северният цар ще го връхлети с колесници и конници и много кораби; и ще влезе в земите и ще наводни, и ще премине. ⁴¹ И ще влезе в славната земя и мнозина ще паднат; но тези ще се избавят от ръката му: Едом, Моав и първенците от синовете на Амон. ⁴² Ще простре ръката си върху страните и египетската земя няма да се избави. ⁴³ И ще завладее съкровищата от злато, от сребро и от всички скъпоценности на Египет; и либийците и етиопците ще бъдат в свитата му. ⁴⁴ Но слухове от изток и от север ще го изплашат и той ще излезе с голяма ярост да унищожи и изтреби напълно мнозина. ⁴⁵ И ще разпъне шатрите на двореца си между моретата и славния свят хълм; и ще дойде до края си и никой няма да му помогне.

Croatian⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Pokrenut će, s velikom vojskom, svoju snagu i hrabrost protiv kralja Juga. Kralj Juga krenut će u rat s mnogom i moćnom vojskom, ali neće izdržati, jer će se protiv njega skovati spletke. ²⁶ I oni koji jeđahu za njegovim stolom skršit će ga: njegova će vojska biti uništena i mnogi će posječeni popadati. ²⁷ Oba će kralja smišljati zlo; sjedeći za istim stolom, govorit će laži jedan drugome: ali neće uspjeti, jer je svršetak odložen do određenog vremena. ²⁸ Vratit će se on u svoju zemlju s velikim blagom; srcem protiv svetoga Saveza, učinit će svoje i vratiti se u svoju zemlju. ²⁹ U određeno vrijeme opet će krenuti protiv Juga, ali sada neće biti kao prvi put. ³⁰ Kitimski će brodovi navaliti na njega, i on će se uplašiti. Vratit će se, bjesnjeti protiv svetoga Saveza i opet će se sporazumjeti s onima koji napustiše sveti Savez. ³¹ Čete će njegove doći i oskvrnuti svetište-tvrđu, dokinut' svagdašnju žrtvu i ondje postaviti grozotu pustoši. ³² Svojim će spletkama navesti na otpad one koji se ogrešuju o Savez, ali ljudi koji ljube Boga ostat će postojani i vršit će svoje. ³³ Umnici u narodu poučavat će mnoštvo, ali će ih jedno vrijeme zatirati mačem i ognjem, izgnanstvom i pljačkanjem. ³⁴ Dok ih budu zatirali, samo će im nekolicina pomagati, a mnogi će im se pridružiti prijevarno. ³⁵ Od umnika neki će pasti, da se prokušaju, probrani, čisti do vremena svršetka, jer još nije došlo određeno vrijeme. ³⁶ Kralj će raditi što god mu se prohtije, uznoseći i uzdižući sebe iznad svih bogova: protiv Boga nad bogovima govorit će hule i uspijevat će dok se gnjev ne navrši - jer ono što je određeno, to će se ispuniti. ³⁷ Neće mariti za bogove svojih otaca ni za Miljenika ženÄa niti za kojega drugog boga: samog će sebe izdizati iznad sviju. ³⁸ Mjesto njih častit će boga tvrđava, boga koga nisu poznavali njegovi očevi, častiti ga zlatom i srebrom, dragim kamenjem i drugim dragocjenostima. ³⁹ Navalit će na tvrđave gradova pomoću stranog boga: one koji njega priznaju obasut će počastima i dat će im vlast nad mnoštvom i dijelit će im zemlju za nagradu. ⁴⁰ U vrijeme svršetka kralj će se Juga zaratiti s njime; kralj će Sjevera navaliti na nj svojim kolima, svojim konjanicima i svojim mnogim brodovima. Provalit će u zemlje i proći njima poput poplave. ⁴¹ Prodrijet će u Divotu i mnogi će pasti. Njegovim će rukama izmaći Edom i Moab i glavnina sinova Amonovih. ⁴² Pružit će svoju ruku za zemljama: Egipat mu neće izmaći. ⁴³ On će se domoći zlatnog i srebrnog blaga i svih dragocjenosti Egipta. Pratit će ga Libijci i Etiopljani. ⁴⁴ Ali će ga uznemiriti vijesti s istoka i sa sjevera te će poći vrlo gnjevan da uništi i zatre mnoštvo. ⁴⁵ Postavit će svoje dvorske šatore između mora i Svete gore Divote. Ali će i njemu doći kraj, i nitko mu neće pomoći.

BKR⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Potom vzbudí sílu svou a srdce své proti králi polednímu s vojskem velikým, s nímž král polední vojensky se potýkati bude, s vojskem velikým a velmi silným, ale neostojí, proto že vymyslí proti němu chytrost. ²⁶ Nebo kteříž jídají pokrm, potrou jej, když vojsko onoho se rozvodní; i padnou, zbiti jsouce mnozí. ²⁷ Tehdáž obou těch králů srdce bude činiti zlé, a za jedním a týmž stolem lež mluviti budou, ale nepodaří se, proto že cíl uložený na jiný ještě čas odložen. ²⁸ A protož navrátí se do země své s zbožím velikým, a srdce jeho bude proti smlouvě svaté. Což učině, navrátí se do země své. ²⁹ V uložený čas navrátě se, potáhne na poledne, ale to nebude podobné prvnímu ani poslednímu. ³⁰ Nebo přijdou proti němu lodí Citejské, pročež bude jej to boleti, tak že opět zlobiti se bude proti smlouvě svaté. Což učině, navrátí se, a srozumění míti bude s těmi, kteříž opustili smlouvu svatou. ³¹ A vojska veliká podlé něho státi budou, a poškvrní svatyně a pevnosti; odejmou také obět ustavičnou, a postaví ohavnost zpuštění, ³² Tak aby ty, kteříž se bezbožně proti smlouvě chovati budou, v pokrytství posiloval úlisnostmi, lid pak, kterýž zná Boha svého, aby jímali. Což i učiní. ³³ Pročež vyučující lid, vyučující mnohé, padati budou od meče a ohně, zajetí a loupeže za mnohé dny. ³⁴ A když padati budou, malou pomoc míti budou; nebo připojí se k nim mnozí pochlebně. ³⁵ Z těch pak, kteříž jiné vyučují, padati budou, aby prubováni a čištěni a bíleni byli až do času jistého; neboť to ještě potrvá až do času uloženého. ³⁶ Král zajisté ten bude činiti podlé vůle své, a pozdvihne se a zvelebí nad každého boha, i proti Bohu nade všemi bohy nejsilnějšímu mluviti bude divné věci; a šťastně se mu povede až do vykonání prchlivosti, ažby se to, což uloženo jest, vykonalo. ³⁷ Ani k bohům otců svých se nenakloní, ani k milování žen, aniž k komu z bohů se nakloní, proto že se nade všecko velebiti bude. ³⁸ A na místě Boha nejsilnějšího ctíti bude boha, kteréhož neznali otcové jeho; ctíti bude zlatem a stříbrem, a kamením drahým a klénoty. ³⁹ A tak dovede toho, že pevnosti Nejsilnějšího budou boha cizího, a kteréž se mu viděti bude, poctí slávou, a způsobí, aby panovali nad mnohými, a zemi rozdělí místo mzdy. ⁴⁰ Při dokonání pak toho času trkati se s ním bude král polední, ale král půlnoční oboří se na něj s vozy a s jezdci a lodími mnohými, a přitáhna do zemí, jako povodeň projde. ⁴¹ Potom přitáhne do země Judské, a mnohé země padnou. Tito pak ujdou ruky jeho, Idumejští a Moábští, a prvotiny synů Ammon. ⁴² A když ruku svou vztáhne na země, ani země Egyptská nebude moci jeho zniknouti. ⁴³ Nebo opanuje poklady zlata a stříbra, a všecky klénoty Egyptské; Lubimští také a Mouřenínové za ním půjdou. ⁴⁴ V tom noviny od východu a od půlnoci přestraší jej; pročež vytáhne s prchlivostí velikou, aby hubil a mordoval mnohé. ⁴⁵ I rozbije stany paláce svého mezi mořemi, na hoře okrasy svatosti; a když přijde k skonání svému, nebude míti žádného spomocníka.

Danish⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Og han skal opvække sin Kraft og sit Mod med en stor Hær imod Kongen af Sønden, og Kongen af Sønden skal ruste sig til krig med en stor og saare mægtig Hær, men ikke bestaa; thi der skal optænkes Anslag imod ham. ²⁶ Og de, som aade hans Mad, skulle knuse ham; og hans Hær skal strømme frem, men der skal falde mange ihjelslagne. ²⁷ Og begge Kongernes Hjerte staar til at gøre ondt, og over eet Bord skulle de tale Løgn; men det skal ikke lykkes, thi endnu venter det med Enden til den bestemte Tid. ²⁸ Og han skal vende tilbage til sit Land med stort Gods, og hans Hjerte skal lægge Raad op imod den hellige Pagt, og han skal fuldføre det og vende tilbage til sit Land. ²⁹ Paa den bestemte Tid skal han vende tilbage og komme imod Sønden; men det skal ikke gaa den sidste Gang som den første. ³⁰ Men Skibe fra Kithim skulle komme imod ham, og han skal tabe Modet og vende om og optændes til Vrede imod den hellige Pagt og udføre den, ja, han skal vende om og give Agt paa dem, som forlade den hellige Pagt. ³¹ Og en Stridsmagt fra ham skal staa frem og vanhellige Helligdommen, den faste Borg, og den skal borttage den stadige Tjeneste og opstille den ødelæggende Vederstyggelighed. ³² Og dem, som handle ugudeligt imod Pagten, skal han ved Smiger bringe til Frafald; men de af Folket, som kende deres Gud, skulle staa fast og vise det Gerning. ³³ Og de forstandige iblandt Folket skulle undervise mange; mer de skulle en Tid lang falde ved Sværd og ved Ildslue, ved Fangenskab og ved Plyndring. ³⁴ Og naade falde, skulle de blive hjulpnt med en liden Hjælp; og mange skulle slutte sig til dem med Smiger. ³⁵ Og af de forstandige skulle nogle falde, for at smelte og lutre og rense Folket indtil Endens Tid thi endnu venter det med den til den bestemte Tid. ³⁶ Og Kongen skal gøre efter din Villie og ophøje sig og gøre sig stor over enhver Gud og tale forfærdelige Ord imod gudernes Gud; og han skal have Lykke, indtil Vreden er til Ende; thi hvad der er bestemt, det sker. ³⁷ Og han skal ikke agte paa sine ædres Guder, er heller skal han agte paa Kvinders Ynde eller paa nogen Gud; thi han skal ophøje sig torlig over alt. ³⁸ Men Fæstningernes Gud skal han ære Paa dens sted; og den Gud, som han Fædre ikke kendte, skal han ære med Guld og med Sølv og med dyrebare Stene og med Kostbarheder. ³⁹ Og han skal handle med de stærke Fæstninger ved den fremmede Guds. Hjælp, saaledes at han skal bevise dem som erkende ham, meen Ære, og han skal lade dem herske over mange og uddele Land til Løn. ⁴⁰ Men ved Endens Tid skal Kongen af Sønden stanges med ham, og Kongen af Norden skal storme frem imod ham med Vogne og med Ryttere og med mange Skibe og trænge ind i Landene og overskylle og overfare dem. ⁴¹ Og han skal trænge ind i det herlige Land, og mange skulle falde; men disse skulle undkomme fra hans Haand: Edom og Moab og de ypperste af Ammons Børn. ⁴² Og han skal udstrække sin Haand efter Landene, og Ægyptens Land skal ikke staa til Redning. ⁴³ Og han skal blive Herre over Skatte af Guld og Sølv og over alle kostelige Ting i Ægypten; og Lygter og Morianer skulle følge ham. ⁴⁴ Men Tidender fra Østen og fra Norden skulle forfærde ham; og han skal drage ud med stor Grumhed for at udrydde og for at Ødelægge mange. ⁴⁵ Og han skal opslaa sit Pragttelt imellem Havet og det herlige, hellige Bjerg, men naa sin Ende, og ingen skal hjælpe ham.

CUV⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ 他必奮勇向前，率領大軍攻擊南方王；南方王也必以極大極強的軍兵與他爭戰，卻站立不住，因為有人設計謀害南方王。 ²⁶ 吃王膳的，必敗壞他；他的軍隊必被沖沒，而且被殺的甚多。 ²⁷ 至於這二王，他們心懷惡計，同席說謊，計謀卻不成就；因為到了定期，事就了結。 ²⁸ 北方王（原文是他）必帶許多財寶回往本國，他的心反對聖約，任意而行，回到本地。 ²⁹ 到了定期，他必返回，來到南方。後一次卻不如前一次， ³⁰ 因為基提戰船必來攻擊他，他就喪膽而回，又要惱恨聖約，任意而行；他必回來聯絡背棄聖約的人。 ³¹ 他必興兵，這兵必褻瀆聖地，就是保障，除掉常獻的燔祭，設立那行毀壞可憎的。 ³² 作惡違背聖約的人，他必用巧言勾引；惟獨認識　神的子民必剛強行事。 ³³ 民間的智慧人必訓誨多人；然而他們多日必倒在刀下，或被火燒，或被擄掠搶奪。 ³⁴ 他們仆倒的時候，稍得扶助，卻有許多人用諂媚的話親近他們。 ³⁵ 智慧人中有些仆倒的，為要熬煉其餘的人，使他們清淨潔白，直到末了；因為到了定期，事就了結。 ³⁶ 王必任意而行，自高自大，超過所有的神，又用奇異的話攻擊萬神之神。他必行事亨通，直到主的忿怒完畢，因為所定的事必然成就。 ³⁷ 他必不顧他列祖的　神，也不顧婦女所羨慕的神，無論何神他都不顧；因為他必自大，高過一切。 ³⁸ 他倒要敬拜保障的神，用金、銀、寶石和可愛之物敬奉他列祖所不認識的神。 ³⁹ 他必靠外邦神的幫助，攻破最堅固的保障。凡承認他的，他必將榮耀加給他們，使他們管轄許多人，又為賄賂分地與他們。 ⁴⁰ 到末了，南方王要與他交戰。北方王必用戰車、馬兵，和許多戰船，勢如暴風來攻擊他，也必進入列國，如洪水氾濫。 ⁴¹ 又必進入那榮美之地，有許多國就被傾覆，但以東人、摩押人，和一大半亞捫人必脫離他的手。 ⁴² 他必伸手攻擊列國；埃及地也不得脫離。 ⁴³ 他必把持埃及的金銀財寶和各樣的寶物。呂彼亞人和古實人都必跟從他。 ⁴⁴ 但從東方和北方必有消息擾亂他，他就大發烈怒出去，要將多人殺滅淨盡。 ⁴⁵ 他必在海和榮美的聖山中間設立他如宮殿的帳幕；然而到了他的結局，必無人能幫助他。

CUV_Strongs⁽ⁱ⁾

25 H5782 H3581 H3824 他必奮勇向前 H1419 ，率領大 H2428 軍 H5045 攻擊南方 H4428 王 H5045 ；南方 H4428 王 H1624 也必以 H3966 極 H1419 大 H6099 極強 H2428 的軍兵 H4421 與他爭戰 H5975 ，卻站立不住 H2803 H4284 ，因為有人設計謀害南方王。

26 H398 吃 H6598 王膳 H7665 的，必敗壞 H2428 他；他的軍隊 H7857 必被沖沒 H2491 ，而且被殺 H7227 的甚多。

27 H8147 至於這二 H4428 王 H3824 ，他們心 H4827 H7451 懷惡計 H259 H7979 ，同席 H1696 說 H3577 謊 H6743 ，計謀卻不成就 H4150 ；因為到了定期 H7093 ，事就了結。

28 H1419 北方王（原文是他）必帶許多 H7399 財寶 H7725 回往 H776 本國 H3824 ，他的心 H6944 反對聖 H1285 約 H6213 ，任意而行 H7725 ，回到 H776 本地。

29 H4150 到了定期 H7725 ，他必返回 H935 ，來到 H5045 南方 H314 。後一次 H7223 卻不如前一次，

30 H3794 因為基提 H6716 戰船 H935 必來 H3512 攻擊他，他就喪膽 H7725 而回 H2194 ，又要惱恨 H6944 聖 H1285 約 H6213 ，任意而行 H7725 ；他必回來 H995 聯絡 H5800 背棄 H6944 聖 H1285 約的人。

31 H5975 H2220 他必興兵 H2490 ，這兵必褻瀆 H4720 聖地 H4581 ，就是保障 H5493 ，除掉 H8548 常 H5414 獻的燔祭，設立 H8074 那行毀壞 H8251 可憎的。

32 H7561 作惡 H1285 違背聖約 H2514 的人，他必用巧言 H2610 勾引 H3045 ；惟獨認識 H430 　神 H5971 的子民 H2388 必剛強 H6213 行事。

33 H5971 民間 H7919 的智慧人 H995 必訓誨 H7227 多 H3782 人；然而他們多日必倒 H2719 在刀 H3852 下，或被火 H7628 燒，或被擄掠 H961 搶奪。

34 H3782 他們仆倒 H4592 的時候，稍得 H5826 H5828 扶助 H7227 ，卻有許多 H2519 人用諂媚的話 H3867 親近他們。

35 H7919 智慧人 H3782 中有些仆倒 H6884 的，為要熬煉 H1305 其餘的人，使他們清淨 H3835 潔白 H7093 H6256 ，直到末了 H4150 ；因為到了定期，事就了結。

36 H4428 王 H7522 必任意 H6213 而行 H7311 ，自高 H1431 自大 H410 ，超過所有的神 H6381 ，又用奇異的話 H410 攻擊萬神 H410 之神 H6743 。他必行事亨通 H2195 ，直到主的忿怒 H3615 完畢 H2782 ，因為所定的事 H6213 必然成就。

37 H995 他必不顧 H1 他列祖 H430 的　神 H802 ，也不顧婦女 H2532 所羨慕 H433 的神，無論何神 H995 他都不顧 H1431 ；因為他必自大，高過一切。

38 H3513 他倒要敬拜 H4581 保障 H433 的神 H2091 ，用金 H3701 、銀 H3368 、寶 H68 石 H2532 和可愛之物 H3513 敬奉 H1 他列祖 H3045 所不認識 H433 的神。

39 H5236 他必靠外邦 H433 神 H6213 的幫助，攻破 H4581 最堅固 H4013 的保障 H5234 H5234 。凡承認 H3519 他的，他必將榮耀 H7235 加給 H4910 他們，使他們管轄 H7227 許多 H4242 人，又為賄賂 H2505 分 H127 地與他們。

40 H7093 H6256 到末了 H5045 ，南方 H4428 王 H5055 要與他交戰 H6828 。北方 H4428 王 H7393 必用戰車 H6571 、馬兵 H7227 ，和許多 H591 戰船 H8175 ，勢如暴風 H935 來攻擊他，也必進入 H776 列國 H7857 H5674 ，如洪水氾濫。

41 H935 又必進入 H6643 那榮美 H776 之地 H7227 ，有許多 H3782 國就被傾覆 H123 ，但以東人 H4124 、摩押人 H7225 ，和一大半 H5983 亞捫 H1121 人 H4422 必脫離 H3027 他的手。

42 H7971 他必伸 H3027 手 H776 攻擊列國 H4714 ；埃及 H776 地 H6413 也不得脫離。

43 H4910 他必把持 H4714 埃及 H2091 的金 H3701 銀 H4362 財寶 H2532 和各樣的寶物 H3864 。呂彼亞人 H3569 和古實人 H4703 都必跟從他。

44 H4217 但從東方 H6828 和北方 H8052 必有消息 H926 擾亂 H1419 他，他就大 H2534 發烈怒 H3318 出去 H7227 ，要將多 H8045 人殺滅 H2763 淨盡。

45 H3220 他必在海 H6643 和榮美的 H6944 聖 H2022 山 H5193 中間設立 H643 他如宮殿 H168 的帳幕 H935 ；然而到了 H7093 他的結局 H5826 ，必無人能幫助他。

CUVS⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ 他必奋勇向前，率领大军攻击南方王；南方王也必以极大极强的军兵与他争战，却站立不住，因为冇人设计谋害南方王。 ²⁶ 吃王膳的，必败坏他；他的军队必被沖没，而且被杀的甚多。 ²⁷ 至于这二王，他们心怀恶计，同席说谎，计谋却不成就；因为到了定期，事就了结。 ²⁸ 北方王（原文是他）必带许多财宝回往本国，他的心反对圣约，任意而行，回到本地。 ²⁹ 到了定期，他必返回，来到南方。后一次却不如前一次， ³⁰ 因为基提战船必来攻击他，他就丧胆而回，又要恼恨圣约，任意而行；他必回来联络背弃圣约的人。 ³¹ 他必兴兵，这兵必亵渎圣地，就是保障，除掉常献的燔祭，设立那行毁坏可憎的。 ³² 作恶违背圣约的人，他必用巧言勾引；惟独认识　神的子民必刚强行事。 ³³ 民间的智慧人必训诲多人；然而他们多日必倒在刀下，或被火烧，或被掳掠抢夺。 ³⁴ 他们仆倒的时候，稍得扶助，却冇许多人用谄媚的话亲近他们。 ³⁵ 智慧人中冇些仆倒的，为要熬炼其余的人，使他们清净洁白，直到末了；因为到了定期，事就了结。 ³⁶ 王必任意而行，自高自大，超过所冇的神，又用奇异的话攻击万神之神。他必行事亨通，直到主的忿怒完毕，因为所定的事必然成就。 ³⁷ 他必不顾他列祖的　神，也不顾妇女所羡慕的神，无论何神他都不顾；因为他必自大，高过一切。 ³⁸ 他倒要敬拜保障的神，用金、银、宝石和可爱之物敬奉他列祖所不认识的神。 ³⁹ 他必靠外邦神的帮助，攻破最坚固的保障。凡承认他的，他必将荣耀加给他们，使他们管辖许多人，又为贿赂分地与他们。 ⁴⁰ 到末了，南方王要与他交战。北方王必用战车、马兵，和许多战船，势如暴风来攻击他，也必进入列国，如洪水氾滥。 ⁴¹ 又必进入那荣美之地，冇许多国就被倾覆，但以东人、摩押人，和一大半亚扪人必脱离他的手。 ⁴² 他必伸手攻击列国；埃及地也不得脱离。 ⁴³ 他必把持埃及的金银财宝和各样的宝物。吕彼亚人和古实人都必跟从他。 ⁴⁴ 但从东方和北方必冇消息扰乱他，他就大发烈怒出去，要将多人杀灭净尽。 ⁴⁵ 他必在海和荣美的圣山中间设立他如宫殿的帐幕；然而到了他的结局，必无人能帮助他。

CUVS_Strongs⁽ⁱ⁾

25 H5782 H3581 H3824 他必奋勇向前 H1419 ，率领大 H2428 军 H5045 攻击南方 H4428 王 H5045 ；南方 H4428 王 H1624 也必以 H3966 极 H1419 大 H6099 极强 H2428 的军兵 H4421 与他争战 H5975 ，却站立不住 H2803 H4284 ，因为有人设计谋害南方王。

26 H398 吃 H6598 王膳 H7665 的，必败坏 H2428 他；他的军队 H7857 必被沖没 H2491 ，而且被杀 H7227 的甚多。

27 H8147 至于这二 H4428 王 H3824 ，他们心 H4827 H7451 怀恶计 H259 H7979 ，同席 H1696 说 H3577 谎 H6743 ，计谋却不成就 H4150 ；因为到了定期 H7093 ，事就了结。

28 H1419 北方王（原文是他）必带许多 H7399 财宝 H7725 回往 H776 本国 H3824 ，他的心 H6944 反对圣 H1285 约 H6213 ，任意而行 H7725 ，回到 H776 本地。

29 H4150 到了定期 H7725 ，他必返回 H935 ，来到 H5045 南方 H314 。后一次 H7223 却不如前一次，

30 H3794 因为基提 H6716 战船 H935 必来 H3512 攻击他，他就丧胆 H7725 而回 H2194 ，又要恼恨 H6944 圣 H1285 约 H6213 ，任意而行 H7725 ；他必回来 H995 联络 H5800 背弃 H6944 圣 H1285 约的人。

31 H5975 H2220 他必兴兵 H2490 ，这兵必亵渎 H4720 圣地 H4581 ，就是保障 H5493 ，除掉 H8548 常 H5414 献的燔祭，设立 H8074 那行毁坏 H8251 可憎的。

32 H7561 作恶 H1285 违背圣约 H2514 的人，他必用巧言 H2610 勾引 H3045 ；惟独认识 H430 　神 H5971 的子民 H2388 必刚强 H6213 行事。

33 H5971 民间 H7919 的智慧人 H995 必训诲 H7227 多 H3782 人；然而他们多日必倒 H2719 在刀 H3852 下，或被火 H7628 烧，或被掳掠 H961 抢夺。

34 H3782 他们仆倒 H4592 的时候，稍得 H5826 H5828 扶助 H7227 ，却有许多 H2519 人用谄媚的话 H3867 亲近他们。

35 H7919 智慧人 H3782 中有些仆倒 H6884 的，为要熬炼 H1305 其余的人，使他们清净 H3835 洁白 H7093 H6256 ，直到末了 H4150 ；因为到了定期，事就了结。

36 H4428 王 H7522 必任意 H6213 而行 H7311 ，自高 H1431 自大 H410 ，超过所有的神 H6381 ，又用奇异的话 H410 攻击万神 H410 之神 H6743 。他必行事亨通 H2195 ，直到主的忿怒 H3615 完毕 H2782 ，因为所定的事 H6213 必然成就。

37 H995 他必不顾 H1 他列祖 H430 的　神 H802 ，也不顾妇女 H2532 所羡慕 H433 的神，无论何神 H995 他都不顾 H1431 ；因为他必自大，高过一切。

38 H3513 他倒要敬拜 H4581 保障 H433 的神 H2091 ，用金 H3701 、银 H3368 、宝 H68 石 H2532 和可爱之物 H3513 敬奉 H1 他列祖 H3045 所不认识 H433 的神。

39 H5236 他必靠外邦 H433 神 H6213 的帮助，攻破 H4581 最坚固 H4013 的保障 H5234 H5234 。凡承认 H3519 他的，他必将荣耀 H7235 加给 H4910 他们，使他们管辖 H7227 许多 H4242 人，又为贿赂 H2505 分 H127 地与他们。

40 H7093 H6256 到末了 H5045 ，南方 H4428 王 H5055 要与他交战 H6828 。北方 H4428 王 H7393 必用战车 H6571 、马兵 H7227 ，和许多 H591 战船 H8175 ，势如暴风 H935 来攻击他，也必进入 H776 列国 H7857 H5674 ，如洪水氾滥。

41 H935 又必进入 H6643 那荣美 H776 之地 H7227 ，有许多 H3782 国就被倾覆 H123 ，但以东人 H4124 、摩押人 H7225 ，和一大半 H5983 亚扪 H1121 人 H4422 必脱离 H3027 他的手。

42 H7971 他必伸 H3027 手 H776 攻击列国 H4714 ；埃及 H776 地 H6413 也不得脱离。

43 H4910 他必把持 H4714 埃及 H2091 的金 H3701 银 H4362 财宝 H2532 和各样的宝物 H3864 。吕彼亚人 H3569 和古实人 H4703 都必跟从他。

44 H4217 但从东方 H6828 和北方 H8052 必有消息 H926 扰乱 H1419 他，他就大 H2534 发烈怒 H3318 出去 H7227 ，要将多 H8045 人杀灭 H2763 净尽。

45 H3220 他必在海 H6643 和荣美的 H6944 圣 H2022 山 H5193 中间设立 H643 他如宫殿 H168 的帐幕 H935 ；然而到了 H7093 他的结局 H5826 ，必无人能帮助他。

Esperanto⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Poste li ekscitos sian forton kaj sian koron kontraux la regxon sudan kun grandega militistaro, kaj la suda regxo eliros milite kun granda kaj tre forta militistaro; sed li ne eltenos, cxar estos faritaj atencoj kontraux li. ²⁶ Tiuj, kiuj mangxas cxe lia tablo, pereigos lin, kaj lia armeo disversxigxos, kaj falos multe da mortigitoj. ²⁷ Ambaux regxoj havos en sia koro malbonajn intencojn, kaj cxe la sama tablo ili parolos malverajxon; sed ili ne sukcesos, cxar la fino estas ankoraux prokrastita gxis certa tempo. ²⁸ Li iros returne al sia lando kun granda havajxo, kaj kun intencoj kontraux la sankta interligo; kaj li plenumos, kaj venos en sian landon. ²⁹ En difinita tempo li denove iros suden; sed la lasta fojo ne estos tia, kiel la unua. ³⁰ CXar venos kontraux lin sxipoj de la Kitidoj, kaj li perdos la kuragxon; kaj li denove farigxos kolera kontraux la sankta interligo, kaj denove agos kaj interkonsentos kun la forlasintoj de la sankta interligo. ³¹ Helpantoj estos starigitaj de li; ili malsanktigos la fortodonan sanktejon, cxesigos la cxiutagajn oferojn, kaj faros abomenindan ruinigon. ³² Tiujn, kiuj malbonagas kontraux la interligo, li allogos per flatajxoj. Sed la homoj, kiuj konas sian Dion, farigxos kuragxaj kaj komencos agi. ³³ La klerigantoj de la popolo klerigos multajn, kvankam dum kelka tempo ili falados de glavo, fajro, mallibereco, kaj prirabado. ³⁴ Dum sia falado ili ricevos kelkan helpon, sed multaj aligxos al ili hipokrite. ³⁵ Kelkaj el la klerigantoj falos por tio, ke ili refandigxu, purigxu, kaj blankigxu gxis la fina tempo; cxar estas ankoraux tempo. ³⁶ La regxo farados, kion li volos, kaj li fierigxos, kaj rigardos sin kiel pli altan ol cxiu dio, kaj pri Dio de la dioj li parolos terurajxojn, kaj li havos sukceson, gxis plenigxos la kolero; cxar kio estas decidita, tio plenumigxos. ³⁷ Kaj pri la dioj de siaj patroj li ne pensos, li ne atentos cxarmon de virinoj, nek ian dion, sed li tenos sin pli alte ol cxio. ³⁸ Nur la dion de fortikajxoj sur sia loko li honoros, kaj tiun dion, kiun ne konis liaj patroj, li honoros per oro, argxento, multekostaj sxtonoj, kaj juveloj. ³⁹ Kaj li konstruos por la urboj fortikajxojn sub la nomo de fremda dio; kiu akceptos cxi tiun, al tiu li plimultigos la honorojn kaj donos potencon super multaj kaj rekompence disdonos teron. ⁴⁰ Fine ekbatalos kontraux li la suda regxo, kaj jxetos sin sur lin la norda regxo kun cxaroj, rajdistoj, kaj multe da sxipoj, atakos la regionojn, inundos, kaj trairos. ⁴¹ Kaj li venos en la plej belan landon, kaj multaj pereos; savigxos kontraux lia mano nur jenaj:Edom, Moab, kaj la cxefaj el la Amonidoj. ⁴² Kaj li etendos sian manon kontraux diversajn landojn; ankaux la lando Egipta ne savigxos. ⁴³ Kaj li farigxos mastro super la trezoroj de oro, argxento, kaj cxiuj grandvalorajxoj de Egiptujo; Luboj kaj Etiopoj sekvos liajn pasxojn. ⁴⁴ Sed ektimigos lin famoj de oriento kaj de nordo, kaj li eliros kun granda furiozo, por pereigi kaj ekstermi multajn. ⁴⁵ Kaj li starigos sian belegan tendon inter la maro kaj la monto de la bela sanktejo; sed li venos al sia fino, kaj neniu helpos al li.

Finnish⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Ja hän kehoittaa voimansa ja sydämensä etelän kuningasta vastaan suurella sotajoukolla. Silloin etelän kuningas tulee kehoitetuksi sotaan suuren, väkevän sotajoukon kanssa. Mutta ei hän voi pysyä, sillä häntä vastaan pidetään juonia. ²⁶ Ja juuri ne, jotka hänen leipäänsä syövät, auttavat häntä turmelukseen ja hänen joukkoansa sortamaan, että sangen paljon lyödyksi tulee. ²⁷ Ja molempain kuningasten sydän ajattelee, kuinka he toinen toisellensa vahinkoa tekisivät. Ja yhden pöydän tykönä petollisesti toinen toisensa kanssa puhuvat, vaan ei se menesty, sillä loppu on vielä toiseksi ajaksi määrätty. ²⁸ Ja hän menee taas kotiansa suurella tavaralla, ja asettaa sydämensä sitä pyhää liittoa vastaan. Siinä hän jotakin toimittaa ja niin hän menee kotia omalle maallensa. ²⁹ Määrätyllä ajalla menee hän jälleen etelään päin, mutta ei hänelle menesty toisella erällä, niinkuin ensimäisellä. ³⁰ Sillä Kittimistä tulevat haahdet häntä vastaan, niin että hän epäilee ja palajaa ja vihastuu sitä pyhää liittoa vastaan. Ja menestyy ja kääntää itsensä ja suostuu niihin, jotka pyhän liiton hylkäävät. ³¹ Ja hänen käsivartensa pitää hänen puolestansa seisoman. Ne saastuttavat pyhän vahvistuksen ja saattavat pois jokapäiväisen uhrin ja nostavat hävityksen kauhistuksen. ³² Ja hän saattaa liiton rikkojat ulkokullatuksi makeilla sanoilla. Mutta se kansa, joka Jumalansa tuntee, rohkaisee itsensä ja menestyy. ³³ Ja ne ymmärtäväiset kansan seassa opettavat monta. Sentähden heitä vainotaan miekalla, tulella, vankiudella ja ryöstämisellä kauvan aikaa. ³⁴ Ja kuin he niin kaatuvat, tapahtuu heille kuitenkin vähä apua. Mutta monta menevät heidän tykönsä petollisesti. ³⁵ Ja ymmärtäväisistä muutamat lankeevat, että he koeteltaisiin, puhtaaksi ja selkiäksi tulisivat siihenasti, että loppu tulee, sillä se viipyy vielä määrättyyn aikaan asti. ³⁶ Ja kuningas tekee, mitä hän tahtoo ja korottaa itsensä ja ylentää itsensä kaikkia vastaan, mikä Jumala on. Ja puhuu hirmuisesti jumalain Jumalaa vastaan. Ja se on hänelle menestyvä siihenasti kuin viha täytetään, sillä se on päätetty, kuinka kauvan se on oleva. ³⁷ Isäinsä Jumalaa ei hän tottele, eikä vaimoin rakkautta. Eli ei yhdestäkään Jumalasta lukua pidä, sillä kaikkia vastaan hän itsensä korottaa. ³⁸ Mutta jumalaansa Maosimia hän palvelee paikallansa, sitä jumalaa, josta ei hänen isänsä mitään tietäneet, pitää hänen kunnioittaman kullalla, hopialla, kalliilla kivillä ja kauniilla kaluilla. ³⁹ Ja hän on niille, jotka häntä auttavat Maosimia vahvistamaan, sen muukalaisen jumalan kanssa, jonka hän valinnut on, suuren kunnian tekevä. Ja asettaa heitä monen herraksi ja jakaa heille maan palkaksi. ⁴⁰ Ja lopun ajalla pitää etelän kuninkaan hänen kanssansa puskeleman. Ja pohjoisen kuninkaan pitää äkisti karkaaman häntä vastaan rattailla, ratsasmiehillä ja monella haahdella. Ja hänen pitää maakuntiin sisälle menemän ja haaskaaman ja vaeltaman lävitse. ⁴¹ Ja ihanaan maahan tuleman, ja monta pitää lankeeman. Mutta nämät pitää hänen kädestänsä pääsemän: Edom, Moab ja Ammonin lasten esikoiset. ⁴² Ja hänen pitää kätensä maakuntiin ojentaman ja ei Egyptinkään maan pidä häneltä pääsemän. ⁴³ Vaan hänen pitää omistaman itsellensä kullan ja hopian ja kaiken Egyptin tavaran. Lybian ja Etiopian pitää häntä seuraaman. ⁴⁴ Mutta sanoma idästä ja pohjasta pitää häntä peljättämän. Ja hän käy ulos suuressa vihassa monta kadottamaan ja hukuttamaan. ⁴⁵ Ja hänen pitää majansa asettaman kahden meren välille, sen ihanan pyhän vuoren tykö siihen asti kuin hänen loppunsa tulee, ja ei kenkään häntä auta.

FinnishPR⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Ja hän panee liikkeelle voimansa ja rohkeutensa Etelän kuningasta vastaan, hyökäten suurella sotajoukolla. Mutta Etelän kuningas varustautuu sotaan suurella ja ylen väkevällä sotajoukolla. Hän ei kuitenkaan kestä, sillä häntä vastaan hankitaan juonia. ²⁶ Ja ne, jotka syövät hänen pöydästään, tuhoavat hänet, ja hänen sotajoukkonsa huuhdotaan pois, ja on paljon kaatuneita ja haavoitettuja. ²⁷ Ja kumpaisellakin kuninkaalla on paha mielessä toistansa vastaan. Samassa pöydässä he puhuvat valhetta; mutta se ei onnistu; sillä säädetty aika ei ole vielä lopussa. ²⁸ Silloin hän palaa maahansa paljoine tavaroineen, miettien hankkeita pyhää liittoa vastaan; hän toteuttaa ne ja palaa maahansa. ²⁹ Määräaikana hän hyökkää jälleen Etelämaahan, mutta tällä viimeisellä retkellä ei käy niinkuin ensimmäisellä. ³⁰ Häntä vastaan hyökkäävät kittiläisten laivat, ja hän menettää rohkeutensa, kääntyy takaisin ja purkaa kiukkunsa pyhää liittoa vastaan. Kotiin palattuaan hän suo huomiota niille, jotka hylkäävät pyhän liiton. ³¹ Hänen lähettämänsä sotajoukot nousevat ja häväisevät pyhäkön linnoituksineen, poistavat jokapäiväisen uhrin ja asettavat sinne hävityksen kauhistuksen. ³² Ja liitonrikkojat hän viettelee luopumukseen houkutuksillaan, mutta niitten joukko, jotka tuntevat Jumalansa, pysyy lujana ja tekee tehtävänsä. ³³ Ja taidolliset kansan seassa opettavat monta, mutta heitä sorretaan miekalla, tulella, vankeudella ja ryöstöllä, jonkun aikaa. ³⁴ Ja keskellä sortoa heille suodaan pieni menestys, ja monet liittyvät heihin teeskennellen. ³⁵ Ja taidollisista jotkut kompastuvat, että heidän joukkonsa koeteltaisiin, seulottaisiin ja puhdistettaisiin lopun ajaksi, sillä vielä kestää, ennenkuin määräaika on. ³⁶ Ja kuningas tekee, mitä hän tahtoo, ja korottaa itsensä ja uhittelee jokaista jumalaa, itse jumalien Jumalaa vastaan hän puhuu kauheita. Ja hän menestyy, kunnes vihan aika on lopussa; sillä mikä on säädetty, se tapahtuu. ³⁷ Hän ei välitä isäinsä jumalista, ei naisten lempijumalasta, eikä hän välitä mistään muustakaan jumalasta, sillä hän uhittelee niitä kaikkia. ³⁸ Mutta sen sijaan hän kunnioittaa linnoitusten jumalaa. Sitä jumalaa, jota hänen isänsä eivät tunteneet, hän kunnioittaa kullalla ja hopealla, kalliilla kivillä ja muilla kalleuksilla. ³⁹ Ja tätä hän tekee vahvoille linnoituksille-hän vieraine jumalineen. Niille, jotka hän omikseen tuntee, hän osoittaa suurta kunniaa ja panee heidät monien hallitsijaksi ja jakaa heille maata palkaksi. ⁴⁰ Mutta lopun ajalla Etelän kuningas iskee yhteen hänen kanssansa. Ja Pohjan kuningas käy tämän kimppuun vaunuilla ja ratsuilla ja monilla laivoilla, hyökkää hänen maihinsa, tulvana leviten niiden ylitse. ⁴¹ Hän hyökkää myös Ihanaan maahan, ja monta kaatuu. Mutta hänen kädestänsä pelastuvat nämä: Edom ja Mooab ja ammonilaisten pääosa. ⁴² Ja hän ojentaa kätensä maita kohti; Egyptin maa ei ole säästyvä. ⁴³ Hän valtaa kulta-ja hopea-aarteet ja kaikki Egyptin kalleudet, ja liibyalaiset ja etiopialaiset liittyvät häntä seuraamaan. ⁴⁴ Mutta sanomat idästä ja pohjoisesta säikähdyttävät häntä, ja hän lähtee täynnä kiukkua hävittämään monia ja vihkimään heitä tuhon omiksi. ⁴⁵ Hän pystyttää hovitelttansa meren ja pyhäkön ihanan vuoren välille. Mutta hänen loppunsa tulee, eikä häntä kukaan auta.

Haitian⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ L'ap leve, l'ap pare yon gwo lame pou l' atake peyi Lejip. Wa Lejip la menm ap pare yon gwo lame tou ak anpil zam pou koresponn ak li. Men, l'ap pèdi batay la paske y'ap fè move konplo sou do l'. ²⁶ Zanmi ki t'ap manje sou menm tab avè l' yo ap fè yo fini avè l'. Anpil nan sòlda li yo pral mouri. Y'ap kraze lame li a. ²⁷ Apre sa, de wa yo pral chita manje ansanm sou menm tab, men tou de pral gen move lide dèyè tèt yo, yonn ap bay lòt manti. Yo yonn yo p'ap jwenn sa yo bezwen an, paske lè a p'ap ko rive. ²⁸ Wa peyi Siri a ap tounen nan peyi l' ak anpil richès l'ap piye nan peyi Lejip. Apre lagè a, l'ap soti pou l' kraze relijyon pèp Bondye a. L'ap fè sa li te gen lide fè a. Lèfini, l'ap tounen tounen l' nan peyi l'. ²⁹ Kèk tan apre sa, l'ap tounen desann nan peyi Lejip ankò. Men, fwa sa a, sa p'ap pase tankou premye fwa a. ³⁰ Moun Kitim yo ap vin nan batiman yo, y'ap rete l' sou kous li, l'ap dekouraje. Lè l'ap tounen. l'ap fin debòde sou moun k'ap sèvi dapre kontra Bondye te siyen avèk yo a. Men, l'ap fè pa moun ki vire do bay kontra a. ³¹ L'ap voye sòlda nan lame li yo vin fè mete Tanp lan nan kondisyon pou moun pa ka sèvi Bondye ladan l' ankò. Y'ap aboli ofrann bèt yo te konn fè chak jou a, y'ap mete sa nou pa ta renmen wè a, bagay k'ap bay gwo lapenn lan chita byen wo nan Tanp lan. ³² Wa a ap fè moun ki te deja vire do yo bay kontra Bondye a pran pozisyon pou li, l'ap pran tèt yo ak bèl pawòl. Men, moun k'ap sèvi Bondye yo ap kanpe fèm, y'ap kenbe tèt avè l'. ³³ Chèf ki gen bon konprann yo va separe konesans yo ak pèp la. Men, pandan kèk tan yo pral pèsekite yo, y'ap touye yo nan batay. Yo pral boule yo nan dife jouk yo mouri. Y'ap depòte yo, y'ap piye tout zafè yo. ³⁴ Pandan tout pèsekisyon sa a, pèp Bondye a va resevwa yon ti konkou. Men, anpil moun ap vin mete tèt ansanm ak yo pou defann pwòp enterè pa yo. ³⁵ Nan chèf ki gen konesans yo genyen k'ap mouri. Men, avèk lafliksyon sa a, pèp la va netwaye, l'a lave, l'a blanchi. Sa pral pase konsa jouk lè a va rive pou sa fini nan dat Bondye te fikse a. ³⁶ Wa peyi Siri a va fè sa li vle. Li pral gonfle lestonmak li, li pral mache di jan li pi gran pase tout bondye. L'ap di yon bann vye koze sou Bondye ki anwo tout bondye yo. L'ap fè sa konsa jouk lè pou Bondye pini l' lan va rive. Paske, tou sa Bondye te di ki pou fèt la gen pou fèt. ³⁷ Wa a p'ap konnen bondye zansèt li yo, li p'ap konnen bondye medam yo renmen sèvi a, li p'ap konn ankenn lòt bondye. Se tèt pa l' ase l'ap konnen. Pou li, li pi gran pase yo tout. ³⁸ Nan plas yo, l'ap pito sèvi bondye ki pwoteje fò yo, yon bondye zansèt li yo pa t' janm konnen. L'ap ofri lò, ajan, bèl pyè bijou ak lòt bagay ki koute chè ba li. ³⁹ Pou defann fò li yo, l'ap pran moun ki sèvi lòt bondye pou sèvi sòlda. Depi yon moun rekonèt li pou wa, l'ap fè bèl bagay pou li, l'ap mete l' chèf sou anpil moun, l'ap ba li tè pou rekonpans. ⁴⁰ Lè tan wa Siri a pral bout, wa Lejip la pral atake l'. Wa Siri a pral vare sou li tankou yon van siklòn, li pral mache sou li ak tout cha lagè li yo, tout kavalye l' yo ak anpil batiman. L'ap anvayi anpil peyi, l'ap tankou yon gwo larivyè k'ap desann. ⁴¹ L'ap anvayi pi bèl peyi ki sou latè a, l'ap touye yon pakèt moun. Men, moun peyi Edon, moun peyi Moab ak rès moun peyi Amon yo va chape anba men l'. ⁴² Wi, l'ap anvayi tout peyi yo. Ata peyi Lejip p'ap chape. ⁴³ L'ap pran tout richès peyi Lejip la pou li: lò, ajan ak tout bèl bagay ki koute chè yo. L'ap fè moun Libi yo ak moun Letiopi yo bat ba devan li. ⁴⁴ Men, l'ap vin tande nouvèl k'ap kouri soti nan nò ak bò solèy leve. L'ap pè, l'ap kase tèt tounen. L'ap debòde, l'ap kraze brize, l'ap masakre anpil moun. ⁴⁵ L'ap moute gwo tant li a ant lanmè a ak mòn kote tanp Bondye a kanpe a. Men, l'ap mouri, p'ap gen pesonn pou pote l' sekou.

Hungarian⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ És felindítja az õ erejét és szívét a déli király ellen nagy sereggel, és a déli király is hadra készül nagy sereggel és igen erõssel, de meg nem állhat, mert cselt koholtak ellene. ²⁶ És a kik az õ ételét eszik, megrontják õt, és az õ serege elszéled, és sokan elhullanak seb miatt. ²⁷ De ennek a két királynak szíve is gonoszt forral, és egy asztalnál hazugságot szólnak [egymásnak;] de siker nélkül, mert a vég még bizonyos idõre [elmarad.] ²⁸ Azért visszatér az õ földére nagy gazdagsággal; de az õ szíve a szent szövetség ellen van, és [ellene] tesz, és újra visszatér az õ földére. ²⁹ Bizonyos idõben megjõ, és délre megy: de nem lesz utolszor úgy, mint elõször volt. ³⁰ Mert kitteus hajók jõnek ellene és megijed, és visszatér és dühöng a szent szövetség ellen és cselekszik [ellene;] visszatér és ügyel azokra, a kik elhagyják a szent szövetséget. ³¹ És seregek állanak fel az õ részérõl, és megfertéztetik a szenthelyet, az erõsséget, és megszüntetik a mindennapi áldozatot, és felteszik a pusztító útálatosságot. ³² És a kik gonoszul cselekesznek a szövetség ellen, azokat hitszegésre csábítja hizelkedésekkel; ellenben az Istenét ismerõ nép felbátorodik és cselekeszik. ³³ És a nép értelmesei sokakat oktatnak, de hullanak fegyver és tûz miatt, fogság és rablás miatt napokig. ³⁴ És miközben elhullanak, megsegíttetnek kicsiny segítséggel, és sokan csatlakoznak hozzájok képmutató beszédekkel. ³⁵ És elhullanak az értelmesek közül is, hogy megpróbáltassanak, megtisztíttassanak és megfehéríttessenek a vég idejéig; mert a rendelt idõ még [hátra] van. ³⁶ És a király a maga tetszése szerint cselekszik és felfuvalkodik és felmagasztalja magát minden isten felett, és az istenek Istene ellen is vakmerõn szól, és szerencsés lesz, mígnem betelik a harag; mert a mi elhatároztatott, az végre [is] hajtatik. ³⁷ Nem gondol atyáinak isteneivel, nem gondol az asszonyok kedvenczével, és egy istennel sem; hanem mindennek fölibe magasztalja magát. ³⁸ De a helyett tiszteli az erõdök istenét annak helyén; és azt az istent, a kit nem ismertek az õ atyái, tiszteli aranynyal, ezüsttel, drágakövekkel és becses [ajándékok]kal. ³⁹ És az erõdített városokban így teszen az idegen istenek nevében: a ki hódol, annak dicsõségét megsokasítja és sokak felett ad nékik hatalmat; a földet elosztja jutalom gyanánt. ⁴⁰ De a vég idején összetûz vele a déli király, és mint a forgószél, úgy megy reá az északi király szekerekkel, lovasokkal és sok hajóval, és betör az országokba, elözönli és végigjárja [azokat]. ⁴¹ És bemegy a dicsõ földre, és sokan elesnek; de ezek megszabadulnak az õ kezébõl: Edom, Moáb és az Ammon fiainak színe-java. ⁴² És kezeit az országokra veti, és Égyiptom földe meg nem menekedhetik. ⁴³ És ura lesz Égyiptom arany- és ezüst-kincseinek és minden drágalátos javainak; libiabeliek és szerecsenek is lesznek az õ kíséretében. ⁴⁴ De megriasztják õt napkeletrõl és északról való hírek, és kivonul nagy haraggal, hogy elveszessen és megöljön sokakat. ⁴⁵ És felvonja az õ sátor-palotáját a tengerek és a dicsõ szent hegy között; és végére jut, és senki sem segít rajta.

Indonesian⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Kemudian dengan berani ia akan membentuk tentara yang besar untuk menyerang raja negeri selatan yang telah bersiap-siap pula hendak melawan dia dengan tentara yang kuat dan besar sekali. Tetapi raja negeri selatan tidak akan dapat bertahan karena ia akan dikhianati. ²⁶ Penasihat-penasihatnya yang paling dekat dengan dia akan menjatuhkan dia. Banyak di antara prajurit-prajuritnya akan terbunuh, dan tentaranya akan disapu bersih. ²⁷ Kemudian kedua raja itu akan duduk pada satu meja dan makan bersama, tetapi mereka bermaksud jahat, dan mereka akan saling membohongi. Tetapi rencana mereka gagal sebab masanya belum tiba. ²⁸ Kemudian raja negeri utara akan pulang ke negerinya dengan segala barang rampasan yang didapatnya. Ia bertekad untuk menghancurkan agama yang dianut oleh umat Allah. Ia akan berbuat semaunya lalu kembali ke negerinya sendiri. ²⁹ Beberapa waktu kemudian ia akan menyerang negeri selatan lagi, tetapi akibatnya lain daripada kali yang pertama. ³⁰ Sebab orang-orang Roma dengan kapal-kapalnya akan datang dari Siprus dan memerangi dia, sehingga ia menjadi ketakutan. Lalu ia akan pulang dengan marah sekali dan berusaha menghancurkan agama umat Allah. Ia akan mengikuti nasihat mereka yang telah murtad dari agama itu. ³¹ Lalu ia mengirim pasukan-pasukan yang mencemarkan Rumah TUHAN. Mereka akan menghapuskan kurban harian dan menegakkan sesuatu yang mengerikan yang disebut Kejahatan yang menghancurkan. ³² Maka dengan tipu daya raja itu akan membujuk orang-orang yang sudah meninggalkan agama mereka, supaya mau membantunya. Tetapi orang-orang yang taat kepada Allah akan berani melawan dia. ³³ Orang-orang bijaksana yang memimpin rakyat akan membuat banyak orang mengerti. Tetapi untuk beberapa waktu lamanya, beberapa di antara mereka akan terbunuh karena perang atau karena api, dan beberapa orang lagi akan dirampok dan ditawan. ³⁴ Sementara pembunuhan itu berlangsung, umat Allah akan mendapat sedikit bantuan, tetapi banyak orang akan bergabung dengan mereka hanya untuk kepentingan mereka sendiri. ³⁵ Sebagian dari pemimpin-pemimpin yang bijaksana itu akan terbunuh, tetapi itu merupakan ujian bagi umat sehingga mereka akan menjadi murni. Hal itu akan berlangsung sampai pada akhir zaman, yaitu zaman yang telah ditetapkan Allah. ³⁶ Raja negeri utara akan berbuat sekehendak hatinya. Dengan sombong ia akan mengatakan bahwa ia lebih besar daripada dewa mana pun, malahan juga lebih besar daripada Allah Yang Mahatinggi. Ia akan dapat berbuat begitu sampai murka Allah berakhir. Sebab apa yang sudah ditetapkan Allah harus terlaksana dahulu. ³⁷ Raja itu tidak akan mengindahkan dewa mana pun yang disembah oleh nenek moyangnya, termasuk dewa pujaan para wanita. Ia tidak mempedulikan dewa-dewa itu karena ia menganggap dirinya lebih besar dari mereka. ³⁸ Sebaliknya, ia akan menghormati dewa yang belum pernah disembah oleh nenek moyangnya, yaitu dewa pelindung benteng-benteng. Ia akan mempersembahkan emas, perak, permata dan persembahan-persembahan mewah lainnya kepada dewa yang belum pernah disembah oleh nenek moyangnya. ³⁹ Ia akan memilih orang-orang yang menyembah dewa asing, untuk menyerang benteng-benteng kuat. Siapa yang mengakui dewa itu akan diberinya kehormatan besar dan kedudukan yang tinggi serta tanah sebagai upah. ⁴⁰ Bila akhir kekuasaan raja negeri utara sudah hampir tiba, raja negeri selatan akan menyerang dia. Lalu raja negeri utara akan membalas serangan itu dengan sengit. Ia akan mengerahkan banyak kereta perang, kuda dan kapal. Ia akan menyerbu seperti air bah, dan menduduki banyak negeri. ⁴¹ Bahkan tanah yang permai pun akan diserbunya juga, dan puluhan ribu orang akan dibunuhnya. Tetapi kerajaan-kerajaan Edom, Moab dan bagian yang terpenting dari kerajaan Amon akan selamat. ⁴² Pada waktu ia menduduki kerajaan-kerajaan itu, kerajaan Mesir pun tidak akan luput. ⁴³ Ia akan merampas harta Mesir berupa emas dan perak serta harta lain yang sangat berharga. Ia akan dibantu orang Libia dan Sudan. ⁴⁴ Lalu berita dari timur dan utara akan mengejutkannya, sehingga ia akan berperang dengan sengit dan membunuh banyak orang. ⁴⁵ Bahkan ia akan memasang kemah kerajaannya di antara laut dan gunung tempat Rumah TUHAN. Tetapi kemudian ia akan mati dan tidak ada seorang pun yang akan menolongnya."

Italian⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Poi egli moverà le sue forze, e il cuor suo, contro al re del Mezzodì, con grande esercito; e il re del Mezzodì, verrà a battaglia, con grande e potentissimo esercito; ma non potrà durare; perciocchè si faranno delle macchinazioni contro a lui. ²⁶ E quelli che mangeranno il suo piatto lo romperanno; e l’esercito di colui inonderà il paese, e molti caderanno uccisi. ²⁷ E il cuore di que’ due re sarà volto ad offender l’un l’altro, e in una medesima tavola parleranno insieme con menzogna; ma ciò non riuscirà bene; perciocchè vi sarà ancora una fine, al tempo determinato. ²⁸ E colui se ne ritornerà al suo paese con gran ricchezze; e il suo cuore sarà contro al Patto santo; ed egli farà di gran cose: e poi se ne ritornerà al suo paese. ²⁹ Al tempo determinato, egli verrà di nuovo contro al paese del Mezzodi; ma la cosa non riuscirà quest’ultima volta come la prima. ³⁰ E verranno contro a lui delle navi di Chittim, ed egli ne sarà contristato, e se ne ritornerà, e indegnerà contro al Patto santo, e farà di gran cose: poi ritornerà, e porgerà le orecchie a quelli che avranno abbandonato il Patto santo. ³¹ E le braccia terranno la parte sua, e profaneranno il santuario della fortezza, e torranno via il sacrificio continuo, e vi metteranno l’abbominazione disertante. ³² E per lusinghe egli indurrà a contaminarsi quelli che avran misfatto contro al Patto; ma il popolo di quelli che conoscono l’Iddio loro si fortificherà, e si porterà valorosamente. ³³ E gl’intendenti d’infra il popolo ne ammaestreranno molti; e caderanno per la spada, e per le fiamme, e andranno in cattività, e saranno in preda, per molti giorni. ³⁴ Ma mentre caderanno così, saranno soccorsi di un po’ di soccorso; e molti si aggiungeranno con loro con bei sembianti infinti. ³⁵ Di quegl’intendenti adunque ne caderanno alcuni: acciocchè fra loro ve ne sieno di quelli che sieno posti al cimento, e purgati, e imbiancati, fino al tempo della fine; perciocchè vi sarà ancora una fine, al tempo determinato. ³⁶ Questo re adunque farà ciò che gli piacerà, e s’innalzerà, e si magnificherà sopra ogni dio; e proferirà cose strane contro all’Iddio degl’iddii; e prospererà, finchè l’indegnazione sia venuta meno; conciossiachè una determinazione ne sia stata fatta. ³⁷ Ed egli non si curerà degl’iddii de’ suoi padri, nè d’amor di donne, nè di dio alcuno; perciocchè egli si magnificherà sopra ogni cosa. ³⁸ Ed egli onorerà un dio delle fortezze sopra il suo seggio; egli onorerà, con oro, e con argento, e con gemme, e con cose preziose, un dio, il quale i suoi padri non avranno conosciuto. ³⁹ Ed egli verrà a capo de’ luoghi muniti delle fortezze, con quell’iddio strano; egli accrescerà d’onore quelli ch’egli riconoscerà, e li farà signoreggiar sopra molti, e spartirà la terra per prezzo. ⁴⁰ Or in sul tempo della fine, il re del Mezzodì cozzerà con lui; e il re del Settentrione gli verrà addosso, a guisa di turbo, con carri, e con cavalieri, e con molto naviglio; ed entrerà ne’ paesi d’esso, e inonderà e passerà a traverso; ⁴¹ ed entrerà nel paese della bellezza, e molti paesi ruineranno; e questi scamperanno dalla sua mano: Edom, Moab, e la principal parte de’ figliuoli di Ammon. ⁴² Così egli metterà la mano sopra molti paesi, e il paese di Egitto non iscamperà. ⁴³ E si farà padrone de’ tesori d’oro, e d’argento, e di tutte le cose preziose di Egitto; e i Libii, e gli Etiopi saranno al suo seguito. ⁴⁴ Ma rumori dal Levante e dal Settentrione lo turberanno; ed egli uscirà con grande ira, per distruggere, e per disperder molti. ⁴⁵ E pianterà le tende del suo padiglione reale fra i mari, presso del santo monte di bellezza; poi, come sarà pervenuto al suo fine, non vi sarà alcun che l’aiuti.

ItalianRiveduta⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Poi raccoglierà le sue forze e il suo coraggio contro il re del mezzogiorno, mediante un grande esercito. E il re del mezzogiorno s’impegnerà in guerra con un grande e potentissimo esercito; ma non potrà tener fronte, perché si faranno delle macchinazioni contro di lui. ²⁶ Quelli che mangeranno alla sua mensa saranno la sua rovina, il suo esercito si dileguerà come un torrente, e molti cadranno uccisi. ²⁷ E quei due re cercheranno in cuor loro di farsi del male; e, alla stessa mensa, si diranno delle menzogne; ma ciò non riuscirà, perché la fine non verrà che al tempo fissato. ²⁸ E quegli tornerà al suo paese con grandi ricchezze; il suo cuore formerà dei disegni contro al patto santo, ed egli li eseguirà, poi tornerà al suo paese. ²⁹ Al tempo stabilito egli marcerà di nuovo contro il mezzogiorno; ma quest’ultima volta la cosa non riuscirà come la prima; ³⁰ poiché delle navi di Kittim moveranno contro di lui; ed egli si perderà d’animo; poi di nuovo s’indignerà contro il patto santo, ed eseguirà i suoi disegni, e tornerà ad intendersi con quelli che avranno abbandonato il patto santo. ³¹ Delle forze mandate da lui si presenteranno e profaneranno il santuario, la fortezza, sopprimeranno il sacrifizio continuo, e vi collocheranno l’abominazione, che cagiona la desolazione. ³² E per via di lusinghe corromperà quelli che agiscono empiamente contro il patto; ma il popolo di quelli che conoscono il loro Dio mostrerà fermezza, e agirà. ³³ E i savi fra il popolo ne istruiranno molti; ma saranno abbattuti dalla spada e dal fuoco, dalla cattività e dal saccheggio, per un certo tempo. ³⁴ E quando saranno così abbattuti, saran soccorsi con qualche piccolo aiuto; ma molti s’uniranno a loro con finti sembianti. ³⁵ E di que’ savi ne saranno abbattuti alcuni, per affinarli, per purificarli e per imbiancarli sino al tempo della fine, perché questa non avverrà che al tempo stabilito. ³⁶ E il re agirà a suo talento, si estollerà, si magnificherà al disopra d’ogni dio, e proferirà cose inaudite contro l’Iddio degli dèi; prospererà finché l’indignazione sia esaurita; poiché quello ch’è decretato si compirà. ³⁷ Egli non avrà riguardo agli dèi de’ suoi padri; non avrà riguardo né alla divinità favorita delle donne, né ad alcun dio, perché si magnificherà al disopra di tutti. ³⁸ Ma onorerà l’iddio delle fortezze nel suo luogo di culto; onorerà con oro, con argento, con pietre preziose e con oggetti di valore un dio che i suoi padri non conobbero. ³⁹ E agirà contro le fortezze ben munite, aiutato da un dio straniero; quelli che lo riconosceranno egli ricolmerà di gloria, li farà dominare su molti, e spartirà fra loro delle terre come ricompense. ⁴⁰ E al tempo della fine, il re del mezzogiorno verrà a cozzo con lui; e il re del settentrione gli piomberà addosso come la tempesta, con carri e cavalieri, e con molte navi; penetrerà ne’ paesi e, tutto inondando, passerà oltre. ⁴¹ Entrerà pure nel paese splendido, e molte popolazioni saranno abbattute; ma queste scamperanno dalle sue mani: Edom, Moab e la parte principale de’ figliuoli di Ammon. ⁴² Egli stenderà la mano anche su diversi paesi, e il paese d’Egitto non scamperà. ⁴³ E s’impadronirà de’ tesori d’oro e d’argento, e di tutte le cose preziose dell’Egitto; e i Libi e gli Etiopi saranno al suo séguito. ⁴⁴ Ma notizie dall’oriente e dal settentrione lo spaventeranno; ed egli partirà con gran furore, per distruggere e votare allo stermino molti. ⁴⁵ E pianterà le tende del suo palazzo fra i mari e il bel monte santo; poi giungerà alla sua fine, e nessuno gli darà aiuto.

Korean⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ 그가 그 힘을 떨치며 용맹을 발하여 큰 군대를 거느리고 남방 왕도 심히 크고 강한 군대를 거느리고 맞아 싸울 것이나 능히 당하지 못하리니 이는 그들이 모략을 베풀어 그를 침이니라 ²⁶ 자기의 진미를 먹는 자가 그를 멸하리니 그 군대가 흩어질 것이요 많은 자가 엎드러져 죽으리라 ²⁷ 이 두 왕이 마음에 서로 해코자 하여 한 밥상에 앉았을 때에 거짓말을 할 것이라 일이 형통하지 못하리니 이는 작정된 기한에 미쳐서 그 일이 끝날 것임이니라 ²⁸ 북방 왕은 많은 재물을 가지고 본국으로 돌아가리니 그는 마음으로 거룩한 언약을 거스리며 임의로 행하고 본토로 돌아갈 것이며 ²⁹ 작정된 기한에 그가 다시 나와서 남방에 이를 것이나 이번이 그 전번만 못하리니 ³⁰ 이는 깃딤의 배들이 이르러 그를 칠 것임이라 그가 낙심하고 돌아가며 거룩한 언약을 한하고 임의로 행하며 돌아가서는 거룩한 언약을 배반하는 자를 중히 여길 것이며 ³¹ 군대는 그의 편에 서서 성소 곧 견고한 곳을 더럽히며 매일 드리는 제사를 폐하며 멸망케 하는 미운 물건을 세울 것이며 ³² 그가 또 언약을 배반하고 악행하는 자를 궤휼로 타락시킬 것이나 오직 자기의 하나님을 아는 백성은 강하여 용맹을 발하리라 ³³ 백성 중에 지혜로운 자가 많은 사람을 가르칠 것이나 그들이 칼날과 불꽃과 사로잡힘과 약탈을 당하여 여러 날 동안 쇠패하리라 ³⁴ 그들이 쇠패할 때에 도움을 조금 얻을 것이나 많은 사람은 궤휼로 그들과 친합할 것이며 ³⁵ 또 그들 중 지혜로운 자 몇 사람이 쇠패하여 무리로 연단되며 정결케 되며 희게 되어 마지막 때까지 이르게 하리니 이는 작정된 기한이 있음이니라 ³⁶ 이 왕이 자기 뜻대로 행하며 스스로 높여 모든 신보다 크다 하며 비상한 말로 신들의 신을 대적하며 형통하기를 분노하심이 쉴 때까지 하리니 이는 그 작정된 일이 반드시 이룰 것임이니라 ³⁷ 그가 모든 것보다 스스로 크다 하고 그 열조의 신들과 여자의 사모하는 것을 돌아보지 아니하며 아무 신이든지 돌아보지 아니할 것이나 ³⁸ 그 대신에 세력의 신을 공경할 것이요 또 그 열조가 알지 못하던 신에게 금,은 보석과 보물을 드려 공경할 것이며 ³⁹ 그는 이방 신을 힘입어 크게 견고한 산성들을 취할 것이요 무릇 그를 안다 하는 자에게는 영광을 더하여 여러 백성을 다스리게도 하며 그에게서 뇌물을 받고 땅을 나눠주기도 하리라 ⁴⁰ 마지막 때에 남방 왕이 그를 찌르리니 북방 왕이 병거와 마병과 많은 배로 회리바람처럼 그에게로 마주 와서 그 여러 나라에 들어가며 물이 넘침 같이 지나갈 것이요 ⁴¹ 그가 또 영화로운 땅에 들어갈 것이요 많은 나라를 패망케 할 것이나 오직 에돔과 모압과 암몬 자손의 존귀한 자들은 그 손에서 벗어나리라 ⁴² 그가 열국에 그 손을 펴리니 애굽 땅도 면치 못할 것이므로 ⁴³ 그가 권세로 애굽의 금 은과 모든 보물을 잡을 것이요 리비아 사람과 구스 사람이 그의 시종이 되리라 ⁴⁴ 그러나 동북에서부터 소문이 이르러 그로 번민케 하므로 그가 분노하여 나가서 많은 무리를 다 도륙하며 진멸코자 할 것이요 ⁴⁵ 그가 장막 궁전을 바다와 영화롭고 거룩한 산 사이에 베풀 것이나 그의 끝이 이르리니 도와줄 자가 없으리라

Lithuanian⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Įsidrąsinęs sutelks didelę kariuomenę eiti prieš pietų karalių. Pietų karalius išeis į karą su labai didele ir galinga kariuomene, bet neįstengs šiaurės karaliui pasipriešinti, nes prieš jį bus surengta klasta: ²⁶ kurie valgo prie jo stalo, pražudys jį, jo kariuomenė bus išsklaidyta ir labai daug kris užmuštų. ²⁷ Abiejų karalių širdys bus klastingos, ir jie meluos vienas kitam prie vieno stalo, bet nesėkmingai, nes dar nėra atėjęs skirtas laikas. ²⁸ Jis sugrįš į savo kraštą su gausiu grobiu, bet jo širdis yra prieš šventąją sandorą. Tai įvykdęs, jis sugrįš į savo kraštą. ²⁹ Skirtu metu jis vėl eis į pietus, bet antrą kartą nebebus taip, kaip pirmą. ³⁰ Prieš jį atplauks laivai iš Kitimų. Jis pasitrauks išsigandęs ir bus įtūžęs prieš šventąją sandorą. Jis įvykdys savo ketinimus ir susitars su tais, kurie sulaužė šventąją sandorą. ³¹ Ginklai bus jo pusėje ir jie suteps galybės šventyklą, pašalins kasdienę auką ir toje vietoje pastatys sunaikinimo pabaisą. ³² Neištikimus sandorai jis suklaidins klastingomis kalbomis, bet žmonės, kurie pažįsta savo Dievą, bus stiprūs ir veiks. ³³ Tautos išminčiai mokys žmones, nors kurį laiką jie bus naikinami kardu, liepsna, įkalinimu ir apiplėšimu. ³⁴ Naikinami jie susilauks mažai pagalbos, nes daugelis prisidės prie jų tik veidmainiaudami. ³⁵ Kai kurie išminčiai žus, kad kiti būtų ištirti, išbandyti ir apvalyti iki skirto laiko, nes dar ne laikų pabaiga. ³⁶ Karalius elgsis, kaip norės, didžiuosis prieš dievus ir išdidžiai kalbės prieš dievų Dievą. Jam seksis, kol rūstybė bus įvykdyta, nes kas nuspręsta, tai bus padaryta. ³⁷ Nei savo tėvų dievų, nei moterų mylimojo, nei jokio kito dievo jis negerbs, bet didžiuosis prieš visus. ³⁸ Tik tvirtovių dievą jis pagerbs, dievą, kurio nepažino jo tėvai. Jis pagerbs jį auksu, sidabru, brangiais akmenimis ir brangenybėmis. ³⁹ Jis parūpins tvirtovėms svetimų dievų. Kas jį pripažins, tam jis suteiks daug garbės, padarys valdovu ir atpildui dalins žemę. ⁴⁰ Paskutiniaisiais laikais su juo kariaus pietų karalius. Kaip audra įsiverš į kraštą šiaurės karalius su kovos vežimais, raiteliais bei laivais, kaip tvanas užlies kraštus ir užims juos. ⁴¹ Jis įeis į šlovingąjį kraštą, dešimtys tūkstančių žus. Bet edomitai, moabitai ir didžioji dalis amonitų išsigelbės iš jo rankos. ⁴² Jis išties ranką prieš kitus kraštus, ir Egipto šalis neišsigelbės. ⁴³ Jis užvaldys Egipto aukso ir sidabro lobius bei brangenybes, libiai ir etiopai seks paskui jį. ⁴⁴ Žinios iš šiaurės ir rytų nugąsdins jį. Labai įtūžęs, jis išeis, kad naikintų ir pražudytų daugelį. ⁴⁵ Jis pastatys savo karališką palapinę tarp jūros ir šlovingo šventojo kalno. Ten jis prieis galą, ir nė vienas nepadės jam”.

PBG⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Potem wzbudzi moc swoję, i serce swoje przeciw królowi z południa z wojskiem wielkiem, z którem król z południa walecznie się potykać będzie z wojskiem wielkiem i bardzo mocnem; ale się nie oprze, przeto, że wymyśli przeciwko niemu zdradę. ²⁶ Bo ci, którzy jedzą chleb jego, zniszczą go, gdy wojsko onego jako powódź przypadnie, a pobitych wiele polęże. ²⁷ Natenczas obaj królowie w sercu swem myślić będą, jakoby jeden drugiemu szkodzić mógł, a przy jednymże stole kłamstwo mówić będą; ale się im nie nada, gdyż jeszcze koniec na inszy czas odłożony jest. ²⁸ Przetoż się wróci do ziemi swojej z bogactwy wielkiemi, a serce jego obróci się przeciwko przymierzu świętemu; co uczyniwszy wróci się do ziemi swojej. ²⁹ A czasu zamierzonego wróci się i pociągnie na południe; ale mu się nie tak powiedzie, jako za pierwszym i za ostatnim razem. ³⁰ Bo przyjdą przeciwko niemu okręty z Cytym, skąd on nad tem bolejąc znowu się rozgniewa przeciwko przymierzu świętemu; co uczyniwszy wróci się, a będzie miał porozumienie z onymi, którzy opuścili przymierze święte; ³¹ A wojska wielkie przy nim stać będą, które splugawią świątnicę, i twierdze zniosą; odejmą też ustawiczną ofiarę, a postawią obrzydliwość spustoszenia. ³² Tak aby tych, którzy niezbożnie przeciwko przymierzu postępować będą, w obłudzie pochlebstwem utwierdził, a żeby lud znający Boga swego imali, co też uczynią. ³³ Zaczem ci, którzy nauczają lud, którzy nauczają wielu, padać będą od miecza i od ognia, od pojmania i od łupu przez wiele dni. ³⁴ A gdy padać będą, małą pomoc mieć będą; bo się do nich wiele pochlebców przyłączy. ³⁵ A z tych, którzy innych nauczają, padać będą, aby doświadczeni i oczyszczeni, i wybieleni byli aż do czasu zamierzonego; bo to jeszcze potrwa aż do czasu zamierzonego. ³⁶ Tak uczyni król według woli swojej, i podniesie się i wielmożnym się uczyni nad każdego boga, i przeciwko Bogu nad bogami dziwne rzeczy mówić będzie, i poszczęści mu się, aż się dokona gniew, ażby się to, co jest postanowiono, wykonało. ³⁷ Ani na bogów ojców swych nie będzie dbał, ani o miłość niewiast, ani o żadnego boga dbać będzie, przeto, że się nade wszystko wyniesie. ³⁸ A na miejscu Boga najmocniejszego czcić będzie boga, którego nie znali ojcowie jego; czcić będzie złotem i srebrem i kamieniem drogiem i rzeczami kosztownemi. ³⁹ A tak dowiedzie tego, że twierdze Najmocniejszego będą boga obcego; a których mu się będzie zdało, tych rozmnoży sławę, i uczyni, aby panowali nad wielą, a rozdzieli im ziemię miasto zapłaty. ⁴⁰ A przy skończeniu tego czasu będzie się z nim potykał król z południa; ale król północny jako burza nań przyjdzie z wozami i z jezdnymi i z wielą okrętów, a wtargnie w ziemię, i jako powódź przejdzie. ⁴¹ Potem przyciągnie do ziemi ozdobnej, i wiele krain upadnie; wszakże ci ujdą rąk jego, Edomczycy i Moabczycy, i pierwociny synów Ammonowych. ⁴² A gdy rękę swą ściągnie na krainy, ani ziemia Egipska tego ujść nie będzie mogła. ⁴³ Bo opanuje skarby złota i srebra, i wszystkie rzeczy drogie Egipskie, a Libijczycy i Murzynowie za nim pójdą. ⁴⁴ W tem wieści od wschodu słońca i od północy przestraszą go; przetoż wyciągnie z popędliwością wielką, aby wygubił i zamordował wielu. ⁴⁵ I rozbije namioty pałacu swego między morzami na górze ozdobnej świętobliwości; a gdy przyjdzie do końca swego, nie będzie miał nikogo na pomocy.

Portuguese⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ E suscitará a sua força e a sua coragem contra o rei do sul com um grande exército; e o rei do sul sairá à guerra com um grande e mui poderoso exército, mas não subsistirá, pois maquinarão projectos contra ele. ²⁶ E os que comerem os seus manjares o quebrantarão; e o exército dele será varrido por uma inundação, e cairão muitos traspassados. ²⁷ Também estes dois reis terão o coração atento para fazerem o mal, e assentados à mesma mesa falarão a mentira; esta, porém, não prosperará, porque ainda virá o fim no tempo determinado. ²⁸ Então tornará para a sua terra com muitos bens; e o seu coração será contra o santo pacto; e fará o que lhe aprouver, e tornará para a sua terra. ²⁹ No tempo determinado voltará, e entrará no sul; mas não sucederá desta vez como na primeira. ³⁰ Porque virão contra ele navios de Quitim, que lhe causarão tristeza; por isso voltará, e se indignará contra o santo pacto, e fará como lhe aprouver. Voltará e atenderá aos que tiverem abandonado o santo pacto. ³¹ E estarão ao lado dele forças que profanarão o santuário, isto é, a fortaleza, e tirarão o holocausto contínuo, estabelecendo a abominação desoladora. ³² Ainda aos violadores do pacto ele perverterá com lisonjas; mas o povo que conhece ao seu Deus se tornará forte, e fará proezas. ³³ Os entendidos entre o povo ensinarão a muitos; todavia por muitos dias cairão pela espada e pelo fogo, pelo cativeiro e pelo despojo. ³⁴ Mas, caindo eles, serão ajudados com pequeno socorro; muitos, porém, se ajuntarão a eles com lisonjas. ³⁵ Alguns dos entendidos cairão para serem acrisolados, purificados e embranquecidos, até o fim do tempo; pois isso ainda será para o tempo determinado. ³⁶ e o rei fará conforme lhe aprouver; exaltar-se-á, e se engrandecerá sobre todo deus, e contra o Deus dos deuses falará coisas espantosas; e será próspero, até que se cumpra a indignação: pois aquilo que está determinado será feito. ³⁷ E não terá respeito aos deuses de seus pais, nem ao amado das mulheres, nem a qualquer outro deus; pois sobre tudo se engrandecerá. ³⁸ Mas em seu lugar honrará ao deus das fortalezas; e a um deus a quem seus pais não conheceram, ele o honrará com ouro e com prata, com pedras preciosas e com coisas agradáveis. ³⁹ E haver-se-á com os castelos fortes com o auxílio dum deus estranho; aos que o reconhecerem, multiplicará a glória; e os fará reinar sobre muitos, e lhes repartirá a terra por preço. ⁴⁰ Ora, no fim do tempo, o rei do sul lutará com ele; e o rei do norte virá como turbilhão contra ele, com carros e cavaleiros, e com muitos navios; e entrará nos países, e os inundará, e passará para adiante. ⁴¹ Entrará na terra gloriosa, e dezenas de milhares cairão; mas da sua mão escaparão estes: Edom e Moab, e as primícias dos filhos de Amon. ⁴² E estenderá a sua mão contra os países; e a terra do Egipto não escapará. ⁴³ Apoderar-se-á dos tesouros de ouro e de prata, e de todas as coisas preciosas do Egipto; os líbios e os etíopes o seguirão. ⁴⁴ Mas os rumores do oriente e do norte o espantarão; e ele sairá com grande furor, para destruir e extirpar a muitos. ⁴⁵ E armará as tendas do seu palácio entre o mar grande e o glorioso monte santo; contudo virá ao seu fim, e não haverá quem o socorra.

Norwegian⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Han skal opbyde sin makt og sitt mot mot Sydens konge og komme med en stor hær; men Sydens konge skal også ruste sig til krig med en overmåte stor og sterk hær; men han skal ikke kunne holde stand; for det blir lagt op onde råd mot ham. ²⁶ De som eter ved hans bord, skal felle ham; hans hær skal strømme frem, og det skal bli et stort mannefall. ²⁷ Begge konger* har ondt i sinne, og mens de sitter ved samme bord, skal de tale løgn; men det skal ikke lykkes, for ennu dryger det med enden, til den fastsatte tid kommer. / {* Ptolemeus Filometor og Antiokus.} ²⁸ Han* skal vende tilbake til sitt land med meget gods, og han skal legge op råd mot den hellige pakt, og efterat han har utført dem, skal han vende tilbake til sitt land. / {* Antiokus.} ²⁹ Til fastsatt tid skal han atter dra mot Syden; men den siste gang skal det ikke gå som første gang; ³⁰ for skib fra Kittim* skal komme imot ham, og han skal bli motfallen og vende om og la sin vrede gå ut over den hellige pakt; så skal han vende om og legge merke til dem som forlater den hellige pakt. / {* d.e. romerske. DNL 11, 28.} ³¹ Og hærer som han sender ut, skal komme og vanhellige helligdommen, den faste borg*, og avskaffe det stadige offer og stille op den ødeleggende vederstyggelighet. / {* d.e. templet.} ³² Og dem som synder mot pakten, skal han gjøre til hedninger ved glatte ord; men de av folket som kjenner sin Gud, skal stå fast og holde ut. ³³ Og de forstandige blandt folket skal lære mengden, og de skal falle ved sverd og bål og ved fangenskap og plyndring en tid lang. ³⁴ Men mens de holder på å ligge under, skal de få en liten hjelp, og mange skal slå sig i lag med dem på skrømt. ³⁵ Og nogen av de forstandige skal falle, sa de kan bli prøvd og renset og tvettet til endens tid; for ennu dryger det med enden, til den fastsatte tid kommer. ³⁶ Og kongen skal gjøre som han vil, og ophøie sig og heve sig over enhver gud, og mot gudenes Gud skal han tale forferdelige ord, og han skal ha fremgang, inntil vreden er til ende; for det som er fast besluttet, vil bli fullbyrdet. ³⁷ På sine fedres guder skal han ikke akte, heller ikke på kvinnenes lyst* eller på nogen annen gud skal han akte; for han skal ophøie sig over alle. / {* en især av kvinner dyrket avgud.} ³⁸ Men festningenes gud skal han ære i stedet; en gud som hans fedre ikke har kjent, skal han ære med gull og sølv og dyre stener og andre kostelige ting; ³⁹ og således skal han gjøre med de sterke festninger og med den fremmede gud: Dem som vedkjenner sig denne gud, skal han vise stor ære, og han skal sette dem til å råde over mange, og han skal dele ut jord til dem som lønn. ⁴⁰ Men i endens tid skal Sydens konge føre krig med ham, og Nordens konge skal storme frem mot ham med vogner og hestfolk og mange skib og falle inn i landene og oversvømme og overskylle dem. ⁴¹ Han skal også falle inn i det fagre land, og store skarer skal falle; men disse skal slippe unda hans makt: Edom og Moab og de ypperste av Ammons barn. ⁴² Og han skal utstrekke sin hånd mot andre land, og Egyptens land skal ikke slippe unda. ⁴³ Han skal tilegne sig skattene av gull og av sølv og alle Egyptens kostelige ting, og libyere og etiopere skal være i hans følge. ⁴⁴ Men tidender fra Østen og fra Norden skal forferde ham, og han skal dra ut i stor harme for å ødelegge og tilintetgjøre mange. ⁴⁵ Og han skal slå op sine palasstelt mellem havet og helligdommens fagre berg; men så bærer det til enden med ham, og det er ingen som hjelper ham.

Romanian⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ Apoi, va porni în fruntea unei mari oştiri, cu puterea şi mînia lui, împotriva împăratului dela miazăzi. Şi împăratul dela miazăzi se va prinde la război cu o oaste mare şi foarte puternică; dar nu va putea să ţină piept, căci se vor urzi planuri rele împotriva lui. ²⁶ Ceice vor mînca bucate dela masa lui îi vor aduce pieirea; oştile lui se vor împrăştia ca un rîu, şi morţii vor cădea în mare număr. ²⁷ Cei doi împăraţi nu vor căuta decît să-şi facă rău unul altuia, vor sta la aceeaş masă şi vor vorbi cu viclenie. Dar nu vor izbuti, căci sfîrşitul nu va veni decît la vremea hotărîtă. ²⁸ Cînd se va întorce în ţara lui cu mari bogăţii, în inima lui va fi vrăjmaş legămîntului sfînt, va lucra împotriva lui, şi apoi se va întoarce în ţara lui. ²⁹ La o vreme hotărîtă, va porni din nou împotriva împăratului de miază-zi; dar de data aceasta lucrurile nu vor mai merge ca mai înainte ³⁰ Ci nişte corăbii din Chitim vor înainta împotriva lui; iar el, desnădăjduit, se va întoarce înapoi. Apoi, mînios împotriva legămîntului sfînt, nu va sta cu mînile în sîn; ci, la întoarcere, se va înţelege cu ceice vor părăsi legămîntul sfînt. ³¹ Nişte oşti trimese de el, vor veni şi vor spurca sfîntul Locaş, cetăţuia, vor face să înceteze jertfa necurmată, şi vor aşeza urîciunea pustiitorului. Va ademeni prin linguşiri pe ceice rup legămîntul. ³² Dar aceia din popor, cari vor cunoaşte pe Dumnezeul lor, vor rămînea tari, şi vor face mari isprăvi. ³³ Înţelepţii poporului vor învăţa pe mulţi. Unii vor cădea, pentru o vreme, loviţi de sabie şi de flacără, de robie şi de jaf. ³⁴ Cînd vor cădea, vor fi ajutaţi puţin, şi mulţi se vor uni cu ei din făţărnicie. ³⁵ Chiar şi din cei înţelepţi, mulţi vor cădea, ca să fie încercaţi, curăţiţi şi albiţi, pînă la vremea sfîrşitului, căci sfîrşitul nu va fi decît la vremea hotărîtă. ³⁶ Împăratul va face ce va voi; se va înălţa, se va slăvi mai pe sus de toţi dumnezeii, şi va spune lucruri nemai auzite împotriva Dumnezeului dumnezeilor; şi va propăşi pînă va trece mînia, căci ce este hotărît se va împlini. ³⁷ Nu va ţinea seamă nici de dumnezeii părinţilor săi, nici de dorinţa femeilor; cu un cuvînt, nu va ţinea seamă de niciun dumnezeu, ci se va slăvi pe sine mai pe sus de toţi. ³⁸ În schimb, va cinsti pe dumnezeul cetăţuilor; acestui dumnezeu, pe care nu -l cunoşteau părinţii săi, îi va aduce cinste cu aur şi argint, cu pietre scumpe şi lucruri de preţ. ³⁹ Cu ajutorul acestui dumnezeu străin va lucra împotriva locurilor întărite; cui îl va recunoaşte, îi va da mare cinste, îl va face să domnească peste mulţi, şi le va împărţi moşii ca răsplată. ⁴⁰ La vremea sfîrşitului, împăratul dela miazăzi se va împunge cu el. Şi împăratul dela miazănoapte se va năpusti ca o furtună peste el, cu cară şi călăreţi..., şi cu multe corăbii; va înainta asupra ţărilor lui, se va revărsa ca un rîu şi le va îneca. ⁴¹ Va intra şi în ţara cea minunată, şi zeci de mii vor cădea. Dar Edomul, Moabul, şi fruntaşii copiilor lui Amon vor scăpa din mîna lui. ⁴² Îşi va întinde mîna peste felurite ţări, şi nici ţara Egiptului nu va scăpa. ⁴³ Ci se va face stăpîn pe vistieriile de aur şi de argint, şi pe toate lucrurile scumpe ale Egiptului. Libienii şi Etiopienii vor veni în alai după el. ⁴⁴ Dar nişte zvonuri, venite dela răsărit şi dela miazănoapte, îl vor înspăimînta, şi atunci va porni cu o mare mînie, ca să prăpădească şi să nimicească cu desăvîrşire pe mulţi. ⁴⁵ Îşi va întinde corturile palatului său între mare şi muntele cel slăvit şi sfînt. Apoi îşi va ajunge sfîrşitul, şi nimeni nu -i va fi într'ajutor.

Ukrainian⁽ⁱ⁾ ²⁵ І він збудить свою силу та своє серце на південного царя з великим військом. А південний цар підготовиться до війни з військом великим та дуже міцним, та не встоїть, бо замишляють на нього задуми. ²⁶ А ті, що їдять його поживу, поб'ють його, і його військо позаливає край, і попадають численні забиті. ²⁷ А серце обох цих царів буде на лихе, і при одному столі вони будуть говорити неправду, але не буде успіху, бо кінець буде ще відкладений на означений час. ²⁸ І він вернеться до свого краю з великим маєтком, а його серце буде проти святого заповіту; і він зробить, і вернеться до свого краю. ²⁹ На умовлений час він повернеться, і прийде на південь, але останнє не буде, як перше. ³⁰ І прийдуть на нього кіттейські кораблі, і він налякається, і вернеться, і буде чинити опір святому заповітові, і зробить своє. І він вернеться, і погодиться з тими, хто покинув святий заповіт. ³¹ І повстануть його війська та й зневажать святиню, твердиню, і спинять сталу жертву, і поставлять гидоту спустошення. ³² А тих, хто чинить несправедливе на заповіт, він прихилить через лестощі. А народ, що знає свого Бога, зміцніє та й діятиме. ³³ А розумні з народу навчать багатьох, але спіткнуться об меча та полум'я, об полон та грабіж якийсь час. ³⁴ А коли вони спіткнуться, будуть споможені малою поміччю, хоч до них прилучаться багато-хто лестощами. ³⁵ А дехто з тих розумних спіткнуться, щоб очистити себе, і щоб вибрати, і щоб вибілитися аж до кінцевого часу, бо ще час до умовленого часу. ³⁶ І буде робити той цар за своїм уподобанням, і підійметься, і повищиться понад усякого бога, і на Бога богів говоритиме дивні речі, і матиме успіх, аж поки не довершиться гнів, бо виконається те, що було вирішене. ³⁷ І він не буде придивлятися до богів своїх батьків, і на пожадливість жінок, і на всякого бога не буде дивитися, бо він звеличить себе понад кожного. ³⁸ Але він буде віддавати честь богові твердинь на його місці, та богові, якого не знали батьки його, віддаватиме честь золотом, і сріблом, і дорогоцінним камінням, і речами коштовними. ³⁹ І він посадить у твердині народа чужого бога. Тому, хто пізнає його, примножить славу, і вчинить їх панами над багатьма, і поділить землю на заплату. ⁴⁰ А в кінцевому часі зудариться з ним південний цар. І кинеться на нього північний цар колесницями, і верхівцями, і численними кораблями, і прийде на краї, і позаливає та перейде їх. ⁴¹ І він прийде до Пишного Краю, і багато-хто спіткнуться, та оці втечуть від його руки: Едом, і Моав, і останок Аммонових синів. ⁴² І він простягне свою руку на краї, і не втече єгипетський край. ⁴³ І він запанує над скарбами золота й срібла, та над усіма коштовними речами Єгипту. А лівійці та етіопляни підуть за ним. ⁴⁴ Але його налякають вістки зо сходу та з півночі, і він вийде з великою лютістю, щоб багатьох погубити та зробити закляттям. ⁴⁵ І поставить намети свого палацу між морями та горою пишної святині. Та він прийде до свого кінця, але не буде йому помічника.